RDR-HX520/HX525/HX720/HX722/

HX725/HX727/HX920/HX925
RMT-D230P/D231P

SERVICE MANUAL AEP Model

RDR-HX520/HX720/HX722/HX725/
HX727/HX920/HX925

UK Model
RDR-HX520/HX525/
HX720/HX725
for RDR-HX520/HX720/HX722/
HX725/HX727/HX920/HX925

for RDR-HX525/HX725

Photo: RDR-HX525
for RDR-HX525/HX725/HX727/HX925

System
Laser: Semiconductor laser
Channel coverage:
PAL (B/G, D/K, I)
VHF: E2 to E12, R1 to R12, Italian A
to H, Ireland A to J, South Africa 4 to
13
UHF: E21 to E69, R21 to R69, B21 to
B69
CATV: S01 to S05, S1 to S20
HYPER: S21 to S41
SECAM (L) (for French RDR-HX520/
HX725/HX727/HX920 and RDR-
HX925 models only)
VHF: F2 to F10
UHF: F21 to F69
CATV: France B to Q
HYPER: S21 to S41
The above channel coverage merely ensures
the channel reception within these ranges. It
does not guarantee the ability to receive
signals in all circumstances. For details, see
“Receivable channels”
Video reception: Frequency synthesizer
system
Audio reception: Split carrier system
Aerial out: 75-ohm asymmetrical aerial
socket
Timer: Clock: Quartz locked/Timer
indication: 24-hour cycle (digital)/Power
back-up duration: 1 hour
Video recording format: MPEG-2,
MPEG-1
Audio recording format/applicable bit
rate: Dolby Digital 2 ch
256 kbps/128 kbps (in EP and SLP
mode)
SPECIFICATIONS
Inputs and outputs General
LINE 2 OUT Power requirements: 220-240 V AC, 50/
(AUDIO): Phono jack/2 Vrms/10 kilohms 60 Hz
(VIDEO): Phono jack/1.0 Vp-p Power consumption:
(S VIDEO): 4-pin mini DIN/Y: 1.0 Vp-p, RDR-HX520/HX525: 42 W
C: 0.3 Vp-p (PAL) RDR-HX720/HX722/HX725/HX727/
LINE 2 IN HX920/HX925: 44 W
(AUDIO): Phono jack/2 Vrms/more than Dimensions (approx.):
22 kilohms 430 × 65 × 328 mm (width/height/
(VIDEO): Phono jack/1.0 Vp-p depth) incl. projecting parts
(S VIDEO): 4-pin mini DIN/Y: 1.0 Vp-p, Hard disk drive capacity:
C: 0.3 Vp-p (PAL) RDR-HX520/HX525: 80 GB
LINE 1 – TV: 21-pin RDR-HX720/HX722/HX725/
CVBS IN/OUT HX727: 160 GB
S-Video/RGB OUT (upstream) RDR-HX920/HX925: 250 GB
LINE 3/DECODER: 21-pin Mass (approx.): 4.2 kg
CVBS IN/OUT Operating temperature: 5ºC to 35ºC
S-Video/RGB IN Operating humidity: 25% to 80%
(RGB signal cannot be recorded, except
with French RDR-HX520/HX725/HX727/ Supplied accessories:
HX920 and RDR-HX925 models.) Mains lead (1)
S-Video OUT (downstream) Aerial cable (1)
Decoder Remote commander (remote) (1)
DV IN: 4-pin/i.LINK S100 Set top box controller (1)
DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL): Phono jack/ (for French RDR-HX525/HX725/
0.5 Vp-p/75 ohms HX727/HX925 models only)
COMPONENT VIDEO OUT R6 (size AA) batteries (2)
(Y, PB/CB, PR/CR): Specifications and design are subject to
Phono jack/Y: 1.0 Vp-p, PB/CB: 0.7 Vp-p, change without notice.
PR/CR: 0.7 Vp-p
G-LINK: mini jack Compatible colour systems
(for French RDR-HX525/HX725/HX727 This recorder is designed to record using the
and RDR-HX725 models only) PAL colour system and play back using the
PAL or NTSC colour systems.
For French RDR-HX520/HX725/HX727/
HX920 and RDR-HX925 models only
The signals of the SECAM colour system can
be received or recorded but played back in the
PAL colour system only. Recording of video
sources based on other colour systems cannot
be guaranteed.

DVD RECORDER
 WARNING!!
WHEN SERVICING, DO NOT APPROACH THE LASER EXIT WITH
THE EYE TOO CLOSELY. IN CASE IT IS NECESSARY TO
CONFIRM LASER BEAM EMISSION, BE SURE TO OBSERVE
FROM A DISTANCE OF MORE THAN 25 cm FROM THE SURFACE
OF THE OBJECTIVE LENS ON THE OPTICAL PICK-UP BLOCK.
CAUTION:
The use of optical instrument with this product will increase eye
hazard.
CAUTION
Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures
other than those specified herein may result in hazardous radiation
exposure.
SAFETY-RELATED COMPONENT WARNING!!
COMPONENTS IDENTIFIED BY MARK 0 OR DOTTED LINE WITH
MARK 0 ON THE SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS AND IN THE PARTS
LIST ARE CRITICAL TO SAFE OPERATION. REPLACE THESE
COMPONENTS WITH SONY PARTS WHOSE PART NUMBERS
APPEAR AS SHOWN IN THIS MANUAL OR IN SUPPLEMENTS
PUBLISHED BY SONY.
SAFETY CHECK-OUT
After correcting the original service problem, perform the following
safety checks before releasing the set to the customer.
1. Check the area of your repair for unsoldered or poorly-soldered
connections. Check the entire board surface for solder splashes
and bridges.
2. Check the interboard wiring to ensure that no wires are
"pinched" or contact high-wattage resistors.
3. Look for unauthorized replacement parts, particularly
transistors, that were installed during a previous repair. Point
them out to the customer and recommend their replacement.
—2—
Unleaded solder
Boards requiring use of unleaded solder are printed with the lead-
free mark (LF) indicating the solder contains no lead.
(Caution: Some printed circuit boards may not come printed with
the lead free mark due to their particular size.)
: LEAD FREE MARK
Unleaded solder has the following characteristics.
• Unleaded solder melts at a temperature about 40°C higher than
ordinary solder.
Ordinary soldering irons can be used but the iron tip has to be
applied to the solder joint for a slightly longer time.
Soldering irons using a temperature regulator should be set to
about 350°C.
Caution: The printed pattern (copper foil) may peel away if the
heated tip is applied for too long, so be careful!
• Strong viscosity
Unleaded solder is more viscous (sticky, less prone to flow) than
ordinary solder so use caution not to let solder bridges occur such
as on IC pins, etc.
• Usable with ordinary solder
It is best to use only unleaded solder but unleaded solder may
also be added to ordinary solder.
4. Look for parts which, through functioning, show obvious signs
of deterioration. Point them out to the customer and
recommend their replacement.
5. Check the B+ voltage to see it is at the values specified.
6. Flexible Circuit Board Repairing
• Keep the temperature of the soldering iron around 270˚C
during repairing.
• Do not touch the soldering iron on the same conductor of the
circuit board (within 3 times).
• Be careful not to apply force on the conductor when soldering
or unsoldering.
 TABLE OF CONTENTS
SERVICE NOTE
1. DISK REMOVAL PROCEDURE IF THE TRAY
CANNOT BE EJECTED (FORCED EJECTION) ············ 5
1. GENERAL
WARNING ············································································ 1-1
Precautions ············································································· 1-1
Quick Guide to Disc Types ···················································· 1-2
Hookups and Settings ································································ 1-3
Hooking Up the Recorder ······················································ 1-3
Step 1: Connecting the Aerial Cable ······································ 1-3
Step 2: Connecting the Video Cords ······································ 1-3
Step 3: Connecting the Audio Cords ····································· 1-3
Step 4: Connecting the Mains Lead ······································· 1-4
Step 5: Preparing the Remote ················································ 1-4
Step 6: Easy Setup ································································· 1-5
Connecting a VCR or Similar Device ···································· 1-5
Connecting to a Satellite or Digital Tuner ····························· 1-5
Connecting a PAY-TV/Canal Plus Analogue Decoder ·········· 1-6
Eight Basic Operations — Getting to Know Your DVD
Recorder ···················································································· 1-6
1. Inserting a Disc ·································································· 1-6
2. Recording a Programme ···················································· 1-6
3. Playing the Recorded Programme (Title List) ··················· 1-7
4. Displaying the Playing/Remaining Time and Play
Information ········································································ 1-7
5. Changing the Name of a Recorded Programme ················ 1-8
6. Labelling and Protecting a Disc ········································· 1-8
7. Playing the Disc on Other DVD Equipment (Finalise) ····· 1-9
8. Reformatting a disc ···························································· 1-9
Timer Recording ······································································ 1-10
Before Recording ································································· 1-10
Timer Recording (Standard/ShowView) ······························ 1-10
Checking/Changing/Cancelling Timer Settings
(Timer List) ·········································································· 1-11
Recording From Connected Equipment ······························ 1-12
Playback ·················································································· 1-13
Playing ················································································· 1-13
Searching for a Title/Chapter/Track, etc. ····························· 1-14
Playing MP3 Audio Tracks, JPEG Image Files, or DivX®
Video Files ······································································· 1-14
Erasing and Editing ································································· 1-15
Before Editing ······································································ 1-15
Erasing and Editing a Title ·················································· 1-16
Creating and Editing a Playlist ············································ 1-16
Dubbing (HDD y DVD) ······················································ 1-17
Before Dubbing ··································································· 1-17
Dubbing ··············································································· 1-18
DV Dubbing ············································································ 1-19
Before DV Dubbing ····························································· 1-19
Recording an Entire DV Format Tape (One Touch
Dubbing) ·············································································· 1-19
Program Edit ········································································ 1-20
Settings and Adjustments ························································ 1-20
Aerial Reception and Language Settings (Basic) ················ 1-20
Video Settings (Video) ························································· 1-22
Audio Settings (Audio) ························································ 1-22
Recording Settings (Recording) ·········································· 1-23
Disc Settings (DVD) ···························································· 1-23
Remote Control Settings/Factory Settings (Others) ············ 1-24
Easy Setup (Resetting the Recorder) ··································· 1-24
Additional Information ···························································· 1-24
Troubleshooting ··································································· 1-24
Self-diagnosis Function (When letters/numbers appear in the
display) ············································································· 1-26
Notes About This Recorder ················································· 1-26
—3—
Specifications ······································································· 1-26
About i.LINK ······································································· 1-26
Guide to Parts and Controls ················································· 1-27
Language Code List ····························································· 1-28
Area Code ············································································ 1-28
2. DISASSEMBLY
2-1. CASE BLOCK ASSEMBLY ·········································· 2-2
2-2. TRAY COVER ASSEMBLY ·········································· 2-2
2-3. FRONT PANEL SECTION ············································· 2-3
2-4. FR-240 BOARD, FL-159 BOARD ································· 2-3
2-5. HDD ················································································ 2-4
2-6. DVD DRIVE ··································································· 2-4
2-7. AV-103 BOARD ······························································ 2-5
2-8. POWER SUPPLY BLOCK ············································· 2-6
2-9. RD-060 BOARD ····························································· 2-7
2-10. D.C. FAN ········································································· 2-7
2-11. CIRCUIT BOARDS LOCATION ··································· 2-8
3. BLOCK DIAGRAMS
3-1. OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAM ···································· 3-1
3-2. AV-103 BLOCK DIAGRAM ·········································· 3-3
3-3. RD-060 BLOCK DIAGRAM ·········································· 3-5
3-4. POWER BLOCK DIAGRAM ········································· 3-7
4. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
4-1. FRAME SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ································ 4-1
4-2. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS ············································ 4-3
WAVEFORMS ································································ 4-4
• AV-103 (1/8) (POWER)
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ······························ 4-5
• AV-103 (2/8) (AUDIO IN)
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ······························ 4-7
• AV-103 (3/8) (AUDIO OUT)
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ······························ 4-9
• AV-103 (4/8) (TUNER)
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ···························· 4-11
• AV-103 (5/8) (IT CONTROLLER)
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ···························· 4-13
• AV-103 (6/8) (VIDEO IN/OUT)
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ···························· 4-15
• AV-103 (7/8) (EURO)
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ···························· 4-17
• AV-103 (8/8) (IR-CNT)
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ···························· 4-19
• FL-159 (FL DRIVER, LINE2 IN, POWER SW)
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ···························· 4-21
• FR-240 (DV, REMOCON RECEIVER,
FUNCTION SW, LED)
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ···························· 4-23
• RD-060 (1/7) (RISM3)
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ···························· 4-25
• RD-060 (2/7) (HDD DRIVE)
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ···························· 4-27
• RD-060 (3/7) (V DEC)
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ···························· 4-29
• RD-060 (4/7) (FLASH ROM, SUPER AND)
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ···························· 4-31
• RD-060 (5/7) (AV-CN/POWER)
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ···························· 4-33
• RD-060 (6/7) (DV-PHY)
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ···························· 4-35
• RD-060 (7/7) (PLL/AUDIO-AD-DA)
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ···························· 4-37
 SWITCHING REGULATOR (SRV-1858EK)
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ···························· 4-39
4-3. PRINTED WIRING BOARDS
• RD-060 (RISM3, VDEC, A/V INTERFACE,
AUDIO DAC/ADC)
PRINTED WIRING BOARD ······················· 4-41

5. IC PIN FUNCTION DESCRIPTION

5-1. IT CONTROL IC
(IC603: M306H5MG-A13FP, M306H5MC-C33FP,
M306H5FGFP (AV-103 BOARD)) ································· 5-1
5-2. MAIN CONTROL IC
(IC103: R8A34012BG (RD-060 BOARD)) ···················· 5-4

6. SERVICE MODE
6-1. Check Item ······································································ 6-1
6-2. Screen Transition in the Service Mode ···························· 6-2
6-3. Items and Description of Service Mode Menu ················ 6-3
6-4. Device Check Menu (Diagnostic Test) ···························· 6-3
6-5. Hard Disk Check Menu ··················································· 6-4

7. ADJUSTMENT
7-1. Video System Adjustment ··············································· 7-1

8. REPAIR PARTS LIST

8-1. EXPLODED VIEWS
8-1-1. OVERALL SECTION ····················································· 8-1
8-1-2. CHASSIS SECTION ······················································· 8-2
8-2. ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST ·········································· 8-3

—4—
 SERVICE NOTE

1. DISK REMOVAL PROCEDURE IF THE TRAY CANNOT BE EJECTED (FORCED EJECTION)

1. Remove the case block assembly.
2. Insert the stiff wire in the hole and eject the tray.

Hole

Stiff wire

Open the tray

NOTES DURING THE FORCED EJECTION

1. If the forced ejection is executed while a blank disc media (DVD±RW, ±R) exists on the tray
• Insert a DVD-ROM (DVD test disc, DVD software available on the market, or the like) in the tray and then close the tray.
Note1: If you close the tray while it is empty, ejection of the tray becomes impossible.
Note2: If you close the tray with a CD disc inserted in it, the CD can be ejected. However, if you close the tray while it is empty, there can be a case that
ejection of the tray becomes impossible.
Note3: Even if you replace the DVD drive unit while the tray remains under the state as described above, the situation cannot be improved.

2. If the tray cannot be ejected while the disc is not inserted

• Execute the forced ejection.
• Insert a DVD-ROM (DVD test disc, DVD software available on the market, or the like) on the tray and try to close the tray.
(There are cases that it recovers the trouble.)

3. Contents of forcedly ejected blank disc media (DVD±RW, ±R) can be damaged. (There can be a case that initialization is also impossible.)

—5—
MEMO

—6—

This section is extracted from instruction manual.
(RDR-HX520/HX720/HX722/HX920 :
2-672-836-E1(1))
WARNING
To reduce the risk of fire or electric
shock, do not expose this apparatus
to rain or moisture.
To avoid electrical shock, do not
open the cabinet. Refer servicing to
qualified personnel only.
The mains lead must be changed
only at a qualified service shop.
This appliance is classified as a
CLASS 1 LASER product. The
CLASS 1 LASER PRODUCT
MARKING is located on the laser
protective housing inside the
enclosure.
CAUTION
The use of optical instruments with
this product will increase eye
hazard. As the laser beam used in
this DVD recorder is harmful to
eyes, do not attempt to disassemble
the cabinet.
Refer servicing to qualified
personnel only.
This label is located on the laser
protective housing inside the
enclosure.
2 ,continued
About this manual
Check your model name
The instructions in this
manual are for 4 models:
RDR-HX520, RDR-HX720,
RDR-HX722, and RDR-
HX920. Check your model
name by looking at the front
panel of the recorder.
• In this manual, the internal
hard disk drive is written as
“HDD,” and “disc” is used as a
general reference for the HDD,
DVDs, or CDs unless
otherwise specified by the text
or illustrations.
• Icons, such as DVD , listed
at the top of each explanation
indicate what kind of media
can be used with the function
being explained.
• Instructions in this manual
describe the controls on the
remote. You can also use the
controls on the recorder if they
have the same or similar
names as those on the remote.
• The on-screen display
illustrations used in this
manual may not match the
graphics displayed on your TV
screen.
• The explanations regarding
DVDs in this manual refer to
DVDs created on this recorder.
The explanations do not apply
to DVDs that are created on
other recorders and played
back on this recorder.
Precautions
• This unit operates on 220 –
240 V AC, 50/60 Hz. Check that
the unit’s operating voltage is
identical with your local power
supply.
• To prevent fire or shock hazard,
do not place objects filled with
liquids, such as vases, on the
apparatus.
• Install this system so that the
mains lead can be unplugged
from the wall socket
immediately in the event of
trouble.
SHOWVIEW is a registered
trademark of Gemstar
Development Corporation. The
SHOWVIEW system is manufactured
under licence from Gemstar
Development Corporation.
Disposal of Old Electrical
& Electronic Equipment
(Applicable in the
European Union and
other European countries
with separate collection
systems)
This symbol on the product or on
its packaging indicates that this
product shall not be treated as
household waste. Instead it shall be
handed over to the applicable
collection point for the recycling of
electrical and electronic
equipment. By ensuring this
product is disposed of correctly,
you will help prevent potential
negative consequences for the
environment and human health,
which could otherwise be caused
by inappropriate waste handling of
this product. The recycling of
materials will help to conserve
natural resources. For more
detailed information about
recycling of this product, please
contact your local Civic Office,
your household waste disposal
service or the shop where you
purchased the product.
SECTION 1
GENERAL
Precautions
This equipment has been tested
and found to comply with the
limits set out in the EMC
Directive using a connection
cable shorter than 3 metres.
On safety
Should any solid object or liquid
fall into the cabinet, unplug the
recorder and have it checked by
qualified personnel before
operating it any further.
About the hard disk drive
The hard disk has a high storage
density, which enables long
recording durations and quick
access to the written data.
However, it can easily be
damaged by shock, vibration or
dust, and should be kept away
from magnets. To avoid losing
important data, observe the
following precautions.
• Do not apply a strong shock to
the recorder.
• Do not place the recorder in a
location subject to mechanical
vibrations or in an unstable
location.
• Do not place the recorder on
top of a hot surface, such as a
VCR or amplifier (receiver).
• Do not use the recorder in a
place subject to extreme
changes in temperature
(temperature gradient less than
10 °C/hour).
• Do not move the recorder with
its mains lead connected.
• Do not disconnect the mains
lead while the power is on.
• When disconnecting the mains
lead, turn off the power and
make sure that the hard disk
drive is not operating (the
clock is displayed in the front
panel display and all recording
or dubbing has stopped).
• Do not move the recorder for
one minute after you have
unplugged the mains lead.
1-1
RDR-HX520/HX525/HX720/HX722/
HX725/HX727/HX920/HX925
• Do not attempt to replace or
upgrade the hard disk by
yourself, as this may result in
malfunction.
If the hard disk drive should
malfunction, you cannot recover
lost data. The hard disk drive is
only a temporary storage space.
About repairing the hard
disk drive
• The contents of the hard disk
drive may be checked in case
of repair or inspection during a
malfunction or modification.
However, the contents will not
be backed up or saved by
Sony.
• If the hard disk needs to be
formatted or replaced, it will
be done at the discretion of
Sony. All contents of the hard
disk drive will be erased,
including contents that violate
copyright laws.
On power sources
• The recorder is not
disconnected from the AC
power source (mains) as long
as it is connected to the wall
outlet, even if the recorder
itself has been turned off.
• If you are not going to use the
recorder for a long time, be
sure to disconnect the recorder
from the wall outlet. To
disconnect the AC power cord
(mains lead), grasp the plug
itself; never pull the cord.
• Before disconnecting the AC
power cord (mains lead),
check that the recorder’s hard
disk is not operating
(recording or dubbing) on the
front panel display.
On placement
• Place the recorder in a location
with adequate ventilation to
prevent heat build-up in the
recorder.
• Do not place the recorder on a
soft surface such as a rug that
might block the ventilation
holes.
• Do not place the recorder in a
confined space such as a
bookshelf or similar unit.
• Do not place the recorder in a
location near heat sources, or
in a place subject to direct
sunlight, excessive dust, or
mechanical shock.
• Do not place the recorder in an
inclined position. It is
designed to be operated in a
horizontal position only.
• Keep the recorder and discs
away from equipment with
strong magnets, such as
microwave ovens, or large
loudspeakers.
• Do not place heavy objects on
the recorder.
On recording
Make trial recordings before
making the actual recording.
On compensation for lost
recordings
Sony is not liable and will not
compensate for any lost
recordings or relevant losses,
including when recordings are
not made due to reasons
including recorder failure, or
when the contents of a recording
are lost or damaged as a result of
recorder failure or repair
undertaken to the recorder. Sony
will not restore, recover, or
replicate the recorded contents
under any circumstances.
Copyrights
• Television programmes, films,
video tapes, discs, and other
materials may be copyrighted.
Unauthorized recording of
such material may be contrary
to the provisions of the
copyright laws. Also, use of
this recorder with cable
television transmission may
require authorization from the
cable television transmitter
and/or programme owner.
• This product incorporates
copyright protection
technology that is protected by
U.S. patents and other
intellectual property rights.
Use of this copyright
protection technology must be
authorized by Macrovision,
and is intended for home and
other limited viewing uses
only unless otherwise
authorized by Macrovision.
Reverse engineering or
disassembly is prohibited.
Copy guard function
Since the recorder has a copy
guard function, programmes
received through an external
tuner (not supplied) may contain
copy protection signals (copy
guard function) and as such may
not be recordable, depending on
the type of signal.
IMPORTANT NOTICE
Caution: This recorder is
capable of holding a still
video image or on-screen
display image on your
television screen
indefinitely. If you leave the
still video image or on-
screen display image
displayed on your TV for an
extended period of time you
risk permanent damage to
your television screen.
Plasma display panels and
projection televisions are
especially susceptible to this.
If you have any questions or
problems concerning your
recorder, please consult your
nearest Sony dealer.
3
 Usable disc versions (as of March 2006)
Quick Guide to Disc Types • 8x-speed or slower DVD+RWs
• 6x-speed or slower DVD-RWs (Ver.1.1,
Ver.1.2 with CPRM*2)
• 16x-speed or slower DVD+Rs
Recordable and playable discs • 16x-speed or slower DVD-Rs (Ver.2.0,
Ver.2.1 with CPRM*2)
• 8x-speed or slower DVD+R DL (Double
Icon used in Formatting Compatibility with other DVD Layer) discs
Type Disc Logo
this manual (new discs) players (finalising)
“DVD+RW,” “DVD-RW,” “DVD+R,” “DVD+R
DL,” and “DVD-R” are trademarks.
Hard disk drive Formatting Dub HDD contents to a DVD
(internal) HDD unnecessary to play on other DVD players *1
When an unformatted DVD-R is inserted into
this recorder, it is automatically formatted in
Video mode. To format a new DVD-R in VR
mode, format using the “Disc Information”
Automatically display (page 27).
*2
formatted in Playable on DVD+RW CPRM (Content Protection for Recordable
DVD+RW +RW +VR mode compatible players Media) is a coding technology that protects
(DVD+RW (automatically finalised) copyrights for images.
VIDEO)
Discs that cannot be recorded on
• 8 cm discs
Playable only on VR mode • DVD-R DL (Dual Layer) discs
VR Format in VR
-RWVR compatible players
mode mode (page 27)
(finalisation unnecessary)
DVD-
RW
Format in Playable on most DVD
Video
-RWVideo Video mode players (finalisation
mode
(page 27) necessary) (page 36)

DVD+R Automatically
formatted in Playable on most DVD
+R +VR mode players (finalisation
(DVD+R necessary) (page 36)
DVD+R DL VIDEO)

Format in VR
mode
(page 27)*1 Playable only on DVD-R in
VR Formatting is VR mode compatible players
-RVR
mode performed (finalisation necessary)
using the “Disc (page 36)
DVD-R Information”
display.

Automatically Playable on most DVD

Video
-RVideo formatted in players (finalisation
mode
Video mode necessary) (page 36)

8 ,continued 9

Maximum recordable number of titles Note on DualDiscs

Playable discs Disc Number of titles* A DualDisc is a two sided disc product which
mates DVD recorded material on one side
HDD 300 with digital audio material on the other side.
DVD-RW/DVD-R 99 However, since the audio material side does
Icon used in
Type Disc Logo Characteristics not conform to the Compact Disc (CD)
this manual DVD+RW/DVD+R 49
standard, playback on this product is not
DVD+R DL 49 guaranteed.
Discs such as movies that can be
purchased or rented * The maximum length for one title is eight hours. b Notes
DVD VIDEO DVD This recorder also recognizes DVD-R • Some DVD+RWs/DVD+Rs, DVD-RWs/DVD-
Dual Layer (Video mode) discs as DVD Note on playback operations of DVD Rs, or CD-RWs/CD-Rs cannot be played on this
Video compatible discs.
VIDEOs/VIDEO CDs recorder due to the recording quality or physical
Some playback operations of DVD VIDEOs/ condition of the disc, or the characteristics of the
VIDEO CDs may be intentionally set by recording device and authoring software. The
VIDEO CDs or CD-Rs/CD-RWs in
VIDEO CD VCD disc will not play if it has not been correctly
VIDEO CD/Super VIDEO CD format software producers. Since this recorder plays
finalised. For more information, see the operating
DVD VIDEOs/VIDEO CDs according to the instructions for the recording device.
disc contents the software producers • You cannot mix VR mode and Video mode on the
Music CDs or CD-Rs/CD-RWs in designed, some playback features may not be same DVD-RW. To change the disc’s format,
CD CD music CD format available. See the instructions supplied with reformat the disc (page 38). Note that the disc’s
the DVD VIDEOs/VIDEO CDs. contents will be erased after reformatting.
• You cannot shorten the time required for
DVD+RWs/DVD+Rs/DVD-RWs/
DVD-Rs/DVD-ROMs containing Region code (DVD VIDEO only) recording even with high-speed discs.
DATA DVD — DATA DVD Your recorder has a region code printed on • It is recommended that you use discs with “For
either JPEG image files or DivX video Video” printed on their packaging.
files the rear of the unit and will only play DVD
• You cannot add new recordings to DVD+Rs,
VIDEOs (playback only) labelled with DVD-Rs, or DVD-RWs (Video mode) that
CD-ROMs/CD-Rs/CD-RWs identical region codes. This system is used to contain recordings made on other DVD
DATA CD — DATA CD containing either MP3 audio tracks, protect copyrights. equipment.
JPEG image files or DivX video files DVD VIDEOs labelled ALL will also play • In some cases, you may not be able to add new
on this recorder. recordings to DVD+RWs that contain recordings
If you try to play any other DVD VIDEO, the made on other DVD equipment. If you do add a
8 cm DVD+RW, DVD-RW, and new recording, note that this recorder will rewrite
DVD-R recorded with a DVD video message “Playback prohibited by region
8 cm DVD+RW/ code.” will appear on the TV screen. the DVD menu.
— — camera • You cannot edit recordings on DVD+RWs,
DVD-RW/DVD-R Depending on the DVD VIDEO, no region
(Still images recorded with a DVD DVD-RWs (Video mode), DVD+Rs, or DVD-Rs
video camera cannot be played.) code indication may be labelled even though that are made on other DVD equipment.
playing the DVD VIDEO is prohibited by • If the disc contains PC data unrecognizable by
area restrictions. this recorder, the data may be erased.
“DVD VIDEO” and “CD” are trademarks. • DVD Audio discs • You may not be able to record on some
Region code
DivX, DivX Certified, and associated logos are • DVD-RAMs recordable discs, depending on the disc.
trademarks of DivX, Inc. and are used under • HD layer on Super Audio CDs
license. • DVD VIDEOs with a different region code
DivX® is a video file compression technology, (page 11).
developed by DivX, Inc.
• DVDs that were recorded on a different Music discs encoded with copyright
recorder and not correctly finalised. protection technologies
Discs that cannot be played
• PHOTO CDs This product is designed to play back discs
• CD-ROMs/CD-Rs/CD-RWs that are that conform to the Compact Disc (CD)
recorded in a format different from the standard.
formats mentioned in the table above. Recently, various music discs encoded with
• Data part of CD-Extras copyright protection technologies are being
• DVD-ROMs/DVD+RWs/DVD-RWs/ marketed by some record companies. Please
DVD+Rs/DVD-Rs that do not contain be aware that among those discs, there are
DVD Video, DivX video or JPEG image some that do not conform to the CD standard
files. and may not be playable by this product.

10 11

1-2
 Hookups and Settings
Step 2: Connecting the Video Cords
Select one of the following patterns, A through D, according to the input jack on your TV
Hooking Up the Recorder monitor, projector, or AV amplifier (receiver). This will enable you to view pictures.

Hookups and Settings

Follow steps 1 through 6 to hook up and adjust the settings of the recorder. Do not connect the
mains lead until you reach “Step 4: Connecting the Mains Lead” on page 16. B INPUT

VIDEO Audio/video cord

A
b Notes (not supplied)
• See “Specifications” (page 106) for a list of supplied accessories.
• Plug in cords securely to prevent unwanted noise. L
• Refer to the instructions supplied with the components to be connected. AUDIO
• You cannot connect this recorder to a TV that does not have a SCART or video input jack. TV
• Be sure to disconnect the mains lead of each component before connecting. R

TV, projector, or AV
amplifier (receiver) SCART cord
(not supplied)
Step 1: Connecting the Aerial Cable (yellow)

to LINE 2 OUT (VIDEO) to i LINE 1 – TV

Connect the aerial cable by following the steps below.

to LINE 2 OUT (S VIDEO) (red) (blue) (green) DVD recorder

to AERIAL IN
DVD recorder
COMPONENT
VIDEO IN
D
to
C INPUT COMPONENT
VIDEO OUT
Y
(green)

S VIDEO PB/CB
(blue)
PR/CR
Component (red)
video cord
S-video cord
(not supplied) TV, projector, or AV
TV, projector, or AV (not supplied)
amplifier (receiver) amplifier (receiver)

: Signal flow
TV
to AERIAL OUT
A SCART input jack D Component video input jacks (Y, PB/CB,
When you set “Easy Setup - Line1 Output” to PR/CR)
“S Video” or “RGB” (page 20), use a You will enjoy accurate colour reproduction
Aerial cable (supplied) SCART cord that conforms to the selected and high quality images.
signal. If your TV accepts progressive 525p/625p
: Signal flow format signals, you must use this connection
B Video input jack and set “Component Out” in the “Video”
You will enjoy standard quality images. setup to “On” (page 88). Then set
1 Disconnect the aerial cable from your TV, and connect it to AERIAL IN on the rear “Progressive Output” of the “Video Output”
panel of the recorder. C S VIDEO input jack to “On” in the “Video” setup to send
2 Connect AERIAL OUT of the recorder to the aerial input of your TV using the supplied You will enjoy high quality images. progressive video signals. For details, see
“Progressive Output” on page 88.
aerial cable.
12 ,continued 13

When playing “wide screen” images • One Touch Menu

Some recorded images may not fit your TV
screen. To change the picture size, see
page 88.
If you are connecting to a VCR
Connect your VCR to the LINE 3/
You can turn on the recorder and TV, set the
TV to the recorder’s programme position,
Step 3: Connecting the Audio Cords
and display the Title List menu with one
touch of the TITLE LIST button (page 53). Select one of the following patterns, A or B, according to the input jack on your TV monitor,
• One Touch Timer projector, or AV amplifier (receiver). This will enable you to listen to sound.
You can turn on the recorder and TV, set the

Hookups and Settings

TV to the recorder’s programme position, [Speakers] [Speakers]
DECODER jack on the recorder (page 21).
and display the timer programming menu Rear (L) Rear (R) A
b Notes with one touch of the TIMER button AV amplifier (receiver)
• Do not connect more than one type of video cord (page 44). with a decoder
Front (L) Front (R)
between the recorder and your TV at the same • Automatic Power Off
time. The recorder will turn off automatically if
• When you connect the recorder to your TV via the Centre Subwoofer
the recorder is not used after you turn off
SCART jacks, the TV’s input source is set to the to coaxial digital input
recorder automatically when you start playback. the TV.
If necessary, press TV t to return the input to • NexTView Download
the TV. You can easily set the timer by using the
• For correct SMARTLINK connection, you will NexTView Download function on your TV. Coaxial digital cord (not supplied)
need a SCART cord that has the full 21 pins. See your TV’s instruction manual.
Refer to your TV’s instruction manual as well for
this connection. *1
“MEGALOGIC” is a registered trademark of to DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL)
• If you connect this recorder to a TV with Grundig Corporation.
SMARTLINK, set “Easy Setup - Line1 Output” *2 “EASYLINK” and “CINEMALINK” are
to “Video.” trademarks of Philips Corporation.
*3
“Q-Link” and “NexTView Link” are trademarks
of Panasonic Corporation.
About the SMARTLINK *4 “EURO VIEW LINK” is a trademark of Toshiba
DVD recorder
Corporation.
features (for SCART *5 “T-V LINK” is a trademark of JVC Corporation.
to LINE 2 OUT (R-AUDIO-L)

connections only)
z Hint
If the connected TV (or other connected SMARTLINK also works with TVs or other
equipment having EPG Timer Control, EPG Title Audio/video cord
INPUT B
equipment such as a set top box) complies VIDEO
with SMARTLINK, NexTView Link*3, Download, and Now Recording functions. For (not supplied)
details, refer to the operating instructions supplied (white) (yellow)
MEGALOGIC*1, EASYLINK*2,
with your TV or other equipment.
CINEMALINK*2, Q-Link*3, EURO VIEW L
LINK*4, or T-V LINK*5, you can enjoy the b Notes (red) (white)
AUDIO
following SMARTLINK features. • The SMARTLINK features are available only
• Preset Download R
when “Video” is selected in “Line1 Output.”
You can download the tuner preset data • The SMARTLINK features are not available (yellow)* (red)
while the power is off when “Power save TV, projector, or AV
from your TV to this recorder, and tune the
amplifier (receiver)
recorder according to that data in “Easy standby” is set to “On” (page 96).
• Not all TVs respond to the functions above. : Signal flow
Setup.” This greatly simplifies the “Easy
Setup” procedure. Be careful not to
disconnect the cables or exit the “Easy * The yellow plug is used for video signals (page 13).
Setup” function during this procedure
(page 20). A Digital audio input jack B Audio L/R (left/right) input jacks
• TV Direct Rec If your AV amplifier (receiver) has a Dolby*1 This connection will use your TV’s or stereo
You can easily record what you are Digital, DTS*2, or MPEG audio decoder and amplifier’s (receiver’s) two speakers for
watching on your TV (page 28). a digital input jack, use this connection. You sound.
• One Touch Play can enjoy Dolby Digital (5.1ch), DTS
(5.1ch), and MPEG audio (5.1ch) surround z Hint
You can turn on the recorder and TV, set the
effects. For correct speaker location, see the operating
TV’s input to the recorder, and start instructions supplied with the connected
playback with one touch of the H (play) components.
button (page 53).

14 ,continued 15

1-3
 b Notes
• Do not connect your TV’s audio output jacks to
Step 4: Connecting the Step 5: Preparing the Controlling TVs with the
the LINE IN (R-AUDIO-L) jacks at the same
remote
time. This will cause unwanted noise to come
from your TV’s speakers.
Mains Lead Remote
• With connection B, do not connect the LINE IN You can adjust the remote’s signal to control
(R-AUDIO-L) and LINE 2 OUT (R-AUDIO-L) Connect the supplied mains lead to the AC IN You can control the recorder using the your TV.

Hookups and Settings

jacks to your TV’s audio output jacks at the same
time. This will cause unwanted noise to come
from your TV’s speakers.
• With connection A, after you have completed the
connection, make the appropriate settings under
“Easy Setup - Audio Connection” (page 20).
Otherwise, no sound or a loud noise will come
from your speakers.
*1 Manufactured
under license from Dolby
Laboratories.
“Dolby” and the double-D symbol are
trademarks of Dolby Laboratories.
*2 “DTS” and “DTS Digital Out” are trademarks of
terminal of the recorder. Then plug the
recorder and TV mains leads (power cords)
into the mains. After you connect the mains
lead, you must wait for a short while
before operating the recorder. You can
operate the recorder once the front panel
display lights up and the recorder enters
standby mode.
If you connect additional equipment to this
recorder (page 21), be sure to connect the
mains lead after all connections are complete.
supplied remote. Insert two R6 (size AA)
batteries by matching the 3 and # ends on
the batteries to the markings inside the
battery compartment. When using the
remote, point it at the remote sensor on the
recorder.
b Notes
• Depending on the connected unit, you may not be
able to control your TV with some or all of the
buttons below.
• If you enter a new code number, the code number
previously entered will be erased.
• When you replace the batteries of the remote, the
code number may be reset to the default setting.
Set the appropriate code number again.

Digital Theater Systems, Inc. Number

buttons
~ AC IN TV/DVD

1 to AC IN
b Notes
• If the supplied remote interferes your other Sony
2 DVD recorder or player, change the command
mode number for this recorder (page 18).
• Use the batteries correctly to avoid possible
to mains leakage and corrosion. Should leakage occur, do
not touch the liquid with bare hands. Observe the
following:
– Do not use a new battery with an old battery, or
batteries of different manufacturers.
– Do not attempt to recharge the batteries. TV [/1
TV 2 +/–
– If you do not intend to use the remote for an TV t
extended period of time, remove the batteries. TV PROG
– If battery leakage occurs, wipe out any liquid +/–
inside the battery compartment, and insert new
batteries.
• Do not expose the remote sensor (marked on 1 Hold down the TV [/1 button located
the front panel) to strong light, such as direct at the bottom of the remote.
sunlight or a lighting apparatus. The recorder may
Do not press the [/1 button at the top of
not respond to the remote.
the remote.

16 ,continued 17

2 With the TV [/1 button pressed down,
enter the TV’s manufacturer code
using the number buttons.
For instance, to enter “09,” press “0” then
“9.” After you enter the last number,
release the TV [/1 button.
4 Select “Others,” and press ENTER.
If the Command Mode for the recorder has
If you have a Sony DVD player not been changed, set the Command Mode
or more than one Sony DVD for the remote to the default setting of
recorder DVD3. If the Command Mode for the
remote is changed to DVD1 or DVD2, you
If the supplied remote interferes with your will be unable to operate this recorder.

Hookups and Settings

other Sony DVD recorder or player, set the
Code numbers of controllable TVs command mode number for this recorder and
If more than one code number is listed, the supplied remote to one that differs from
Changing programme positions
try entering them one at a time until you the other Sony DVD recorder or player after of the recorder using the
find the one that works with your TV. you have completed “Step 6: Easy Setup.” 5 Select “Command Mode,” and press remote
Manufacturer Code number The default command mode setting for this ENTER.
recorder and the supplied remote is DVD3. You can change programme positions of the
Sony 01 (default)
recorder using the number buttons.
Hitachi 24
JVC 33
Number
Panasonic 17, 49
buttons
Number
Philips 06, 08 buttons
Samsung 71
SYSTEM
Sanyo 25 MENU 6 Select a Command Mode (DVD1,
Thomson 43 DVD2, or DVD3), and press ENTER.
M/m,
Toshiba 38 ENTER 7 Set the Command Mode for the remote
ENTER
so it matches the Command Mode for
The remote performs the following: the recorder you set above.
Follow the steps below to set the
Buttons Operations
Command Mode on the remote.
TV [/1 Turns your TV on or 1 Hold down ENTER.
off 1 Check that “Easy Setup” (page 20)
2 While holding down ENTER, enter
has been finished. If “Easy Setup” has the Command Mode code number Example: for channel 50
TV 2 (volume) Adjusts the volume Press “5,” “0,” then press ENTER.
+/– of your TV not been finished, first perform “Easy using the number buttons.
Setup.”
TV PROG +/– Selects the Command Mode Code number
programme position 2 Press SYSTEM MENU.
DVD1 number button 1
on your TV The System Menu appears.
DVD2 number button 2
TV t Switches your TV’s
input source
3 Select “SETUP,” and press ENTER.
DVD3 number button 3

3 Hold down both the number and

To operate the TV/DVD button ENTER buttons at the same time for
more than three seconds.
(for SCART connections only)
The TV/DVD button switches between the
recorder and the last input source selected on To check the Command Mode for the
the TV. Point your remote at the recorder
recorder
when using this button.
Press x on the recorder when the recorder is
When you connect the recorder to the TV via
turned off. The Command Mode for the
the SCART jacks, the input source for the TV
recorder appears in the front panel display.
is set to the recorder automatically when you
start playback. To watch another source,
press the TV/DVD button to switch the TV’s
input source.

18 19

1-4

Step 6: Easy Setup
Make the basic adjustments by following the
on-screen instructions in “Easy Setup.”
[/1
</M/m/,,
ENTER
O RETURN
TV [/1
1 Turn on the recorder and your TV.
Then switch the input selector on your
TV so that the signal from the recorder
appears on your TV screen.
The initial settings message appears.
• If this message does not appear, select
“Easy Setup” from “SETUP” in the
System Menu (“Settings and
Adjustments” on page 83).
2 Press ENTER.
Follow the on-screen instructions to
make the following settings.
Easy Setup - OSD
Select a language for the on-screen
displays.
Easy Setup - Tuner System
Select your country/region or language.
The programme position order will be set
according to the country/region you set.
To set the programme positions
manually, see page 83.
• If you live in a French speaking country
that is not listed on the display, select
“ELSE - English.”
20
Connecting to the LINE 2 IN jacks on the front panel
Connect a VCR or similar recording device to the LINE 2 IN jacks of this recorder. If the
equipment has an S-video jack, you can use an S-video cord instead of an audio/video cord.
S VIDEO
S-video cord
(not supplied)
to LINE 2 IN
: Signal flow
z Hint
When the connected equipment outputs only monaural sound, connect to just the L(MONO) and VIDEO
input jacks on the front of the recorder. Do not connect the R input jack.
b Notes
• Do not connect the yellow LINE IN (VIDEO) jack when using an S-video cord.
• Do not connect the output jack of this recorder to another equipment’s input jack with the other
equipment’s output jack connected to the input jack of this recorder. This may cause noise (feedback).
• Do not connect more than one type of video cord between the recorder and your TV at the same time.
22
Easy Setup - Clock
The recorder will automatically search
for a clock signal. If a clock signal cannot
be found, set the clock manually using
</M/m/,, and press ENTER.
Easy Setup - TV Type (page 88)
If you have a wide-screen TV, select
“16:9.” If you have a standard TV, select
either “4:3 Letter Box” (shrink to fit) or
“4:3 Pan Scan” (stretch to fit). This will
determine how “wide-screen” images are
displayed on your TV.
Easy Setup - Component Out
If you are using the COMPONENT
VIDEO OUT jack, select “On.”
Easy Setup - Line3 Input
If you plan to connect a decoder such as
a PAY-TV/Canal Plus analogue decoder
to the LINE 3/DECODER jack, select
“Yes.”
Easy Setup - Line1 Output
To output video signals, select “Video.”
To output S video signals, select “S
Video.”
To output RGB signals, select “RGB.”
Select “Video” to enjoy the
SMARTLINK features.
• If you set “Easy Setup - Component
Out” to “On,” you cannot select
“RGB.”
• If you set “Easy Setup - Line3 Input” to
“Yes,” you cannot select “S Video.”
Easy Setup - Audio Connection
If you connected an AV amplifier
(receiver) using a coaxial cord, select
“Yes : DIGITAL OUT” and set the
digital output signal (page 91).
3 Press ENTER when “Finish” appears.
“Easy Setup” is finished.
To return to the previous step
Press O RETURN.
z Hints
• If your AV amplifier (receiver) has an MPEG
audio decoder, set “MPEG” to “MPEG”
(page 91).
• If you want to run “Easy Setup” again, select
“Easy Setup” from “SETUP” in the System Menu
(page 97).
OUTPUT
VCR, etc.
VIDEO AUDIO
L R
Audio/video cord
(not supplied)
DVD recorder
1-5
Connecting a VCR or Similar Device
After disconnecting the recorder’s mains lead from the mains, connect a VCR or similar
recording device to the LINE IN jacks of this recorder.
Use the DV IN jack on the front panel if the equipment has a DV output jack (i.LINK jack)
(page 77).
Hookups and Settings
For details, refer to the instruction manual supplied with the connected equipment.
To record on this recorder, see “Recording from connected equipment without a timer” on
page 51.
Connecting to the LINE 3/DECODER jack
Connect a VCR or similar recording device to the LINE 3/DECODER jack of this recorder.
VCR TV
SCART cord (not supplied)
to SCART input
to i LINE 3/DECODER to i LINE 1 – TV
DVD recorder
b Notes
• Pictures containing copy protection signals that prohibit any copying cannot be recorded.
• If you pass the recorder signals through a VCR, you may not receive a clear image on your TV screen.
DVD recorder VCR TV
Be sure to connect your VCR to the DVD recorder and to your TV in the order shown below. To watch
video tapes, watch the tapes through a second line input on your TV.
Line input 1
VCR DVD recorder TV
Line input 2
• The SMARTLINK features are not available for devices connected via the DVD recorder’s LINE 3/
DECODER jack.
• When you record to a VCR from this DVD recorder, do not switch the input source to TV by pressing the
TV/DVD button on the remote.
• If you disconnect the recorder’s mains lead, you will not be able to view the signals from the connected
VCR.
,continued 21
Connecting to a Satellite or Digital Tuner
Connect a satellite or digital tuner to this recorder using the LINE 3/DECODER jack.
Disconnect the recorder’s mains lead from the mains when connecting the tuner.
To use the Synchro-Rec function, see below. Do NOT set “Line3 Input” of the “Scart Setting”
Hookups and Settings
to “Decoder” in the “Video” setup when making this connection.
Satellite tuner, TV
CanalSat, etc.
to SCART input
SCART cord (not supplied)
to i LINE 3/DECODER to i LINE 1 – TV
DVD recorder
If the satellite tuner can output RGB If you want to use the Synchro Rec
signals function
This recorder accepts RGB signals. If the This connection is necessary to use the
satellite tuner can output RGB signals, Synchro-Recording function. See
connect the TV SCART connector on the “Recording from connected equipment with a
satellite tuner to the LINE 3/DECODER jack, timer (Synchro Rec)” on page 49.
and set “Line3 Input” of “Scart Setting” to Set “Line3 Input” of “Scart Setting” in the
“Video/RGB” in the “Video” setup “Video” setup (page 89) according to the
(page 89). Note that this connection and specifications of your satellite tuner. See your
setup disable the SMARTLINK function. If satellite tuner’s instructions for more
you want to use the SMARTLINK function information.
with a compatible set top box, see the If you are using a B Sky B tuner, be sure to
instructions supplied with the set top box. connect the tuner’s VCR SCART jack to the
LINE 3/DECODER jack. Then set “Line3
Input” of “Scart Setting” according to the
specifications of the VCR SCART jack on
your satellite tuner.
b Notes
• Synchro-Recording does not work with some
tuners. For details, see the tuner’s operating
instructions.
• If you disconnect the recorder’s mains lead, you
will not be able to view the signals from the
connected tuner.
23
 4 Select “Scart Setting,” and press
Connecting a PAY-TV/Canal Plus Analogue Decoder Setting PAY-TV/Canal Plus ENTER.
analogue programme positions
You can watch or record PAY-TV/Canal Plus analogue decoder programmes if you connect a
To watch or record PAY-TV/Canal Plus
decoder (not supplied) to the recorder. Disconnect the recorder’s mains lead from the mains
analogue programmes, set your recorder to
when connecting the decoder. Note that when you set “Line3 Input” to “Decoder” in step 5 of
receive the programme positions using the

Hookups and Settings

“Setting PAY-TV/Canal Plus analogue programme positions” (page 25), you will not be able
on-screen display.
to select “L3” because Line 3 will become a dedicated line for the decoder.
In order to set the programme positions
correctly, be sure to follow all of the steps
Connecting a decoder below. 5 Press M/m to select “Video” or “RGB”
for “Line1 Output,” “Decoder” for
“Line3 Input,” and “Video” for “Line3
PAY-TV/Canal Plus
TV
analogue decoder Output,” and press ENTER.
Number
Aerial cable (supplied) buttons The “Video” setup display appears again.
6 Press O RETURN to return the cursor
to the left column.
to AERIAL IN SYSTEM
to SCART input
MENU 7 Select “Basic,” and press ENTER.
</M/m/,,
SCART cord ENTER
SCART cord (not supplied) O RETURN
(not supplied)
to AERIAL OUT

to i LINE 1 – TV to i LINE 3/DECODER

1 Press SYSTEM MENU.
The System Menu appears.
8 Select “Channel Setting,” and press
2 Select “SETUP,” and press ENTER. ENTER.

DVD recorder

9 Press M/m to select the desired

3 Select “Video,” and press ENTER. programme position, and press
ENTER.

24 ,continued 25

10 Select “System” using </,.

Eight Basic Operations
— Getting to Know Your DVD Recorder
2. Recording a
Programme
1. Inserting a Disc +RW -RWVR -RWVideo +R
HDD
-RVR -RVideo
+RW -RWVR -RWVideo +R -RVR
-RVideo DVD VCD CD DATA DVD This section introduces the basic operation to
11 Press M/m to select an available TV record a current TV programme to the hard
Eight Basic Operations — Getting to Know Your DVD Recorder

DATA CD
disk (HDD) or to a disc (DVD). For an
system, BG, DK, I, or L.
explanation of how to make timer recordings,
“L” is only available with French RDR- Z (open/
close) DVD see page 40.
HX520 and RDR-HX920 models. To
receive broadcasts in France, select “L.”
12 Select “Channel” using </,. HDD DVD
PROG +/–

TV/DVD
1 Press DVD.
2 Press Z (open/close), and place a DISPLAY
disc on the disc tray.

13 Select the PAY-TV/Canal Plus

analogue programme position using
M/m or number buttons.
14 Select “PAY-TV/ CANAL+” using </ z REC
REC MODE
,. x REC
STOP
Recording/playing side facing down TV t

3 Press Z (open/close) to close the disc

tray. 1 Press HDD or DVD.
Wait until “LOAD” disappears from the If you want to record to a DVD, insert a
front panel display. recordable DVD.
Unused DVDs are formatted
automatically. 2 Press PROG +/– to select the
15 Select “On” using M/m, and press • For DVD-RW discs programme position or input source
ENTER. DVD-RWs are formatted in the you want to record.
recording format (VR mode or Video
mode) set by “Format DVD-RW” in
3 Press REC MODE repeatedly to select
To return to the previous step the “DVD” setup. the recording mode.
Press O RETURN. Each time you press the button, the
• For DVD-R discs display on the TV screen changes as
DVD-Rs are automatically formatted in
b Note Video mode. To format an unused
follows:
If you disconnect the recorder’s mains lead, you
will not be able to view the signals from the
DVD-R in VR mode, format the disc
connected decoder. using the “Disc Information” display
(page 38) before you make a
For more details about the recording
recording.
mode, see page 40.
If the disc is recordable on this recorder,
you can manually re-format the disc to
make a blank disc (page 38).

26 ,continued 27

1-6
 4 Press z REC. b Notes Title List with Thumbnail Images
• After pressing z REC, it may take a short while
Recording starts.
Recording stops automatically after 8 to start recording. 3. Playing the Recorded (Example: DVD+RW)

hours of continuous recording or when

• You cannot change the recording mode while
recording.
Programme (Title List)
the HDD or DVD is full. • If there is a power failure, the programme you are
recording may be erased. HDD +RW -RWVR -RWVideo +R
• You cannot watch a PAY-TV/Canal Plus -RVR -RVideo
To stop recording programme while recording another PAY-TV/
Press x REC STOP. Canal Plus programme. To play a recorded title, select the title from
• To use the TV Direct Rec function, you must first the Title List.

Eight Basic Operations — Getting to Know Your DVD Recorder

Note that it may take a few seconds for
recorder to stop recording. correctly set the recorder’s clock.

To watch another TV programme while HDD DVD m

recording Checking the disc status while
recording Extended Title List
If your TV is connected to the i LINE 1 –
TV jack, set your TV to the TV input using
the TV/DVD button and select the You can check the recording information
programme you want to watch. If your TV is such as recording time or disc type.
connected to the LINE 2 OUT or TITLE LIST
COMPONENT VIDEO OUT jacks, set the Press DISPLAY during recording.
</M/m/,,
TV to TV input using the TV t button The recording information appears. ENTER
(page 17). OPTIONS

TV Direct Rec
If you are using the SMARTLINK
connection, you can easily record what you
are watching on your TV.
When the TV is turned on, press z REC. The
recorder automatically turns on and starts
recording what you are watching on the TV.
b Note
If “TV” appears in the front panel display, you
cannot turn off the TV or change the programme
position during TV Direct Rec. To turn off the
function, set “TV Direct Rec” to “Off” in the
“Recording” setup (page 93).
About the Teletext function
Some broadcast systems ensure a Teletext
service* in which the complete programmes
and their data (title, date, programme
position, recording start time etc.) are stored
day by day. When recording a programme,
the recorder automatically takes the
programme name from the Teletext pages
and stores it as the title name. For details, see
“Auto Programme Title Labelling (TV Guide
Page)” on page 86.
Note that the Teletext information will not
appear on your TV screen. To view the
Teletext information on your TV screen,
press TV/DVD on the remote to switch the
input source to your TV (page 17).
* not available in some areas
/
mc CM
A Disc type:
x
Displays the media type, HDD or DVD.
Also displays the title type (Original or
A Disc type/format Playlist) for HDD or DVD-RW/DVD-R
(VR mode) disc titles.
B Recording status
B Disc space (remainder/total)
C Recording mode
1 Press HDD or DVD. C Title information:
D Recording time If you select DVD, insert a DVD (see “1. Displays the title number, title name, and
Inserting a Disc” on page 27). recording date. Title size is shown in the
Press DISPLAY to turn off the display. Playback starts automatically depending Thumbnail title list.
on the disc. z (red): Indicates that the title is
2 Press TITLE LIST. currently being recorded.
: Indicates that the title is currently
To show the extended Title List, press
OPTIONS to select “Display List,” and being dubbed.
press ENTER. : Indicates the protected title.
“NEW” (or N): Indicates that the title is
newly recorded (not played back) (HDD
only).
: Indicates titles containing “Copy-
Once” copy protection signals (HDD
only) (page 73).
D Scroll bar:
Appears when all of the titles do not fit
on the list. To view the hidden titles,
press M/m.
E Title’s thumbnail picture:
The still images for each title are
displayed.

28 ,continued 29

3 Select a title, and press ENTER. To change the title order (Sort) To turn off the Title List
The sub-menu appears.
The sub-menu displays options
While the Title List menu is turned on, press
OPTIONS to select “Sort Titles.” Press M/m
Press TITLE LIST. 4. Displaying the
applicable only to the selected item. The to select the item, and press ENTER. z Hints
• After recording, the first scene of the recording
Playing/Remaining Time
displayed options differ depending upon
the model, situation, and disc type. Order Sorted (the title) is automatically set as the thumbnail and Play Information
picture.
By Date In order of when the titles • You can select “TITLE LIST” from the System
were recorded. The title that is Menu. HDD +RW -RWVR -RWVideo +R
recorded most recently is -RVR -RVideo DVD VCD CD
listed at the top. b Notes

Eight Basic Operations — Getting to Know Your DVD Recorder

By Title In alphabetical order.
By Number In order of recorded title
number.
Unseen Title In order of when the titles
(HDD only) were recorded. The title that is
Sub-menu recorded most recently and
4 Select “Play,” and press ENTER.
has not been played is listed at
the top. Playlist titles are not
Playback starts from the selected title. displayed.
DATA DVD DATA CD
• The title names may not appear for DVDs created
on other DVD recorders. You can check the playing time and
• It may take a few seconds for the thumbnail remaining time of the current title, chapter,
pictures to be displayed. track, or disc. Also, you can check the disc
• After editing, the title thumbnail picture may name recorded on the DVD/CD.
change to the first scene of the recording (title).
• After dubbing, the title thumbnail picture set on
the source recording is cancelled.

To change a title thumbnail picture

To stop playback (Thumbnail) (HDD/DVD-RW/DVD-R in VR
Press x (stop).
mode only)
You can select a favourite scene for the DISPLAY
To scroll the list display by page (Page
thumbnail picture shown in the Title List ENTER
mode)
menu.
Press / while the list display is turned OPTIONS
on. Each time you press / , the entire 1 Press TITLE LIST.
Title List changes to the next/previous page Press </, to switch the Title Lists, if
of titles. necessary. TIME/TEXT
2 Select a title, and press ENTER.
About the Title List for HDD/DVD-RWs/ The sub-menu appears. Press DISPLAY.
DVD-Rs (VR mode)
You can switch the Title List to show
3 Select “Set Thumbnail,” and press The displays differ depending on the disc
ENTER. type or playing status.
Original or Playlist titles.
The display for setting the thumbnail
While the Title List menu is turned on, press
point appears and the title starts to play.
</,.
4 While watching the playback picture,
press m/M to select the scene you
want to set for a thumbnail picture, and
press ENTER.
Playback pauses.
5 Press ENTER if the scene is correct.
If the scene is incorrect, press c/C to
select the scene you want to set for a
thumbnail picture, and press ENTER.
The display asks for confirmation. A Title number/name
• To change the thumbnail, press M. (Shows either track number, track
6 Select “OK,” and press ENTER. name, scene number, or file name for
The scene is set for the title’s thumbnail CDs, VIDEO CDs, DATA DVDs, or
picture. DATA CDs.)

30 ,continued 31

1-7
 B Available functions for DVD VIDEOs z Hints Example: When playing a CD
( angle/ audio/ subtitle, • If “DTS” is set to “Off” in the “Audio” setup, the Track playing time and the current track/index Checking the remaining disc
DTS track selection option will not appear on the number
etc.), or playback data for DATA screen even if the disc contains DTS tracks m space
DVDs and DATA CDs (page 91). Remaining time of the current track
• When “Auto Display” is set to “On” (default) in m You can check the remaining disc space
C The current selected function or audio using the “Disc Information” display.
the “Video” setup (page 90), information Playing time of the disc
setting (appears only temporarily) automatically appears on the screen when the m
Example: Dolby Digital 5.1 ch recorder is operated. Remaining time of the disc 1 Insert a disc.
Rear (L/R) m See “1. Inserting a Disc” on page 27.
b Note

Eight Basic Operations — Getting to Know Your DVD Recorder

Front (L/R) + LFE (Low Frequency
Centre Effect)
D The current selected angle
E Disc type*1/format (page 8)
F Title type (only appears for Playlists)
G Play mode
H Recording mode (page 40)
I Playing status bar*2
J Title number (chapter number*3)
(page 58)
(Shows either track number, scene
number, album number*3, or file
number for CDs, VIDEO CDs, DATA
DVDs, or DATA CDs.)
K Album name appears for DATA DVDs
or DATA CDs.
For CDs with CD text, press TIME/
TEXT.
L Playing time (remaining time*3)
*1 Displays Super VIDEO CDs as “SVCD,” DATA
CDs as “CD” and DATA DVDs as “DVD.”
*2
Does not appear with VIDEO CDs, DATA
DVDs, and DATA CDs.
*3 Displayed when you press TIME/TEXT
repeatedly.
Playing time of MP3 audio tracks may not be
displayed correctly.
Checking the playing/
remaining time
You can view the playing or time information
displayed on the front panel display.
Press TIME/TEXT repeatedly.
The displays differ depending on the disc
type or playing status.
Example: When playing a DVD
Playing time and number of the
current title
Remaining time of the current title
Playing time and number of the
current chapter
Remaining time of the current chapter
Example: When playing a VIDEO CD
Playing time and number of the current
scene or track
CD text (when available)
2 Press OPTIONS to select “Disc
Example: When playing an MP3 audio track Information,” and press ENTER.
Playing time and number of the current track The “Disc Information” display appears.
m Available settings differ depending on
Current album number the disc type.
Example: When a DVD+RW is inserted.
Example: When viewing a JPEG image
Current file number and total number of files in the
current album
m
Current album number and total number of
albums
Example: When playing a DivX video file
Current file number and playing time of the current
file “Remainder” (approximate)
m • The remaining recording time in each
Current album number of the recording modes
• Disc space bar
• Remaining disc space/total disc space
b Notes
• The recorder can only display the first level of a
CD’s text, such as the disc name.
• The letters or symbols that cannot be displayed z Hint
are replaced with “*.” To increase disc space, see “To open up disc space”
• Playing time of MP3 audio tracks may not be (page 64).
displayed correctly.

32 33

Example: Input Title Name To use the number buttons

5. Changing the Name of You can also use the number buttons to enter
characters. Refer to the number next to each
6. Labelling and
a Recorded Programme row of letters on your TV screen. Protecting a Disc
1 In step 5 above, press a number button
HDD +RW -RWVR -RWVideo +R You can execute options effective for the
repeatedly to select a character.
-RVR -RVideo Example: entire disc using the “Disc Information”
Press the number 3 button once to enter display.
You can label a DVD, title, or programme by
The type of characters will change “D.”
entering characters. You can enter up to 64
Eight Basic Operations — Getting to Know Your DVD Recorder

according to the language you select in Press the number 3 button three times to
characters for a title or disc name, but the
“Easy Setup.” Some languages allow you enter “F.”
actual number of characters displayed in the
menus such as the Title List will vary. The to enter an accent mark. 2 Press ENTER and select the next
steps below explain how to change the name To enter a letter with an accent mark, character.
of the recorded programme. select an accent followed by the letter.
Example: Select “ ` ” and then “a” to
3 Select “Finish” and press ENTER.
enter “à.” z Hint
To insert a space, select “Space.” You can switch between “A” (upper-case), “a”
Number
buttons
6 Repeat steps 4 and 5 to enter the (lower-case), or “Symbol” by pressing INPUT
SELECT.
</M/m/,,
ENTER
INPUT remaining characters.
SELECT OPTIONS
Input row

TITLE LIST
</M/m/,,
ENTER
1 Press TITLE LIST.
2 Select a title, and press ENTER.
The sub-menu appears.
3 Select “Title Name,” and press
ENTER.
The display for entering characters
appears.
4 Press </M/m/, to move the cursor
to the right of the display and select
“A” (upper-case), “a” (lower-case),
or “Symbol,” and press ENTER.
The characters for the selected type are
displayed.
5 Press </M/m/, to select the
character you want to enter, and press
ENTER.
The selected character appears at the top
of the display.
Labelling a disc
+RW -RWVR -RWVideo +R -RVR
-RVideo
To erase a character, move the cursor to
the right of the character at the input row. 1 Insert a disc.
Select “Back” and press ENTER. See “1. Inserting a Disc” on page 27.
To insert a character, move the cursor to
the right of the point where you want to 2 Press OPTIONS to select “Disc
Information,” and press ENTER.
insert the character. Select the character
and press ENTER. The “Disc Information” display appears.
Available settings differ depending on
To erase all of the characters, select
“Clear All” and press ENTER. the disc type.
Example: When the inserted disc is a
7 Select “Finish,” and press ENTER. DVD+RW.
To cancel the setting, select “Cancel.”
3 Select “Disc Name,” and press
ENTER.
Enter the disc name in the “Input Disc
Name” display (page 34).

34 ,continued 35

1-8
 b Note
You can enter up to 64 characters for a DVD’s disc
name. The disc name may not appear when the disc
is played on other DVD equipment.
Protecting a disc
-RWVR -RVR
1
Insert a disc.
See “1. Inserting a Disc” on page 27.
2 Press OPTIONS to select “Disc
Information,” and press ENTER.
The “Disc Information” display appears.
Available settings differ depending on
the disc type.
Example: When the inserted disc is a
DVD-RW (VR mode).
A “On”/“Off”: Indicates whether
protection is set (DVD-RW/DVD-
R in VR mode only)
B “Protect Disc”
3 Select “Protect Disc,” and press
ENTER.
4 Select “Protect,” and press ENTER.
To cancel the protection
Select “Unprotected” in step 4.
z Hint
You can set protection for individual titles
(page 64).
36
Unfinalising a disc
-RWVR -RWVideo
For DVD-RWs (Video mode)
DVD-RWs (Video mode) that have been
finalised to prohibit additional recording or
editing can be unfinalised to allow further
recording or editing.
For DVD-RWs (VR mode)
If you cannot record or edit on a DVD-RW
(VR mode) that has been finalised with other
DVD equipment, unfinalise the disc.
b Note
The recorder is not able to unfinalise DVD-RWs
(Video mode) that have been finalised on another
recorder.
1 Insert a disc.
See “1. Inserting a Disc” on page 27.
2 Press OPTIONS to select “Disc
Information,” and press ENTER.
The “Disc Information” display appears.
3 Select “Unfinalise,” and press
ENTER.
The recorder starts unfinalising the disc.
Unfinalising may take several minutes.
38
Finalising is necessary when
7. Playing the Disc on
+R
playing on any equipment other Finalising the disc using “Disc
-RVideo than this recorder. Information” display
Other DVD Equipment After finalising, you cannot edit or
(Finalise)
record on the disc.
1 Insert a disc.
See “1. Inserting a Disc” on page 27.
+RW -RWVR -RWVideo +R -RVR Z (open/ 2 Press OPTIONS to select “Disc
-RVideo close) Information,” and press ENTER.
Eight Basic Operations — Getting to Know Your DVD Recorder
The “Disc Information” display appears.
Finalising is necessary when you play discs
recorded with this recorder on other DVD 3 Select “Finalise,” and press ENTER.
equipment. The display shows the approximate time
When you finalise a DVD+RW, DVD-RW required for finalising and asks for
(Video mode), DVD+R, or DVD-R (Video confirmation.
mode), a DVD menu will be automatically
created, which can be displayed on other </M/m/,,
ENTER
DVD equipment. OPTIONS
Before finalising, check the differences
between the disc types in the table below.
Differences between the disc types
+RW
Discs are automatically finalised
when removed from the recorder.
Finalising the disc using Z
However, you may need to finalise
the disc for certain DVD (open/close) button 4 Select “OK,” and press ENTER.
equipment, or if the recording time The recorder starts finalising the disc.
is short. You can edit or record on
the disc even after finalising.
1 Make a recording.
See “2. Recording a Programme” on z Hint
-RWVR Finalising is unnecessary when page 27. You can check whether the disc has been finalised
playing a disc on VR format
compatible equipment. 2 Press Z (open/close).
or not. If you cannot select “Finalise” in step 3
above, the disc has already been finalised.
Even if your other DVD equipment The display shows the approximate time
is VR format compatible, you may required for finalising and asks for b Notes
need to finalise the disc, especially
if the recording time is short. You
confirmation.
For DVD+RWs, the recorder
• Depending on the condition of the disc,
recording, or the DVD equipment, discs may not
can edit or record on the disc even automatically starts finalising the disc. play even if the discs are finalised.
after finalising.
After finalising, the disc will be ejected • The recorder may not be able to finalise the disc
if it was recorded on another recorder.
-RWVideo
Finalising is necessary when automatically.
playing on any equipment other
than this recorder. 3 Select “OK,” and press ENTER.
After finalising, you cannot edit or The recorder starts finalising the disc.
record on the disc. If you want to After finalising, the disc will be ejected
record on it again, unfinalise automatically.
(page 38) or reformat the disc
(page 38). However, if you
reformat the disc, all recorded
contents will be erased.
-RVR Finalising is necessary. The disc
can be played only on equipment
that supports DVD-R in VR mode.
After finalising you cannot edit or
record on the disc using this
recorder.
,continued 37
z Hint
8. Reformatting a disc By reformatting, you can change the recording
format on DVD-RWs, or record again on DVD-
RWs that have been finalised.
+RW -RWVR -RWVideo
b Note
New discs are automatically formatted when On this model, 1 GB (read “gigabyte”) is equivalent
to 1 billion bytes. The larger the number, the larger
inserted. If necessary, you can manually re-
the disc space.
format a DVD+RW or DVD-RW disc to
make a blank disc. For DVD-RWs, you can
Eight Basic Operations — Getting to Know Your DVD Recorder
select a recording format (VR mode or Video
mode) according to your needs (page 63).
</M/m/,,
ENTER
OPTIONS
1 Insert a disc.
See “1. Inserting a Disc” on page 27.
2 Press OPTIONS to select “Disc
Information,” and press ENTER.
Example: When a DVD+RW is inserted.
3 Select “Format,” and press ENTER.
4 Select “OK,” and press ENTER.
For DVD-RWs and unrecorded DVD-Rs
(Video mode), select “VR” or “Video,”
and press ENTER.
All contents on the disc are erased.
39
1-9
 Press REC MODE repeatedly to switch the
recording modes. Recording stereo and bilingual Unrecordable pictures
Timer Recording To select the HQ+ mode, set “HQ Setting” of programmes
the “HDD Rec. Settings” to “HQ+” in the Pictures with copy protection cannot be

Before Recording “Recording” setup (page 93). “HQ+” records

Before you start recording…
• Check that the disc has enough available
space for the recording (page 33). For the
pictures in higher quality than HQ on the
HDD. Note that HQ+ plus appears as HQ in
the front panel display and the on screen
displays.
The recorder automatically receives and
records stereo and bilingual programmes
based on the ZWEITON system or the
NICAM system.
The HDD and a DVD-RW (VR mode) or
recorded on this recorder.
When the recorder receives a copy guard
signal, the recorder continues to record but
only a blank, grey coloured screen will be
recorded.

Timer Recording
HDD, DVD+RWs, and DVD-RWs, you Approx. recording time DVD-R (VR mode) can record both main and Copy control Recordable discs
can free up disc space by erasing titles (hours) sub sounds. You can switch between main signals
(page 64). and sub when playing the disc. For the HDD,
Recording HDD DVD* Copy-Free +RW -RWVR
you can select the sound track before HDD
• Adjust the recording picture quality and mode
RDR- RDR- RDR- recording. Select “Main,” “Sub,” or -RWVideo +R -RVR
picture size if necessary (page 46). HX520 HX720/ HX920 “Main+Sub” in “Bilingual Recording” of the -RVideo
HX722 “HDD Rec. Settings” in the “Recording”
z Hint
HQ+ (High 8 20 33 – setup (page 92). Copy-Once HDD
Timer recordings will be made regardless whether
or not the recorder is turned on. You can turn off the quality) A DVD+RW, DVD-RW (Video mode), -RWVR (CPRM*)
recorder without affecting the recording even after DVD+R, or DVD-R (Video mode) can
HQ R 13 32 53 1 -RVR (CPRM*)
recording starts. record only one sound track (main or sub) at
HSP R 19 46 77 1 hr. a time. Select the sound track using the Setup Copy-Never None (a blank screen is
b Note 30 min. Display before recording starts. Set recorded)
To play a recorded disc on other DVD equipment,
finalise the disc (page 36). SP 26 61 102 2 “Bilingual Recording” of the “DVD Rec.
(Standard Settings” to “Main” (default) or “Sub” in the * The recorded disc can be played only on CPRM
mode) compatible equipment (page 8).
“Recording” setup (page 93).
Recording mode LSP r 33 77 127 2 hr.
ZWEITON (German stereo) system
30 min.
Like the standard ×3 recording modes of When a stereo based programme is received,
ESP r 39 93 153 3
video tapes, you can select the desired “Stereo” appears.
recording mode using the REC MODE LP r 53 124 205 4 When a bilingual ZWEITON based
button. EP r 79 187 308 6 programme is received, “Main,” “Sub,” or
Recording modes with higher quality provide “Main/Sub” appears.
SLP (Long 106 249 410 8
a more beautiful recording, but the large data
duration) NICAM system
volume also results in a shorter recording
time. * The recording time for DVD+R DL (Double When a stereo or bilingual NICAM based
Conversely, a longer duration provides a Layer) discs is as follows: programme is received, “NICAM” appears in
longer recording time, but the lower data HQ: 1 hour 48 minutes the front panel display.
volume results in a coarser picture quality. HSP: 2 hours 42 minutes To record a NICAM programme, be sure to
SP: 3 hours 37 minutes set “Audio” of “Channel Setting” in the
LSP: 4 hours 31 minutes “Basic” setup to “NICAM” (default). If the
ESP: 5 hours 25 minutes
sound is not clear when listening to NICAM
LP: 7 hours 14 minutes
EP: 10 hours 51 minutes broadcasts, set “Audio” to “Standard” (see
SLP: 14 hours 28 minutes “Channel Setting” on page 83).

b Notes z Hint
• The maximum continuous recording time for a You can select the audio (main or sub) while
single title is eight hours. recording bilingual programmes using the AUDIO
• Situations below may cause slight inaccuracies button. This does not affect the recorded sound.
with the recording time.
– Recording a programme with poor reception, or
a programme or video source of low picture
quality
– Recording on a disc that has already been edited
– Recording only a still picture or just sound

40 41

1 Press TIMER. 4 Select “OK,” and press ENTER. Auto Title Erase (HDD only)
Timer Recording The “TIMER LIST” display (page 47)
appears. The TIMER REC indicator
If there is not enough space for a timer
recording, the recorder automatically erases
(Standard/ShowView) lights up on the front panel and the old titles recorded on the HDD. The oldest,
recorder is ready to start recording. played title is erased. Set “Auto Title Erase”
HDD +RW -RWVR -RWVideo +R Unlike a VCR, there is no need to turn off of the “Timer Settings” to “On” in the
-RVR -RVideo the recorder before the timer recording “Recording” setup (page 93). Protected titles
starts. are not erased.
You can set the timer for a total of 40
programmes (8 programmes when using the If the timer settings overlap
Timer Recording

PDC/VPS function), up to 30 days in
advance. 2 Press M/m to select the “Day and
There are two methods to set the timer: the Time” or “Mode” row. Then press
standard method and ShowView method. ENTER.
• Standard: Set the date, time, and
programme position of the programme 3 Select an item using </, and
manually. adjust using M/m. Then press ENTER.
• ShowView: Enter the ShowView To make additional changes to items in
programming number designated for each different rows, return to step 2. The
TV programme (page 44). adjustable items are listed below.
“Day and Time”:
Sets the date, start time, and stop time,
Setting the timer manually and selects the programme position or
input source.
(Standard) The date item changes as follows:
Today y …… y Sat 28.10 (30 days
later) y Sun (every Sunday) y ……
y Sat (every Saturday) y Mon - Fri
(Monday to Friday) y Mon - Sat
(Monday to Saturday) y Daily y
Today
“Mode”:
Selects the recording mode (page 40).
TIMER “Media”:
Selects the media, HDD or DVD.
</M/m/,, “PDC/VPS”:
ENTER Sets the PDC/VPS function. See “About
OPTIONS the PDC/VPS function” below.
“Extend Time”:
Sets the duration in increments of 10
minutes, for a maximum of 60 minutes
when a timer recording is in progress. If
x REC the programme set to be recorded daily or
STOP weekly is extended, the manually
extended time set here will be added to
the subsequent timer recording times.
Note that when “PDC/VPS” is set to
“On,” you cannot make the “Extend
Time” setting.
• If you make a mistake, select the item
and change the setting.
To stop recording during timer recording Overlapped timer settings are shown as
Press x REC STOP. follows.
Note that it may take a few seconds for the
recorder to stop recording.
About the PDC/VPS function
PDC/VPS signals are transmitted with TV
programmes in some broadcast systems.
These signals ensure that timer recordings are
made regardless of any broadcast delays,
early starts, or broadcast interruptions. To store the setting as shown, select “OK.”
The programme that does not have a
To use the PDC/VPS function
Set “PDC/VPS” to “On” in step 3 above.
mark next to it has priority and the
overlapped programmes start recording only
When you turn on this function, the recorder
after the first programme has finished.
starts scanning the channels before the timer
To cancel the overlapped setting, select
recording starts. If you are watching TV
“Cancel.”
when scanning starts, a message will appear
on the TV screen. If you want to watch TV,
To confirm, change, or cancel a timer
switch to your TV’s tuner or turn off the
recording
PDC/VPS channel scan function.
See “Checking/Changing/Cancelling Timer
Note that if you turn off the PDC/VPS
Settings (Timer List)” on page 47.
channel scan function, the timer recording
will not start.
To extend the recording duration time
To temporarily turn off PDC/VPS channel while recording
scan
Press OPTIONS and select “PDC/VPS Scan 1 Press OPTIONS during recording to
Off.” select “Extend Rec,” and press ENTER.
To ensure that the PDC/VPS function works
properly, turn off the recorder before the
timer recording starts. This will
automatically turn on the PDC/VPS channel
scan function while the recorder remains off.
Rec Mode Adjust
If there is not enough available disc space for
the recording, the recorder automatically
adjusts the recording mode to enable the 2 Press M/m to select the duration time.
entire programme to be recorded. Set “Rec You can set the duration in increments of
Mode Adjust” of the “Timer Settings” to 10 minutes, for a maximum of 60
“On” in the “Recording” setup (page 93). minutes.
3 Select “OK” and press ENTER.

42 ,continued 43

1-10
 One Touch Timer
If you use the SMARTLINK connection, you
can easily display the timer programming
menu.
When the TV is turned on or in standby
mode, press TIMER. The recorder
automatically turns on and the TV’s input is
switched to the recorder. The Timer
programming menu appears.
z Hint
If you are recording to the HDD or a DVD-RW (VR
mode) at a recording mode that is SP or lower and
is a 2x speed or higher disc, you can play the title as
it is being recorded by selecting the programme title
on the Title List (page 57).
b Notes
• If a message indicating that the disc is full appears
on the screen, change the disc, or make available
space for the recording (HDD/DVD+RW/DVD-
RW only) (page 65).
• Check that the clock is correctly set before setting
the timer recording. If not, the timer recording
cannot be made.
To record a satellite programme, turn on the
satellite tuner and select the satellite programme
you want to record. Leave the satellite tuner
turned on until the recorder finishes recording. If
you connect equipment with a timer function, you
can use the Synchro Rec function (page 49).
• Even if the timer is set for the same daily or
weekly programme, the timer recording cannot be
made if it overlaps with a programme that has
priority. “ ” will appear next to the overlapped
setting in the Timer List. Check the priority order
of the settings.
• Even if the timer is set, timer recordings cannot be
made while recording a programme that has
priority.
• The Rec Mode Adjust function only works with a
timer recording and the PDC/VPS function set to
off. It does not function with Quick Timer or
Synchro Rec. In addition, the Rec Mode Adjust
function does not work when recording to the
HDD while “Auto Title Erase” of the “Timer
Settings” is set to “On” in the “Recording” setup.
• The beginning of some recordings may not be
made when using the PDC/VPS function.
• You cannot extend the recording duration time
when “PDC/VPS” is set to “On.”
44
Adjusting the recording picture
quality and size
You can adjust the recording picture quality
and picture size.
</M/m/,,
ENTER
OPTIONS
1 Before recording starts, press
OPTIONS to select “Rec Settings,”
and press ENTER.
2 Select the item you want to adjust,
and press ENTER.
The adjustment display appears.
Example: Rec NR
“Rec Mode”:
Selects the recording mode for the
desired recording time and picture
quality. For more information, see
“Recording mode” on page 40.
46
Recording TV programmes
using the ShowView system
The ShowView system is a feature that
simplifies setting the timer. Just enter the
ShowView programming number listed in
the TV programme guide. The date, time, and
programme position of that programme are
set automatically.
Check that the programme positions are
correctly set in “Channel Setting” in the
“Basic” setup (page 83).
Number
buttons
TIMER
</M/m/,,
ENTER
z REC
x REC
STOP
1 Press TIMER.
2 Select “ShowView No.” using M/m,
and press ENTER.
“HDD Rec. Picture Size”/“DVD Rec.
Picture Size”:
Sets the picture size of the programme to
be recorded.
• 4:3 (default): Sets the picture size to
4:3.
• 16:9: Sets the picture size to 16:9 (wide
mode).
• Auto (HDD only): Automatically
selects the actual picture size.
“DVD Rec. Picture Size” works with
DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs (Video mode)
when the recording mode is set to HQ,
HSP, SP, LSP, or ESP. For all other
recording modes, the screen size is fixed
at “4:3.”
For DVD-Rs/DVD-RWs (VR mode), the
actual picture size is recorded regardless
of the setting. For example, if a 16:9 size
picture is received, the disc records the
picture as 16:9 even if “DVD Rec.
Picture Size” is set to “4:3.”
For DVD+RWs/DVD+Rs, the screen
size is fixed at “4:3.”
“Rec NR” (noise reduction): Reduces
noise contained in the video signal.
“Rec Video Equalizer”: Adjusts the
picture in greater detail.
Press M/m to select the item you want to
adjust, then press ENTER.
• Contrast: Changes the contrast.
• Brightness: Changes the overall
brightness.
• Colour: Makes the colours deeper or
lighter.
3 Adjust the setting using </M/m/,,
and press ENTER.
The default setting is underlined.
“Rec NR”: (weak) Off 1 ~ 2 ~ 3
(strong)
“Rec Video Equalizer”:
• Contrast: (weak) –3 ~ 0 ~ 3 (strong)
• Brightness: (dark) –3 ~ 0 ~ 3 (bright)
• Colour: (light) –3 ~ 0 ~ 3 (deep)
Repeat steps 2 and 3 to adjust any other
items.
1-11
3 Press the number buttons to enter the
ShowView programming number, and Using the Quick Timer function
press ENTER.
You can set the recorder to record in 30
The date, start and stop times,
minute increments.
programme position, recording mode,
etc. setting appear.
• If you make a mistake before pressing Press z REC repeatedly to set the
ENTER, press </, and re-enter the duration.
correct number. Each press advances the time in 30 minute
increments. The maximum duration is six
Timer Recording
hours.
(normal recording)
The time counter decreases minute by minute
to 0:00, then the recorder stops recording (the
power does not turn off). Even if you turn off
• If you want to change the setting, press
the recorder during recording, the recorder
</, to select the item and press M/m
continues to record until the time counter
to change the setting.
runs out.
• If you want to re-enter the ShowView
Note that the Quick Timer function does not
programming number, select
work if “TV Direct Rec” is set to “On” in the
“ShowView No.,” and press ENTER.
“Recording” setup (page 93).
Then re-enter the ShowView
programming number.
To cancel the Quick Timer
4 Select “OK,” and press ENTER. Press z REC repeatedly until the counter
The TIMER REC indicator lights up on appears in the front panel display. The
the front panel, and the recorder is ready recorder returns to normal recording mode.
to start recording.
To stop recording during timer recording
Press x REC STOP.
Note that it may take a few seconds for the
recorder to stop recording.
If the timer settings overlap
See page 43.
To extend the recording duration time
while recording
See page 43.
To confirm, change, or cancel a timer
recording
See “Checking/Changing/Cancelling Timer
Settings (Timer List)” on page 47.
z Hint
The Rec Mode Adjust function also works with this
timer method (page 43).
,continued 45
b Notes
• If one programme contains two picture sizes, the
Checking/Changing/
selected size is recorded. However, if the 16:9
signal cannot be recorded as 16:9, it is recorded as
4:3.
Cancelling Timer
• When playing a 16:9 size picture recorded as 4:3,
the image is fixed to 4:3 Letter Box regardless of
Settings (Timer List)
the setting in “TV Type” of “Video” setup
HDD +RW -RWVR -RWVideo +R
(page 88).
• Remnants of images may appear on your screen -RVR -RVideo
when using “Rec NR.”
Timer Recording
• “Rec Video Equalizer” does not affect the input You can check, change, or cancel timer
of the DV IN jack and does not work with RGB settings using the Timer List.
signals.
Creating chapters in a title
The recorder can automatically divide a
recording (a title) into chapters by inserting
chapter marks at approximately 6 minute
intervals during recording. To disable this
TIMER LIST
function, set “Auto Chapter” in the
</M/m/,,
“Recording” setup to “Off” (page 93).
ENTER
When recording to the HDD, a DVD-R (VR
mode) or a DVD-RW (VR mode), you can O RETURN
insert and erase chapter marks manually
(page 67).
/
b Note
When dubbing (page 71), the chapter marks in the
dubbing source are not retained in the dubbed title.
1 Press TIMER LIST.
The Timer List appears.
Timer information displays the recording
date, time, recording mode, etc.
:
Indicates that the setting is overlapped by
another setting.
z (red):
Indicates the setting is currently being
recorded.
:
Indicates that the timer recording cannot
be recorded as set, such as for a timer
recording that cannot be recorded in the
selected Rec mode.
,continued 47
 : “Check Overlap”: To scroll the list display by page (Page
Indicates the setting is being recorded to
the HDD.
Checks for overlapped settings.
The timer setting without the mark
mode) Recording From
Press / while the list display is turned
: has priority over the other settings. on. Each time you press / , the entire Connected Equipment
Indicates the setting is being recorded to Timer List changes to the next/previous page
a DVD. of timer settings. HDD +RW -RWVR -RWVideo +R
-RVR -RVideo
When all of the timer settings do not fit To turn off the Timer List
on the list, the scroll bar appears. Press TIMER LIST or O RETURN.
To view the hidden timer settings, press

Timer Recording
M/m. z Hint HDD DVD
2 Select the timer setting you want to Select “Close” to return to the Timer List.
While recording, you cannot modify the timer
setting for the current recording, but you can extend
check/change/cancel, and press To change or cancel the setting, repeat the duration of the recording time (page 43). INPUT
ENTER. steps 2 and 3 above. SELECT
The sub-menu appears. b Notes
• When “PDC/VPS” is set to “On” for one or more
3 Select one of the options, and press When the timer settings overlap timer recordings, the start times may change in
ENTER. the event of a broadcast delay or early start.
The programme that starts first has priority </M/m/,,
“Modify”: • Even if the timer is set, timer recordings cannot be
and the second programme starts recording ENTER
made while recording a programme that has
Changes the timer setting. only after the first programme has finished. OPTIONS
priority.
Select an item using </, and adjust • Even if the timer is set for the same daily or
using M/m. Select “OK,” and press weekly programme, the timer recording cannot be
ENTER. made if it overlaps with a programme that has
priority. “ ” will appear next to the overlapped z REC
will be cut off REC MODE
setting in the Timer List. Check the priority order x REC cz
When the recordings start at the same of the settings. STOP SYNCHRO
REC
time
The programme that is set last has priority. In
this example, timer setting B is set after A, so
the first part of timer setting A will not be Recording from connected
recorded.
equipment with a timer
“Erase”:
Erases the timer setting. Select “OK,” (Synchro Rec)
and press ENTER.
You can set the recorder to automatically
record programmes from connected
When the end time of one recording and equipment that has a timer function (such as
the start time of another are the same a satellite tuner). Connect the equipment to
After finishing the previous recording, the the LINE 3/DECODER jack of the recorder
other recording may be delayed. (page 23).
When the connected equipment turns on, the
recorder starts recording a programme from
the LINE 3/DECODER jack.

1 Before recording, select HDD or DVD.

If you select DVD, insert a recordable
DVD (see “1. Inserting a Disc” on
page 27).
2 Set “Synchro Rec” to “Record to
HDD” or “Record to DVD” in the
“Recording” setup (page 93).

48 ,continued 49

3 Press INPUT SELECT repeatedly to
select “L3.”
4 Select the desired audio signal when
recording a bilingual programme to
the HDD or DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs (VR
mode).
Press OPTIONS to select “Line Audio
Input,” and press ENTER. Then select
b Notes
• The recorder starts recording only after detecting
a video signal from the connected equipment. The
beginning of the programme may not be recorded
regardless of whether or not the recorder’s power
is on or off.
• During Synchro-Recording, other operations,
such as normal recording, cannot be performed.
• To use the connected equipment while the
recorder is standing by for Synchro-Recording,
cancel Synchro-Recording by pressing c z
7 Press the pause (or play) button on the
Recording from connected connected equipment to cancel the
equipment without a timer playback pause status.
The connected equipment starts playback
You can record from a connected VCR or
and the playback image is recorded by
similar device. To connect a VCR or similar this recorder.
device, see “Connecting a VCR or Similar To stop recording, press x REC STOP
Device” on page 21. Use the DV IN jack on on this recorder.
the front panel if the equipment has a DV
Timer Recording

“Bilingual,” and press ENTER. output jack (i.LINK jack).

For details about bilingual recording, see
page 41.
5 Press REC MODE repeatedly to select
the recording mode.
For details about the recording mode, see
page 40.
6 Set the timer on the connected
equipment to the time of the
programme you want to record, and
turn it off.
7 Press c z SYNCHRO REC.
The SYNCHRO REC indicator lights up
on the front panel. The recorder is ready
to start Synchro-Recording.
The recorder automatically starts
recording when it receives an input
signal from the connected equipment.
The recorder stops recording when the
connected equipment turns off.
To stop recording
Press x REC STOP or c z SYNCHRO
REC.
To cancel Synchro Rec
Press c z SYNCHRO REC.
The SYNCHRO REC indicator on the
recorder turns off.
SYNCHRO REC. Be sure to turn off the
connected equipment and press c z SYNCHRO
REC to reset Synchro-Recording before the timer
recording starts.
• The Synchro Rec function does not work when
“Line3 Input” of “Scart Setting” is set to
“Decoder” in the “Video” setup (page 89).
• The Synchro Rec function does not work with
some tuners. For details, see the tuner’s operating
instructions.
• While the recorder is standing by for Synchro-
Recording, the Auto Clock Set function (page 87)
does not work.
• To use the Synchro Rec function, you must first
set the recorder’s clock correctly.
If the timer settings of a Synchro-
Recording and another timer recording
overlap
Regardless of whether or not the programme
is a Synchro Rec programme, the programme
that starts first has priority and the second
programme starts recording only after the
first programme has finished.
First
programme
Second
programme
will be cut off
If you connect a digital video camera with
1 Press HDD or DVD. a DV IN jack
If you select DVD, insert a recordable
DVD (see “1. Inserting a Disc” on
See “DV Dubbing” on page 77 for an
explanation of how to record from the DV IN
page 27). jack.
2 Press INPUT SELECT to select an input z Hint
source according to the connection
you made.
You can adjust the settings for the recording picture
before recording. See “Adjusting the recording
The front panel display changes as picture quality and size” on page 46.
follows:
b Notes
programme
position
• When recording a video game image, the screen
may not be clear.
• Any programme that contains a Copy-Never copy
guard signal cannot be recorded. The recorder
3 Select the desired audio signal when continues to record, but a blank screen will be
recorded.
recording a bilingual programme to
the HDD or DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs (VR
mode).
Press OPTIONS to select “Line Audio
Input,” and press ENTER. Then select
“Bilingual,” and press ENTER.
For details about bilingual recording, see
page 41.
4 Press REC MODE repeatedly to select
the recording mode.
For details about the recording mode, see
page 40.
5 Insert the source tape into the
connected equipment and set to
playback pause.
6 Press z REC.
This recorder starts recording.

50 51

1-12
 3 Select the title, and press ENTER. To resume playback from the point where To lock the disc tray (Child Lock)
The sub-menu appears. you stopped (Resume Play) You can lock the disc tray to prevent children
Playback When you press H again after you stop
4 Select “Play,” and press ENTER.
playback, the recorder resumes playback
from ejecting the disc.
When the recorder is turned on, hold down x
Playback starts from the selected title.
Playing from the point where you pressed x. until “LOCKED” appears in the front panel
display. The Z (open/close) button does not
To start from the beginning, press OPTIONS
to select “Play Beginning,” and press work while the Child Lock is set.
HDD +RW -RWVR -RWVideo +R To use the DVD’s Menu
ENTER. Playback starts from the beginning
-RVR -RVideo DVD VCD CD When you play a DVD VIDEO, or a finalised To unlock the disc tray, hold down x until
of the title/track/scene.
DVD+RW, DVD-RW (Video mode), “UNLOCKED” appears in the front panel
DATA DVD DATA CD
DVD+R, or DVD-R (Video mode), you can display when the recorder is turned on.
The point where you stopped playing is
display the disc’s menu by pressing TOP
HDD DVD cleared when:
MENU or MENU.

Playback
Z – you open the disc tray (except for HDD). One Touch Play
– you play another title (except for HDD). If you use the SMARTLINK connection, you
PROG +/– To play VIDEO CDs with PBC functions can easily start playing.
Number – you switch the Title List menu to Original
buttons PBC (Playback Control) allows you to play Press H. The recorder and your TV
or Playlist (HDD/DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs in
VIDEO CDs interactively using the menu on automatically turn on and the TV’s input is
AUDIO VR mode only).
TOP MENU SUBTITLE your TV screen. switched to the recorder. Playback starts
– you edit the title after stopping playback.
MENU When you start playing a VIDEO CD with automatically.
– you change the settings on the recorder.
TITLE LIST PBC functions, the menu appears.
– you turn off the recorder (VIDEO CD/CD/
Select an item using the number buttons and One Touch Menu
</M/m/,,
DATA DVD/DATA CD only).
press ENTER. Then, follow the instructions If you use the SMARTLINK connection, you
ENTER – you make a recording (except for HDD/
in the menu (press H when “Press can easily display the Title List.
/
OPTIONS DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs in VR mode).
SELECT” appears). Press TITLE LIST. The recorder and your
. > – you disconnect the mains lead.
The PBC function of Super VIDEO CDs does TV automatically turn on and the TV’s input
not work with this recorder. Super VIDEO b Note
H x
is switched to the recorder. The Title List
X CDs are played in continuous play mode You cannot resume playback during TV Pause. appears.
only.
To play restricted DVDs (Parental Control) z Hints
To change the angles If you play a restricted DVD, the message • You can also use the H button in step 3
If various angles (multi-angles) for a scene “Do you want to temporarily change the (page 52) to start playback.
are recorded on the disc, “ ” appears in Parental Control level to * ?” appears on your • Even if you select “Factory Setup” in the
1 Press HDD or DVD. the front panel display. Press OPTIONS TV screen. “Others” setup (page 96), the Child Lock remains
• If you select DVD, insert a disc (see “1. during playback to select “Change Angle,” set.
Inserting a Disc” on page 27). and press ENTER. 1 Select “OK” and press ENTER.
• If you insert a DVD VIDEO, VIDEO The display for entering your password
CD, or CD, press H. Playback starts. To stop playback appears.

2 Press TITLE LIST. Press x. 2 Enter your four-digit password using the
number buttons.
For details about the Title List, see “3.
To playback quickly with sound (Scan 3 Press ENTER to select “OK.”
Playing the Recorded Programme (Title
List)” on page 29.
Audio) The recorder starts playback.
Example: DVD+RW When you press M during playback of a
title recorded in the HDD, you can play To register or change the password, see
quickly with dialogue or sound (“x1.3” “Parental Control (DVD VIDEO only)” on
appears). page 94.
No sound is output when you press M two
or more times to change search speed.

52 ,continued 53

b Notes 2 Select an item, and press ENTER.

Playback options • Angles and subtitles cannot be changed with titles The adjustment display appears.
recorded on this recorder. “FNR” (frame noise reduction):
To check the position of the buttons below, see the illustration on page 52. • Slideshows made with a DVD camcorder can
Reduces noise contained in the
only be played. Other play functions, such as fast
For MP3, JPEG, or DivX operations, see “Playing MP3 Audio Tracks, JPEG Image Files, or luminance element of the video signal.
forward, cannot be used.
DivX® Video Files” on page 59. “BNR” (block noise reduction):
Notes on playing DTS sound tracks on a Reduces “block noise” or mosaic like
Buttons Operations patterns in the picture.
CD
AUDIO Selects one of the audio tracks recorded on the disc when pressed • When playing DTS-encoded CDs, excessive “MNR” (mosquito noise reduction):
repeatedly in normal playback mode. noise will be heard from the analogue stereo Reduces the faint noise appearing around
HDD -RWVR -RVR jacks. To avoid possible damage to the audio the outlines of the images. The noise
DVD : Selects the language.
DVD VCD CD system, the consumer should take proper reduction effects are automatically

Playback
HDD -RWVR -RVR : Selects the main or sub sound. precautions when the analogue stereo jacks of the adjusted within each setting range
VCD CD : Selects stereo or monaural audio tracks. recorder are connected to an amplification according to the video bit rate and other
system. To enjoy DTS Digital Surround™ factors.
SUBTITLE Selects a subtitle language when pressed repeatedly. playback, an external DTS decoder must be “Sharpness”:
DVD connected to the DIGITAL OUT jack of the
Sharpens the outlines of the images.
recorder.
/ (instant replay/ Replays the scene/briefly fast forwards the scene. • Set the sound to “Stereo” using the AUDIO “PB Video Equalizer” (Playback video
instant advance) button when you play DTS sound tracks on a CD equalizer):
(page 54). Adjusts the picture in greater detail.
HDD +RW -RWVR Select an item and press ENTER.
-RWVideo +R -RVR Notes on playing DVDs with a DTS sound • Contrast: changes the contrast.
-RVideo DVD track • Brightness: changes the overall
DTS audio signals are output only through the brightness.
. (previous)/> (next) Goes to the beginning of the previous/next title/chapter/scene/ DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL) jack. • Colour: makes the colours deeper or
track. When you play a DVD with DTS sound tracks, set lighter.
For the HDD, you cannot go to the beginning of the previous/ “DTS” to “On” in the “Audio” setup (page 91). • Hue: changes the colour balance.
next title.
Fast reverses/fast forwards the disc when pressed during 3 Press </, to adjust the setting, and
(fast reverse/fast forward) playback. Adjusting the picture quality press ENTER.
Search speed changes as follows: The default settings are underlined.
HDD +RW -RWVR -RWVideo+R “FNR”: (weak) Off 1 2 3 (strong)
fast reverse fast forward
m1 T t 1M*1 -RVR -RVideo DVD VCD DATA DVD * “BNR”: (weak) Off 1 2 3 (strong)
m2 T T t t 2M DATA CD * “MNR”: (weak) Off 1 2 3 (strong)
m3 T T T t t t 3M*2
*2
“Sharpness”*: (weak) Off 1 2 3
When you press and hold the button, fast forward/fast reverse * DivX video file only (strong)
continues at the selected speed until you release the button. “PB Video Equalizer”:
*1
When you press M once during playback of a title recorded in 1 Press OPTIONS during playback to • Contrast: (weak) –3 ~ 0 ~ 3 (strong)
the HDD, you can play quickly with sound (“x1.3” appears). select “Video Settings,” and press • Brightness: (dark) –3 ~ 0 ~ 3 (bright)
*2 m 3 and 3M are only available for the HDD and DVDs. ENTER. • Colour: (light) –3 ~ 0 ~ 3 (deep)
Plays in slow motion when pressed for more than one second in • Hue: (red) –3 ~ 0 ~ 3 (green)
(slow, freeze frame) pause mode. Repeat steps 2 and 3 to adjust any other
Plays one frame at a time when pressed briefly in pause mode. items.
HDD +RW -RWVR * “1” softens the outlines of the images. “2”
-RWVideo +R -RVR enhances the outlines and “3” enhances them
more than “2.”
-RVideo DVD VCD *

* Playback direction only

X (pause) Pauses playback.

To resume normal playback, press H.

54 ,continued 55

1-13
 b Notes
• If the outlines of the images on your screen
become blurred, set “BNR” and/or “MNR” to
“Off.”
• Depending on the disc or the scene being played,
the above BNR, MNR, or FNR effects may be
hard to discern. And, these functions may not
work with some screen sizes.
• When using the “Sharpness” function, noise
found in the title may become more apparent. In
this case, it is recommended that you use the BNR
function with the “Sharpness” function. If the
condition still does not improve, set the
“Sharpness” level to “Off.”
Adjusting the delay between
the picture and sound (AV
SYNC)
HDD +RW -RWVR -RWVideo +R
-RVR -RVideo DVD VCD DATA DVD
DATA CD
1 Press OPTIONS during playback to
select “Audio Settings,” and press
ENTER.
2 Select “AV SYNC”, and press ENTER.
“AV SYNC”:
When the video is delayed, this function
delays the audio for synchronization with
the video (0 to 120 milliseconds). Larger
numbers indicate a longer audio delay for
synchronization with the video. When
dubbing to a VCR or other video
recording equipment, be sure to return
this setting to 0 ms (default).
3 Press </, to adjust the setting, and
press ENTER.
56
Example: Play a DVD while recording to
the HDD.
1 While recording, press DVD and insert
the DVD into the recorder.
2 Press TITLE LIST to display the DVD
Title List.
3 Select the title you want to play, and
press ENTER.
4 Select “Play” from the sub-menu, and
press ENTER.
Playback starts from the selected title.
b Note
You cannot play a DVD, DivX video or VIDEO
CD recorded in the NTSC colour system while
recording on the HDD. When playing a DivX video
or VIDEO CD, be sure to set “Colour System” to
“PAL” in the “Video” setup (page 90).
58
Pausing a TV Broadcast (TV Playing from the beginning of Playing a previous recording
Pause) the programme you are while making another
You can pause a current TV broadcast, and
recording (Chasing Playback) (Simultaneous Rec and Play)
then continue watching the programme at a HDD -RWVR
HDD +RW -RWVR -RWVideo +R
later time. This is useful when you receive an
unexpected phone call or visitor while “Chasing Playback” allows you to view the -RVR -RVideo DVD VCD CD
watching TV. recorded part of a programme while the DATA DVD DATA CD
recording is being made. You do not need to “Simultaneous Rec and Play” allows you to
1 While viewing a TV broadcast with wait until the recording finishes. view a previously recorded programme while
this recorder, press X. recording programmes. Playback continues
Playback
The picture pauses. You can pause the Press OPTIONS while recording to select even if a timer recording starts. Use this
picture for up to three hours. “Chasing Playback,” and press ENTER. function as follows:
Playback starts from the beginning of the • While recording to the HDD:
programme you are recording. Play another title on the HDD.
When you fast forward to the point that you Play a previously recorded programme on a
are recording, Chasing Playback returns to DVD by pressing DVD.
normal playback. • While recording to a DVD:
Play a previously recorded programme on
the HDD by pressing HDD.
b Notes • While recording to a DVD-RW (VR
• For DVD-RWs (VR mode), this function does not
mode)*1:
work when recording:
– on a 1x-speed DVD-RW. Play another title on the same DVD-RW
(VR mode) disc.*2
TV pause – in the HQ or HSP recording mode.
• The DVD’s picture on your TV screen freezes for
*1 Simultaneous Rec and Play function does not
2 Press X or H again to resume a few seconds when you fast forward/fast reverse
or instant replay/advance the recording.
work when you record:
– on a 1x-speed DVD-RW.
watching the programme. –in the HQ or HSP recording mode.
• Chasing Playback is possible from one minute or *2
more after recording starts. Picture noise may appear depending upon the
• Even if you fast forward the recorded programme, condition of the recording, or when playing a
b Notes there will always be a time difference of about title recorded in the HQ or HSP recording mode.
• Paused titles are not saved to the HDD. one minute or more between the recorded The picture freezes for a few seconds when you
• This function is cancelled when: programme and the current TV broadcast. use fast forward/fast reverse or instant replay/
– x (stop) is pressed. advance.
– PROG +/– is pressed.
– DVD is pressed. You can also play a DVD VIDEO, VIDEO
– Z (open/close) is pressed. CD, Super VIDEO CD, CD, DATA DVD, or
– TITLE LIST is pressed.
– INPUT SELECT is pressed.
DATA CD while recording on the HDD.
– the recorder is turned off.
– a timer recording or Synchro-Recording is
Example: Play another title on the HDD
started. while recording to the HDD.
– the PDC/VPS function is “On” and channel 1 While recording, press TITLE LIST to
scan is started.
display the HDD Title List.
– DV dubbing or regular dubbing is started.
• It may take one minute or more to resume 2 Select the title you want to play, and
playback of the paused programme. press ENTER.
• Even if you fast forward the recorded programme,
there will always be a time difference of about 3 Select “Play” from the sub-menu, and
one minute or more between the recorded press ENTER.
programme and the current TV broadcast. Playback starts from the selected title.
,continued 57
Example: Title Search
Searching for a Title/ Playing MP3 Audio
Chapter/Track, etc. Tracks, JPEG Image
+RW +R The number in parentheses indicates the
Files, or DivX® Video
HDD -RWVR -RWVideo
-RVR -RVideo DVD VCD CD total number of titles, tracks, etc. Files
DATA DVD DATA CD 2 Press the number buttons to select the DATA DVD DATA CD
You can search a disc by title, chapter, scene number of the title, chapter, track,
or track. As titles and tracks are assigned time code, etc., you want.
You can play MP3 audio tracks, JPEG image
individual numbers, select the title or track by For example: Time Search files, and DivX video files on DATA CDs
Playback
entering its number. You can also search for To find a scene at 2 hours, 10 minutes, (CD-ROMs/CD-Rs/CD-RWs) or JPEG
a scene using the time code. and 20 seconds, enter “21020.” image files and DivX video files on DATA
If you make a mistake, select another DVDs (DVD-ROMs/DVD+RWs/DVD+Rs/
number. DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs).
Number
3 Press ENTER.
buttons The recorder starts playback from the
selected number.
b Note AUDIO
“Title Search” is not applicable to the HDD. SUBTITLE
ENTER
DISPLAY
OPTIONS
</M/m/,,
ENTER
OPTIONS
/
. >
m
1 Press OPTIONS during playback to H
TIME/
x
X
select a search method, and press TEXT
ENTER.
“Title Search” (for DVDs)
“Chapter Search” (for HDD/DVDs)
“Track Search” (for CDs/DATA CDs)
“Search” (for VIDEO CDs) 1 Insert a disc.
“Album Search” (for DATA DVDs/ See “1. Inserting a Disc” on page 27.
DATA CDs)
“Time Search” (for HDD/DVDs/DATA
DVDs*/DATA CDs*): Searches for a
starting point by entering the time code.
* DivX video file only
“File Search” (for DATA DVDs/DATA
CDs)
The display for entering the number
appears.
,continued 59
1-14
 2 Press H.
For MP3 discs, playback starts from the
first MP3 audio track on the disc.
For JPEG files, a slideshow of the
pictures on the disc begins.
For DivX video files, playback starts
from the first DivX video file on the disc.
If the disc contains MP3 audio tracks,
JPEG image files, and DivX video files,
only the DivX video files are played back
when H is pressed.
If the disc contains MP3 audio tracks and
To rotate a picture
Press OPTIONS while the JPEG image is
displayed to select “Rotate Right” or “Rotate
Left,” and press ENTER.
z Hints
• Press AUDIO to switch between stereo or
monaural audio tracks when playing MP3 audio
tracks.
• You can change the audio track when playing
MP3 or MPEG audio of DivX video files using
the AUDIO button.
• You can display subtitles when playing DivX
About MP3 audio tracks, JPEG
image files, and DivX video
files
MP3 is an audio compression technology that
satisfies certain ISO/MPEG regulations.
JPEG is an image compression technology.
You can play MP3 (MPEG1 Audio Layer 3)
format audio tracks and JPEG image files on
DATA CDs (CD-ROMs/CD-Rs/CD-RWs)
or JPEG image files on DATA DVDs (DVD-
MP3 audio tracks, JPEG image
files, or DivX video files that
the recorder can play
The recorder can play the following tracks
and files:
– MP3 audio tracks with the extension
“.mp3.”
– JPEG image files with the extension “.jpeg”
or “.jpg.”
– JPEG image files that conform to the DCF*

JPEG image files, only the JPEG image
files are played back when H is
pressed.
To stop playback or slideshow
Press x.
To pause playback or slideshow
Press X.
To play the beginning of the MP3 audio
track or DivX video file
Press OPTIONS to select “Play Beginning,”
and press ENTER.
To fast forward or fast reverse an MP3
audio track or DivX video file
Press m/M during playback.
To go to the next or previous MP3 audio
track, JPEG image file or DivX video file
Press . or > during playback. If you
repeatedly press . or >, you will go to
the next or previous album. (Except JPEG
image file)
To play DivX video file in slow motion/one
frame at a time (Playback direction only)
Press y/C in pause mode.
To go to the next or previous album
(Except for DivX video files)
Press / during playback or slideshow.
video files using the SUBTITLE button.
• You can rotate a JPEG image using the </,
buttons when the image is displayed.
• Press DISPLAY repeatedly to show information
about the JPEG album or image on your TV
screen. Then press TIME/TEXT to toggle
between the current selected image number and
album number.
b Notes
• Some JPEG files, especially files of three million
pixels or more, may lengthen the slideshow
interval.
• Rotated JPEG images will not be saved when you
switch to another folder.
• Images larger than 720 × 480 will be reduced to
720 × 480 when displayed.
• The following images are not displayed:
– progressive JPEG image files
– greyscale JPEG image files
– 4:1:1 JPEG image files
• When you attempt to play a broken file or a file
that does not satisfy the play conditions,
appears but the recorder cannot play the file.
• The recorder cannot play a DivX video file of size
more than 720 (width) × 576 (height)/4 GB.
ROMs/DVD+RWs/DVD+Rs/DVD-RWs/
DVD-Rs).
DATA CDs must be recorded according to
ISO9660 Level 1, Level 2 or Joliet format for
the recorder to recognize the MP3 tracks.
DivX® is a video file compression
technology, developed by DivX, Inc. This
product is an official DivX® Certified
product. You can play DATA CDs and
DATA DVDs that contain DivX video files.
You can also play discs recorded in
MultiSession/Border.
See the instructions supplied with the disc
drives and the recording software (not
supplied) for details on the recording format.
Note on MultiSession/Border discs
If audio tracks and images in Music CD
format or Video CD format are recorded in
the first session/border, only the first session/
border will be played back.
b Note
The recorder may not be able to play some DATA
CDs/DATA DVDs created in the Packet Write
format.
Playback
image file format.
– DivX video file with the extension “.avi” or
“.divx.”
* “Design rule for Camera File system”: Image
standards for digital cameras regulated by JEITA
(Japan Electronics and Information Technology
Industries Association).
b Notes
• The recorder will play any data with the extension
“.mp3,” “.jpeg,” “.jpg,” “.avi,” or “.divx” even if
they are not in MP3, JPEG, or DivX format.
Playing these data may generate a loud noise
which could damage your speaker system.
• The recorder does not conform to audio tracks in
mp3PRO format.
• The recorder may not play a DivX video file
when the file has been combined from two or
more DivX video files.
• Depending on the disc, normal playback may not
be possible. For example, the picture may be
unclear, playback may not appear smooth, the
sound may skip, and so on.
• Depending on the disc, playback may take some
time to start.
• Some files cannot be played.
• The letters that cannot be displayed are replaced
with “*.”

To display the registration code for this

recorder
Select “Registration Code” in the “Others”
setup (page 96).

60 ,continued 61

z Hints
About playback order of • If you add numbers (01, 02, 03, etc.) to the front
of the track/file names when you store the tracks Erasing and Editing
albums, tracks, and files (or files) in a disc, the tracks and files will be
played in that order.
Albums play in the following order: • Since a disc with many trees takes longer to start Before Editing
playback, it is recommended that you create
Structure of disc contents albums with no more than two trees.
This recorder offers various edit options for
Tree 1 Tree 2 Tree 3 Tree 4 Tree 5 various disc types.
b Notes
• Depending on the software you use to create the
ROOT
DATA DVD/DATA CD, the playback order may b Notes
differ from the above illustration. • You may lose the edited contents if you remove
• No more than a total of 999 individual folders can the disc or a timer recording starts while editing.
be played. (Folders that do not contain JPEG/ • DVD discs created by DVD video cameras
MP3/DivX files are counted as well.) cannot be edited on this recorder.
• No more than a total of 999 folders and 9999 files • If a message appears and indicates that the disc’s Erasing and Editing
can be played. (Files other than JPEG/MP3/DivX control information is full, erase or edit
files, and folders that do not contain JPEG/MP3/ unnecessary titles.
DivX files are counted as well.) • When editing a DVD+R or DVD-R, finish all
• No more than 999 folders and files can be editing before finalising the disc. You cannot edit
recognized in a single folder. (Folders that do not a finalised disc.
contain JPEG/MP3/DivX files are counted as
well.) HDD -RWVR +RW
• Proceeding to the next or another album may take -RVR -RWVideo
some time. Edit features
• This recorder supports MP3 audio bit rates up to Original Playlist Original Playlist +R
320 kbps. title title title title -RVideo

Erase (page 64) Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Protect (page 64) Yes Yes Yes No Yes
Title Name (page 64) Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
A-B Erase (page 65) Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes*
Album MP3 audio track/
Erase Titles (page 65) Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
JPEG image file/
DivX video file Divide (page 66) Yes Yes No Yes No
When you insert a DATA CD/DATA DVD Set Thumbnail (page 64) Yes Yes Yes Yes No
and press H, the numbered tracks (or files) Chapter mark (page 67) Yes Yes Yes Yes No
are played sequentially, from 1 through 7.
For JPEG image files, press to go to the Create a Playlist (page 67) Yes No Yes No No
next album. (For instance, when you want to Make a Playlist (page 69) Yes No Yes No No
go from 1 to 2.) Any sub-albums/tracks (or
Change Order (page 69) No No No Yes No
files) contained within a currently selected
album take priority over the next album in the Combine (page 70) No Yes No Yes No
same tree. (Example: C contains D so 4 is
* DVD+RW only
played before 5.)

62 ,continued 63

1-15
 To open up disc space
To open up disc space on a DVD+RW or
DVD-RW (Video mode), erase the title with
the largest number in the title list.
Largest title number
For the HDD and DVD-RWs (VR mode),
you can erase any title.
For DVD-Rs and DVD+Rs, the available disc
space does not increase even if you erase
titles.
See “Erasing and Editing a Title” on page 64
or “Erasing multiple titles (Erase Titles)” on
page 65.
To switch between the Playlist and Title
List
You can display the Playlist titles in the Title
List (Playlist), or the original titles in the Title
List (Original). To switch the two Title Lists,
press </, while a Title List is displayed.
To create and edit a Playlist, see page 67.
64
3 Press ENTER if point A is correct.
If point A is incorrect, select point A
using c/C, and press ENTER. The
display for setting point B appears.
4 Select point B using m/M, and
press ENTER.
Playback pauses.
5 Press ENTER if point B is correct.
If point B is incorrect, select point B
using c/C, and press ENTER. The
display asks for confirmation.
• To reset point A, press M and
O RETURN, and go to step 2.
• To reset point B, press M and repeat
step 4.
• To preview the title without scenes to
be erased, select “Preview” (except for
DVD+RWs).
6 Select “OK,” and press ENTER.
The scene is erased. The display for
setting point A appears.
• To continue, go to step 2.
• To finish, select “Quit.”
z Hint
A chapter mark is inserted after the scene was
erased. The chapter mark divides the title into
separate chapters on either side of the mark.
b Notes
• Images or sound may be momentarily interrupted
at the point where you erase a section of a title.
• Sections shorter than five seconds may not be
erased.
• For DVD+RWs, the erased section may be
slightly different from the points you selected.
66
“Set Thumbnail”: Changes the title’s 5 When you finish selecting titles,
Erasing and Editing a thumbnail picture that appears in the
Title List (page 30).
select “OK,” and press ENTER.
The list of the titles to be erased appears
Title “Make a Playlist”: Adds the entire title to for confirmation.
the Playlist title as one scene (page 69). • To change the selection, select
HDD +RW -RWVR -RWVideo +R “Change,” and repeat from step 3.
-RVR -RVideo
z Hints 6 Select “OK” and press ENTER.
This section explains the basic edit functions. • You can erase multiple titles at one time The titles are erased.
Note that editing is irreversible. To edit the (page 65).
• You can automatically erase titles that have
HDD or DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs (VR mode)
already played (page 93). To erase all titles on the disc
without changing the original recordings, • You can label or re-label DVDs (page 35).
create a Playlist title (page 67). You can reformat the HDD, DVD+RW, or
DVD-RW to make the disc or drive blank.
b Note
DVD-RW/DVD-R (VR mode) playlist titles cannot To format the HDD, see “Format” on
Erasing and Editing
be protected. page 96.
To format a DVD+RW or DVD-RW disc, see
“8. Reformatting a disc” on page 38.
Erasing multiple titles (Erase
CHAPTER
CHAPTER
MARK Titles) Erasing a section of a title
ERASE
MARK
TITLE LIST HDD +RW -RWVR -RWVideo +R (A-B Erase)
</M/m/,, -RVR -RVideo
HDD +RW -RWVR -RVR
ENTER You can select and erase more than one title
O RETURN OPTIONS You can select a section (scene) in a title and
at one time using the OPTIONS menu.
. > erase it. Note that erasing scenes in a title
mc CM 1 Press TITLE LIST. cannot be undone.
For HDD titles or DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs
X
in VR mode, press </, to switch the 1 After step 2 of “Erasing and Editing a
Title,” select “A-B Erase” and press
Title Lists, if necessary.
ENTER.
2 Press OPTIONS to select “Erase The display for setting point A appears.
Titles,” and press ENTER. The title starts to play.
1 Press TITLE LIST. The display for selecting titles to be • To return to the beginning of the title,
For HDD titles or DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs erased appears. press X and then press ..
in VR mode, press </, to switch the
Title Lists, if necessary.
2 Select a title, and press ENTER.
The sub-menu appears.
3 Select an option, and press ENTER.
You can make the following edits to the
title.
“Erase”: Erases the selected title. Select 3 Select a title, and press ENTER.
“OK” when asked for confirmation. A check mark appears in the check box
next to the selected title. Playback point
“Protect”: Protects the title. “ ” appears
next to the protected title.
“Title Name”: Allows you to enter or re-
• To clear the check mark, press ENTER
again.
2 Select point A using m/M, and
press ENTER.
enter a title name (page 34). • To clear all of check marks, select
Playback pauses.
“A-B Erase”: Erases a section of the title “Reset.”
(page 65).
“Divide”: Divides a title into two titles
4 Repeat step 3 to select all of the titles
(page 66).
you want to erase.
,continued 65
Dividing a title (Divide) Creating chapters manually Creating and Editing a
HDD -RWVR * -RVR * HDD -RWVR -RVR
Playlist
If you want to dub a long title to a disc but do You can manually insert a chapter mark at
not want to reduce the picture quality, divide any point you like during playback or HDD -RWVR -RVR
the title into two shorter titles. Note that recording.
Playlist edit allows you to edit or re-edit
dividing a title cannot be undone.
* Only playlist titles can be divided for DVD-RWs/ Press CHAPTER MARK at the point where without changing the actual recordings. You
can create up to 97 Playlist titles.
DVD-Rs (VR mode). you want to divide the title into chapters.
Each time you press the button, “Marking ...”
1 Press TITLE LIST. appears on the screen and the scenes to the
Example: You have recorded the final few
matches of a football tournament on a DVD-
Press </, to switch the Title Lists, if left and right of the mark become separate
necessary. RW/DVD-R (VR mode). You want to create
chapters.
a digest with the goal scenes and other
2
Erasing and Editing
Select a title, and press ENTER. highlights, but you also want to keep the
The sub-menu appears. original recording.
To erase chapter marks
3 Select “Divide,” and press ENTER. You can combine two chapters by erasing the Original
The display for setting the dividing point chapter mark during playback.
appears, and the title starts to play. Press ./> to search for a chapter
• To return to the beginning of the title, number, and while displaying the chapter
press X and then press .. containing the chapter mark you want to
erase, press CHAPTER MARK ERASE.
The current chapter combines with the
previous chapter.
Playlist
b Notes
In this case, you can compile highlight scenes
• When dubbing, any chapter marks you enter will
as a Playlist title. You can even rearrange the
be erased.
scene order within the Playlist title.
• To insert a chapter mark manually during
recording, set “Auto Chapter” to “Off” in the The Playlist title calls up data from the
“Recording” setup. original titles for playback. When an original
4 Select the dividing point by pressing title is used for a Playlist title, the original
title cannot be edited and erased.
m/M, and press ENTER.
Playback pauses. b Note
5 Press ENTER if the dividing point is Playlist titles containing titles recorded with the
“Copy-Once” copy protection signal cannot be
correct. dubbed or moved (page 73).
If the dividing point is incorrect, select
the dividing point using c/C, and
press ENTER. The display asks for
confirmation.
• To change the dividing point, press M.
6 Select “OK,” and press ENTER.
The title is divided in two.
z Hint
After a title is divided, the title name prior to
division is assigned to both the first and second
parts.
,continued 67
1-16
 1 Press TITLE LIST.
If the Title List (Original) appears, press
<.
2 Press OPTIONS to select “Create a
Playlist,” and press ENTER.
3 Select “Select,” and press ENTER.
4 Select the title you want to include in
the Playlist title, and press ENTER.
The display for setting the start point (IN)
appears. The title starts to play.
• To return to the beginning of the title,
press X and then press ..
5 Select the IN point using m/M,
and press ENTER.
Playback pauses.
6 Press ENTER if the IN point is correct.
If the IN point is incorrect, select the IN
point using c/C, and press ENTER.
The display for setting the end point
(OUT) appears.
68
Combining multiple Playlist
titles (Combine)
HDD -RWVR -RVR
1 Press TITLE LIST.
If the Title List (Original) menu appears,
press <.
2 Press OPTIONS to select “Combine,”
and press ENTER.
The display for selecting titles appears.
3 Select a title, and press ENTER.
A number indicating the order in which
you selected the title appears.
To cancel the selection, press ENTER
again.
4 Repeat step 3 to select all of the titles
you want to combine.
To cancel all of the selections, select
“Reset.”
5 Select “OK,” and press ENTER.
The list of titles to be combined appears.
To change the selection, select “Change”
and go to step 3.
6 Select “OK,” and press ENTER.
The titles are combined.
70
7 Select the OUT point using m/M,
and press ENTER.
Playback pauses.
8 Press ENTER if the OUT point is
correct.
If the OUT point is incorrect, select the
OUT point using c/C, and press
ENTER.
The selected scene is added to the scene
list.
• To add more scenes, go to step 5.
9 When you finish adding scenes, press
m.
A Total duration of the selected
scene
B Total number of scenes
C Selected scene
10 Select the scene you want to re-edit,
and press ENTER.
The sub-menu appears.
“Move”: Changes the scene order using
</, and press ENTER.
“Erase”: Erases the scene. When asked
for confirmation, select “OK.”
• To add more scenes, press M and go to
step 5.
• To add more scenes from another title,
select “Select” and go to step 4.
• To preview all of the captured scenes in
the listed order, select “Preview.”
11 When you finish editing the scene list,
select “OK,” and press ENTER.
The title of the created Playlist is added
to the Title List (Playlist). The title name
is the title name of the first scene.
z Hint
After titles are combined, the title name is the title
name of the first title prior to combination.
b Note
When the number of chapters in the title to be
combined exceeds the limit, the chapters at the end
are combined into a single chapter.
Dividing a Playlist title (Divide)
HDD -RWVR -RVR
You can divide a Playlist title. For operations,
see page 66.
1-17
z Hint
When a Playlist title is created, the IN and OUT
points will become chapter marks, and each scene
will become a chapter.
b Note
The picture may pause when the edited scene is
played.
To add the entire title to the Playlist title
as one scene (Make a Playlist)
1 Press TITLE LIST. If the Title List
(Playlist) appears, press ,.
2 Select the title and press ENTER.
The sub-menu appears.
3 Select “Make a Playlist,” and press
ENTER.
The selected title is added to the Title List
(Playlist).
The title name is the same as the Original
title name.
To play the Playlist title
1 Press TITLE LIST. If the Title List
(Original) appears, press <.
2 Select a title, and press ENTER.
The sub-menu appears.
3 Select “Play,” and press ENTER.
Dubbing (HDD y DVD)
Before Dubbing
HDD +RW -RWVR -RWVideo +R
-RVR -RVideo
In this section, “dubbing” refers to “copying
a recorded title on the internal hard disk drive
(HDD) to another disc, or vice versa.” You
can select to dub one title at a time (Title
Dubbing – see “Dubbing a single title (Title
Dubbing)” on page 74), or multiple titles all
at once (Multiple Title Dubbing – see
“Dubbing multiple titles (Dub Selected
Titles)” on page 75).
Before you start, read the following
precautions, which are common to both
dubbing methods.
If you want to record from a digital video
camera connected to the DV IN jack, see
“DV Dubbing” on page 77. To record from
equipment connected to the LINE IN jacks,
see “Recording from connected equipment
without a timer” on page 51.
Before you start…
• You cannot record both the main and sub
sound on DVD+RWs, DVD-RWs (Video
mode), DVD+Rs, or DVD-Rs (Video
mode). For bilingual programmes, set
“Bilingual Recording” of “DVD Rec.
Settings” to either “Main” (default) or
“Sub” in the “Recording” setup (page 93).
• The chapter marks in the dubbing source
are not retained in the dubbed title. When
“Auto Chapter” is set to “On” in the
“Recording” setup, chapter marks are
automatically inserted at approximately
6 minute intervals.
z Hints
• When you dub a Playlist title, it is recorded as an
Original title.
• When dubbed from a DVD to the HDD, the
picture size and the sound types originally
recorded are retained.
Moving a Playlist title (Change
Order)
-RWVR -RVR
You can change the Playlist title order within
the Title List (Playlist).
1 Press TITLE LIST.
If the Title List (Original) appears, press
<.
2 Press OPTIONS to select “Change
Order,” and press ENTER.
Erasing and Editing
3 Select the title you want to move, and
press ENTER.
4 Select a new location for the title
using M/m, and press ENTER.
The title moves to the new location.
• To move more titles, go to step 3.
• To finish, select “Quit,” and press
ENTER.
,continued 69
b Notes
• You cannot make a recording while dubbing.
• To play a dubbed disc on other DVD equipment,
finalise the disc (page 36).
• You cannot dub from DVD VIDEOs to the HDD.
• Thumbnails that you have set for the originally
recorded title (page 30) will not be retained in the
dubbed title.
• When dubbing to a DVD+R DL disc, the video
may be momentarily interrupted at the point
where the layers switch.
About “Dub Mode”
With this recorder, the recording mode for
dubbing is displayed as “Dub Mode.” Three
dubbing methods are available: High-speed
Dubbing, Original Dubbing, and Rec Mode
Dubbing (HDD y DVD)
Conversion Dubbing. Read the following and
select according to the required time, disc
space, and picture quality.
Dubbing at high-speed (High-speed
Dubbing)
HDD , +RW / -RWVR / -RWVideo /
+R / -RVR / -RVideo
Allows you to dub what you have stored in
the HDD to a high-speed DVD (8x-speed
DVD+RWs/6x-speed DVD-RWs/16x-speed
DVD+Rs/16x-speed DVD-Rs, or slower
versions of each disc type), without changing
the recording mode.
Set “Dub Mode” to “Fast” in the steps of
“Dubbing a single title (Title Dubbing)”
(page 74) or “Dubbing multiple titles (Dub
Selected Titles)” (page 75).
When dubbing multiple titles, you can select
“Fast” if there are one or more titles that can
be dubbed at high speed in the selected titles.
However, titles that cannot be dubbed at high
speed are dubbed in the Original Dubbing
mode.
The minimum required time is as follows
(approximate).
,continued 71
 Required times for High-speed Dubbing from b Notes Rec Mode Conversion Dubbing Dubbing restriction
HDD to DVD (for 60-minute programme)*1 • High-speed Dubbing is not available for the
HDD n +RW / -RWVR / -RWVideo / You cannot dub movies and other DVD
following titles: VIDEOs to the HDD. Also, when dubbing
Speed*2 6x 6x 8x 8x 2.4x – Titles recorded in HQ+. +R / -RVR / -RVideo
Allows you to dub from the HDD to a DVD from a DVD to the HDD, a grey, blank screen
– Titles that contain both main and sub sounds
High- High- or vice versa, in a dubbing mode that differs will be recorded for scenes that contain a
High- High- DVD+R (except DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs (VR mode)).
Rec. speed speed copy protection signal.
speed speed (Double – Titles recorded in mixed picture size (4:3 and from the original recordings. For example,
mode DVD- DVD+
DVD-R DVD+R Layer) 16:9 etc.) (except DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs (VR when you dub an HQ title (data size is large) Copy Dubbing
RW RW
mode)). in SP mode, you can reduce the data size, protection
HQ Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx. – Dubbing from DVD to HDD saving more titles using less space. signals
10 min. 10 min. 8 min. 8 min. 25 min. – Dubbing 16:9 size title from HDD to Select a mode different from the original
DVD+RW/DVD+R Copy-Free
,
HSP Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx. recording in “Dub Mode” in the steps of +RW -RWVR
– When dubbing a title with a picture size of 16:9 (No copy
6 min. 6 min. 5 min. 5 min. 16 min. recorded in LP, EP, or SLP mode to a DVD-RW “Dubbing a single title (Title Dubbing)” protection HDD , -RWVideo +R
40 sec. 40 sec. 40 sec. or DVD-R in Video mode. (page 74) or “Dubbing multiple titles (Dub signal) -RVR -RVideo
SP Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx. • When dubbed to a DVD-RW (Video mode)/ Selected Titles)” (page 75). When dubbing

,
5 min. 5 min. 3 min. 3 min. 12 min. DVD+RW/DVD+R/DVD-R (Video mode), the multiple titles, all of the selected titles will be Copy-Once *
HDD -RWVR
45 sec. 45 sec. 30 sec. “seams” that are left over from editing may recorded in same recording mode.
remain on the disc. If you edit a title, use the -RVR *
LSP Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx. Original Dubbing or Rec Mode Conversion z Hint

Dubbing (HDD y DVD)

4 min. 4 min. 3 min. 3 min. 10 min.
ESP Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx.
3 min. 3 min. 2 min. 2 min. 8 min.
20 sec. 20 sec. 30 sec. 30 sec. 20 sec.
LP Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx.
2 min. 2 min. 2 min. 2 min. 6 min.
30 sec. 30 sec. 15 sec.
EP Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx.
1 min. 60 1 min. 60 60
40 sec. min.*3 15 sec. min.*3 min.*3
SLP Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx.
1 min. 60 56 sec. 60 60
15 sec. min.*3 min.*3 min.*3
*1
The values in the above table are for reference
only. Actual times for dubbing also require time
for creating disc’s control information and other
data.
*2
This is the maximum recording speed of this
recorder. The recording speed cannot exceed the
value indicated in the above table even when
using discs that support higher recording speeds.
In addition, depending on the disc condition, the
recorder may be unable to record at the
maximum recording speed indicated in the table.
*3
High-speed dubbing is not available when
dubbing titles recorded in EP and SLP mode to
DVD+RWs and DVD+Rs.
Dubbing method. This will smooth out the
“seams.”
Original Dubbing
HDD n +RW / -RWVR / -RWVideo /
+R / -RVR / -RVideo
Original Dubbing allows you to make smooth
dubbings by de-emphasizing the “seams” that
are left over from editing. In this case, the
recording mode is set to the same recording
mode that the source title was recorded in.
To set the “Dub Mode” to “Original,” you
must make your selection from the “Dub
Selected Titles” display (page 75).
Note that you cannot select “Original” when
using the Dubbing method explained in
“Dubbing a single title (Title Dubbing)”
(page 74).
b Note
If the recording mode of the dubbing source title is
unknown when dubbing from a DVD to the HDD,
“Dub Mode” is automatically set to “SP” in the
“Dub Selected Titles” display (page 75).
Dubbing in the recording mode of the source title
smoothes out the “seams” that are left over from
editing.
b Notes
• For a title whose picture size (16:9 or 4:3) is
mixed:
– When dubbed from the HDD to DVD-RWs/
DVD-Rs (Video mode), the picture size is
determined by the setting in “DVD Rec. Picture
Size” (page 46).
– When dubbed from the HDD to DVD-RWs/
DVD-Rs (Video mode) in LP, EP or SLP mode,
the picture size is always 4:3.
– When dubbed from HDD to DVD+RW or
DVD+R, the picture size is always 4:3.
• The picture quality will not improve even if a title
is converted to a recording mode of better picture
quality.
* CPRM-compatible DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs (VR
mode) only
CPRM (Content Protection for Recordable
Media) is a coding technology that protects
copyrights for images.
Move
HDD , -RWVR / -RVR
Titles containing “Copy-Once” copy
protection signals can be moved only from
HDD to DVD-RW/DVD-R (VR mode)*
(after the title is moved, the original title in
the HDD is erased). The “Move” function is
performed using the same procedure as
dubbing (page 74). Titles containing “Copy-
Once” copy protection signals are indicated
with .
b Notes
• The following titles in the HDD cannot be moved.
– Protected titles
– Playlist titles
– Original titles referenced from the playlist
• When dubbing (Move) is stopped partway, no
part of the title will be moved to the dubbing
target. However, note that this will decrease the
free disc space for DVD+Rs/DVD-Rs.
• Even if you erase a scene that contains a copy
protection signal, the recording restrictions on
that title are retained.
* CPRM-compatible DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs (VR
mode) only.

72 73

6 Select “Dub Mode.” E : Indicates titles containing

Dubbing Dubbing multiple titles (Dub
7 Select a dubbing mode using M/m.
Selected Titles)
“Copy-Once” copy protection
signals (page 73). When you select
HDD +RW -RWVR -RWVideo +R Fast* a title with , the display asks
-RVR -RVideo A maximum of 30 selected titles can be for confirmation. To “Move,”
dubbed at once. select “OK.”
Dubbing a single title (Title * From the HDD to a DVD only. 1 Insert the DVD that you are going to F Order of dubbing
Dubbing) Appears when High-speed Dubbing is dub to or from. 6 Repeat step 5 to select all of the titles
available for the title (page 71).
2 Press HDD or DVD to select the you want to dub.
1 Insert the DVD that you are going to 8 Select “Start,” and press ENTER. source. 7 Select “OK,” and press ENTER.
dub to or from. The remaining time of dubbing appears
in the front panel display. 3 Press TITLE LIST. The display for selecting the dubbing
2 Press HDD or DVD to select the Press </, to switch the Title Lists, if mode appears.
source. necessary. 8 Select a dubbing mode using M/m.
3 Press TITLE LIST.
To automatically adjust the dubbing mode
If there is not enough available space on the
4 Press OPTIONS to select “Dub Fast* Original
Press </, to switch the Title Lists, if Selected Titles,” and press ENTER.
Dubbing (HDD y DVD)

target disc, the recorder automatically selects

necessary. a dubbing mode with lower picture quality 5 Select titles in the order you want to * From the HDD to a DVD only.
4 Select a title, and press ENTER. according to the available space. If there is dub, and press ENTER. Appears when available for the title
The sub-menu appears. insufficient disc space in the selected The titles are numbered in the selected (page 71).

5 Select “Dubbing,” and press ENTER.

dubbing mode, the following display appears
after step 8.
order.
• To cancel the selection, press ENTER
9 Select “Start,” and press ENTER.
The display for selecting the dubbing The remaining time of dubbing appears
again.
mode appears. in the front panel display.
• To cancel all of the selections, select
If a title with (page 73) is selected “Reset.”
in the title list, a confirmation display is
displayed. To automatically adjust the dubbing mode
To “Move,” select “OK.” If there is not enough available space on the
target disc, the recorder automatically selects
a dubbing mode with lower picture quality
according to the available space. The same
Select “OK” and go to step 8. dubbing mode is set for all of the titles. If disc
To manually select another dubbing mode, space is insufficient for the selected dubbing
select “Cancel,” and go to step 7. mode, the following display appears after
step 9 of “Dubbing multiple titles (Dub
To stop dubbing Selected Titles)” on page 75.
Press OPTIONS to select “Stop Dubbing,” A Total size of the selected titles
and press ENTER. When asked for This is displayed in red when the size
A Size of the title (approximate) confirmation, select “OK,” and press exceeds the available space on the
This is displayed in red when the size ENTER. dubbing target media.
When dubbing (Move) is stopped partway,
exceeds the available space on the B Direction of dubbing
dubbing target media. no part of the title will be moved to the
dubbing target. However, note that this will C Available space on the disc to be
B Direction of dubbing decrease the free disc space for DVD+Rs/ dubbed (approximate)
C Available space on the disc to be DVD-Rs.
D “PL”: Indicates a Playlist title. Select “OK” and go to step 9.
dubbed (approximate) z Hint To manually select another dubbing mode,
D Information about the title to be You can turn off the recorder during dubbing. The select “Cancel,” and go to step 8.
recorder completes dubbing even after being turned
dubbed
off.
E Dubbing mode and the space that
remains after dubbing
(approximate)
74 ,continued 75

1-18
 To stop dubbing
Press OPTIONS to select “Stop Dubbing,”
and press ENTER. When asked for
confirmation, select “OK,” and press
ENTER.
When dubbing (Move) is stopped partway,
no part of the title will be moved to the
dubbing target. However, note that this will
decrease the free disc space for DVD+Rs/
DVD-Rs.
z Hint
You can turn off the recorder during dubbing. The
recorder completes dubbing even after being turned
off.
76
3 Press INPUT SELECT on the remote
repeatedly to select “DV.”
The front panel display changes as
follows:
programme
position
4 Press REC MODE on the remote
repeatedly to select the recording
mode.
The recording mode changes as follows:
For details about the recording mode, see
page 40.
5 Press OPTIONS on the remote to
select “DV Audio Input,” and press
ENTER. Then, select the setting for the
audio input.
“Stereo1” (default): Records original
sound only. Normally select this when
dubbing a DV format tape.
“Mix”: Records both stereo 1 and 2.
“Stereo2”: Records additional audio
only.
Select “Mix” or “Stereo2” only if you
have added a second audio channel when
recording with your digital video camera.
You are ready to start dubbing. Select
one of the dubbing methods on the
following pages.
6 Adjust the dubbing picture quality and
size.
Before dubbing starts, press OPTIONS
to select “Rec Settings,” and adjust the
recording settings (page 46).
z Hint
You can turn off the recorder during dubbing. The
recorder completes dubbing even after being turned
off.
78
b Notes
• You cannot connect more than one piece of
digital video equipment to the recorder.
• You cannot control the recorder using another
device or another recorder of the same model.
• You cannot record date, time, or the contents of
the cassette memory onto the disc.
• If you record from a DV/Digital8 format tape that
is recorded in multiple sound tracks, such as a
tape with multiple sampling frequencies (48 kHz,
44.1 kHz, or 32 kHz), no sound or an unnatural
sound will be output when playing back the
sampling frequency switch point on the disc.
• In order to use this recorder’s “Auto Chapter”
setting (page 79, 80), be sure to correctly set the
clock on your digital video camera before
shooting.
• The recorded picture may be momentarily
affected or the start and end points of a
programme may be different from what you have
set if the source DV/Digital8 format tape is in any
of the following conditions. In this case, see
“Recording from connected equipment without a
timer” (page 51).
– There is a blank space in the recorded portion of
the tape.
– The tape’s time code is not sequential.
– If the picture size or the recording mode on the
tape being dubbed changes.
1-19
b Notes
• You cannot make a recording while DV dubbing.
DV Dubbing • The DV IN jack is for input only. It will not
output signals.
• You cannot use the DV IN jack when:
Before DV Dubbing – signal input to the DV IN jack on the front panel
or recorder operation cannot be performed
correctly when using a digital video camera
This section explains dubbing with a digital
(see “About i.LINK” on page 107). Connect the
video camera via the DV IN jack on the front camera to the LINE IN jack and follow the
panel. If you want to dub by way of the LINE instructions of “Recording from connected
IN jacks, see “Recording from connected equipment without a timer” on page 51.
equipment without a timer” on page 51. – the input signal is not in DVC-SD format. Do
The DV IN jack on this recorder conforms to not connect a MICRO MV format digital video
the i.LINK standard. camera even if it has an i.LINK jack.
Follow the instructions in “Preparing for DV – the images on the tape contain copy protection
dubbing,” and then move on to the section on signals, which limit recording.
• If you want to play the disc on other DVD
dubbing. For more information about
equipment, finalise the disc (page 36).
i.LINK, see “About i.LINK” on page 107.
Hookups
Preparing for DV dubbing DVD recorder
DV Dubbing
You can connect a digital video camera to the
DV IN jack on the recorder to record or edit
from a DV/Digital8 format tape. Operation is to DV IN
straightforward because the recorder will fast
forward and rewind the tape for you – you do
not need to operate your digital video camera.
Do the following to start using the “DV Edit”
functions of this recorder. i.LINK cable (not supplied)
See the instruction manual supplied with the
digital video camera as well before
connecting.
z Hint DV output
If you plan to do additional editing on a disc after
the initial dub, use the DV IN jack and record on a
DVD-RW/DVD-R (VR mode) or HDD. Digital video camera
: Signal flow
1 Press HDD or DVD to select the
recording destination.
If you select DVD, insert a disc (see “1.
Inserting a Disc” on page 27).
2 Insert the source DV/Digital8 format
tape into your digital video camera.
For the recorder to record or edit, your
digital video camera must be set to video
playback mode.
,continued 77
b Notes
Recording an Entire DV • When a blank space between the recordings on
the tape continues for more than five minutes,
Format Tape (One Touch One Touch Dubbing ends automatically.
• The recorder records a blank for five minutes
Dubbing) before it stops dubbing. To stop the blank
recording, press x REC STOP.
HDD +RW -RWVR -RWVideo +R
-RVR -RVideo
You can record the entire contents of a DV/
Digital8 format tape onto a disc with a single
press of the ONE-TOUCH DUB button on
the recorder. The recorder controls the digital
video camera for the whole process, and
completes the recording.
How chapters are created
The contents dubbed to the HDD or DVD
become a single title. When “Auto Chapter”
is set to “On” in the “Recording” setup, this
DV Dubbing
title is divided into chapters. When dubbing
to the HDD or a DVD-RW/DVD-R (VR
mode), each shooting session on the tape
becomes a chapter on the disc. For other
discs, the recorder divides the title into
chapters at approximately 6 minute intervals.
Follow steps 1 to 6 of “Preparing for DV
dubbing” on page 77, and press ONE-
TOUCH DUB on the recorder.
The recorder rewinds the tape and then starts
recording the tape contents.
When the recording is finished, the recorder
rewinds the tape in the digital video camera.
To stop during recording
Press x REC STOP.
Note that it may take a few seconds for the
recorder to stop recording.
z Hints
• If you set “Finalise Disc” of “One Touch
Dubbing” to “Auto” in the “DVD” setup
(page 95), the recorded disc (except DVD-RW
(VR mode)) will automatically be finalised after
recording is finished.
• You can play back a previously recorded title on
the HDD while One Touch Dubbing is in
progress.
79

Program Edit
HDD +RW -RWVR -RWVideo +R
-RVR -RVideo
You can select scenes from a DV/Digital8
format tape, and then automatically record
selected scenes to the HDD or a DVD.
To use this function, do the following:
Connect your digital video camera and
prepare for recording
m
Select and edit the scenes you want to dub
Using the recorder’s remote control, fast
forward or rewind the tape to select the
scenes. At this point, the selected scenes are
1 Follow steps 1 to 6 of “Preparing for
DV dubbing” on page 77, and press
SYSTEM MENU.
2 Select “DV EDIT,” and press ENTER.
The display asks if you want to start
selecting scenes.
8 When you finish adding scenes, press
• If you have previously saved a
programme, the display asks if you
want to edit an existing programme or
to create a new programme. To resume
editing the existing programme, select
7 Press ENTER if the OUT point is
correct.
If the OUT point is incorrect, select the
OUT point using c/C, and press
ENTER.
The selected scene is added to the scene
information block.
• To add more scenes, go to step 4.
m.
The scene list is displayed.
11 Select “OK,” and press ENTER.
10 When you finish editing the scene list,
select “OK,” and press ENTER.
The display for entering the title name
appears. To enter a new name, select
“Enter,” and follow the explanations on
page 34.
The title name is fixed, and the display
asks if you want to start recording.
To change the disc media, select “Media”
and press M/m. To change the dubbing
mode, select “Dub Mode” and press M/

DV Dubbing
not copied to the disc. The recorder only “Saved Data,” and go to step 9.
m.
remembers the IN and OUT points of the
scenes that you selected for dubbing. You can
3 Select “Start,” and press ENTER.
Data capacity required for the dubbing.
The display for setting the IN point (start This is displayed in red when the size
also erase or change the order of the scenes.
of the scene) appears. A Total duration of the programme exceeds the available space on the
m
The scene starts to play. B Total number of scenes dubbing target media.

Dub the selected scenes C Scene information block

After you have selected the scenes, the
recorder will fast forward and rewind the tape
automatically and record the scenes to the
HDD or a DVD.
How chapters are created
The contents dubbed to the HDD or DVD
become a single title. When “Auto Chapter”
4 Select the IN point using m/M,
is set to “On” in the “Recording” setup, this
title is divided into chapters. When dubbing
to the HDD or a DVD-RW/DVD-R (VR
mode), each shooting session on the tape and
each selected scene becomes a chapter on the
5 Press ENTER if the IN point is correct.
disc. For other discs, the recorder divides the
title into chapters at approximately 6 minute
intervals.
9 Select the scene information block
you want to edit using </,, and
press ENTER.
The sub-menu appears.
“Move”: Changes the scene order using
</, and ENTER.
“Erase”: Erases the scene. When asked 12 Select “Start,” and press ENTER.
for confirmation, select “OK.” The recorder starts recording the tape
and press ENTER. contents as programmed.
“Preview”: Plays the selected scene.
Playback pauses.
• To add more scenes, press M and go to
step 4.
If the IN point is incorrect, select the IN To stop during recording
point using c/C, and press ENTER. Press x REC STOP.
The display for setting the OUT point Note that it may take a few seconds for the
(end of the scene) appears. recorder to stop recording.

6 Select the OUT point using m/M,

and press ENTER.
Playback pauses.

80 ,continued 81

To automatically adjust the dubbing mode 1 Select “Channel Setting” in “Basic,” and
If there is not enough available space on the press ENTER.
target disc, the recorder automatically selects Settings and Adjustments
a dubbing mode with lower picture quality
according to the available space. The same
dubbing mode is set for all of the titles. If disc
Aerial Reception and
space is insufficient for the selected dubbing Language Settings
mode, the following display appears after
step 12. (Basic)
The “Basic” setup helps you to make tuner, 2 Press M/m to select the programme
clock, and programme position settings for position, and press ENTER.
the recorder.

1 Press SYSTEM MENU while the

recorder is in stop mode.
Select “OK” and go to step 12. 2 Select “SETUP,” and press ENTER.
If you do not want to change the dubbing
mode, select “Cancel.” However, note that 3 Select “Basic,” and press ENTER.
dubbing will end before the programme is The options for “Basic” appear. The 3 Select the item you want to change using
finished. default settings are underlined. </,, and change the settings using M/
To turn off the display, press SYSTEM m and press ENTER.
Settings and Adjustments

b Notes MENU repeatedly.

• If you set the beginning of the tape as the IN point
and the end point as the OUT point, the IN and
OUT points may move slightly during dubbing.
• You cannot set a scene to be shorter than one
second.

4 To preset another programme position,

repeat from step 2.

System
Channel Setting Select an available TV system (page 84).
Presets programme positions manually. BG Select this when in West
If some programme positions could not be set European countries, except
using the “Easy Setup” function, you can set those listed in “Receivable
them manually. channels” on page 84.
If there is no sound or if the picture is
DK Select this when in East
distorted, the wrong tuner system may have
European countries.
been preset during “Easy Setup.” Set the
correct tuner system manually in the steps I Select this when in Great
below. Britain/Ireland.

L* Select this when in France.

* “L” is only available with French RDR-HX520

and RDR-HX920 models.

82 ,continued 83

1-20
 Channel AFT Tuning the French CATV channels Corre- Channel Receivable
Press M/m repeatedly until the programme Select “On” to turn on AFT. This recorder can scan the CATV channels B sponding Set Frequency
position you want is displayed. to Q and the HYPER frequency channels S21 channel number range (MHz)
On Turns on the Auto Fine to S41. On the Channel Set menu, the
The programme positions are scanned in the
Tuning function. S25 S28 331.25–339.25
order shown in the table below. channels are indicated as S1 to S44. For
Normally, select this.
• If you know the number of the programme example, channel B is indicated by Channel S26 S29 339.25–347.25
position you want, press the number Off Allows you to adjust the Set number S1, and channel Q is indicated by S27 S30 347.25–355.25
buttons. For example, for programme pictures manually. Channel Set number S23 (see the table
position 5, first press “0” and then press below). If the CATV channel you want to S28 S31 355.25–363.25
“5.” • If the Auto Fine Tuning function does not preset is indicated by its frequency (for S29 S32 363.25–371.25
• To disable a programme position, enter work effectively, select “Off” and press ,. example, 152.75 MHz), refer to the table
S30 S33 371.25–379.25
“00.” The disabled programme positions Press M/m to obtain a clearer picture, and below to find the corresponding channel
will be skipped when you press PROG +/–. press <. number. S31 S34 379.25–387.25
• To select a cable or satellite programme S32 S35 387.25–395.25
Corre- Channel Receivable
position, press M/m until the programme Receivable channels sponding Set Frequency
position you want is displayed. S33 S36 395.25–403.25
channel number range (MHz)
TV system Channel coverage S34 S37 403.25–411.25
Name B S1 116.75–124.75
BG (West European E2 – E12 VHF S35 S38 411.25–419.25
Changes or enters a new station name (up to Countries, except C S2 124.75–132.75
those listed below) Italia A – H VHF S36 S39 419.25–427.25
5 characters). The recorder must receive
D S3 132.75–140.75
programme position information (for E21 – E69 UHF S37 S40 427.25–435.25
instance, SMARTLINK information) for D S4 140.75–148.75
S1 – S20 CATV S38 S41 435.25–443.25
station names to appear automatically. E S5 148.75–156.75
S21 – S41 HYPER S39 S42 443.25–451.25

Settings and Adjustments

F S6 156.75–164.75
S01 – S05 CATV S40 S43 451.25–459.25
F S7 164.75–172.75
DK (East European R1 – R12 VHF S41 S44 459.25–467.25
Countries) G S8 172.75–180.75
R21 – R69 UHF
H S9 180.75–188.75
S1 – S20 CATV
H S10 188.75–196.75 Channel Sort
S21 – S41 HYPER
To enter characters, see page 34. I S11 196.75–204.75 After the programme positions have been set,
S01 – S05 CATV
J S12 204.75–212.75 you can change the order of each programme
PAY-TV/ CANAL+ I (Great Britain/ Ireland A – J VHF position in the display list.
Sets the PAY-TV/Canal Plus channels. Ireland) J S13 212.75–220.75
South Africa 4 – 13 1 Select “Channel Sort” in “Basic,” and
For details, see page 25. VHF K S14 220.75–228.75 press ENTER.
B21 – B69 UHF L S15 228.75–236.75
Audio
Select “NICAM” or “Standard.” S1 – S20 CATV L S16 236.75–244.75

NICAM Normally, select this. S21 – S41 HYPER M S17 244.75–252.75

S01 – S05 CATV N S18 252.75–260.75
Standard Select this if the sound from
NICAM broadcasts is not L* (France) F2 – F10 VHF N S19 260.75–268.75
clear. F21 – F69 UHF O S20 268.75–276.75
B – Q CATV P S21 276.75–284.75 2 Press M/m to select the row containing
the programme position you want to
S21 – S41 HYPER P S22 284.75–292.75 move, and press ENTER.
* “L” is only available with French RDR-HX520 Q S23 292.75–300.75 • To display other pages for programme
and RDR-HX920 models. To receive broadcasts positions 4 to 99, press M/m repeatedly.
in France, select “L.”
S21 S24 299.25–307.25
S22 S25 307.25–315.25
S23 S26 315.25–323.25
S24 S27 323.25–331.25

84 ,continued 85

3 Press M/m until the selected programme
position row moves to the desired
programme position.
The selected programme position is
inserted at the new programme position.
4 Press ENTER to confirm the setting.
5 To change the programme position of
another station, repeat from step 2.
Auto Programme Title Labelling
(TV Guide Page)
Some broadcast systems provide a Teletext
service* in which complete programmes and
2 Select the programme position for which
you want to set or change the TV guide
page using PROG +/– or number buttons.
• The TV guide page numbers (Example:
P301) appear automatically when the
recorder detects them.
• If no page numbers are detected (P000),
you have to set the appropriate TV
guide page number manually.
b Notes
• In step 4 above, enter “000” if you do not want to
use the TV guide page number for automatic
labelling. The recorder will instead store a default
title name (programme position, start time - stop
time).
• Refer to the Teletext information on your TV
screen to obtain the TV guide page number with
programme titles and their start times.
• If the Teletext TV guide has a page which always
shows the programmes for the current day, this
page should be input for all days.
• If you start recording more than three minutes
before the programme is scheduled to start, the
correct label information may not be transferred.
• Note that this function may not work correctly
with programmes broadcast from some stations.
• If the broadcast system updates the Teletext
information at the moment recording starts, the
title label may not correspond to the recorded
programme. In this case, you may have to
manually enter the correct title (page 34).
Clock
z Hint
If you set “Auto Adjust” to “On,” the Auto Clock
Set function is activated whenever the recorder is
turned off.
b Note
The Auto Clock Set function does not work while
the recorder is standing by for Synchro-Recording.
To set the clock manually
If the Auto Clock Set function did not set the
clock correctly for your local area, try another
station for the Auto Clock Set function or set
the clock manually.
1 Select “Clock” in “Basic,” and press
ENTER.
2 Select “Auto Adjust,” and press ENTER.
3 Select “Off,” and press ENTER.
4
Settings and Adjustments

their data (title, date, programme position,
recording start time, etc.) are stored day by
day. A TV guide page corresponds to each
day of the week. When recording a
programme, the recorder automatically takes
the programme name from the Teletext pages
and stores it as the title name. The TV guide
page numbers depend entirely on the
broadcast itself and may be subject to change.
If so, you may have to set those TV guide
page numbers manually in the TV Guide
Page menu.
* Not available in some areas.
1 Select “TV Guide Page” in “Basic,” and
press ENTER.
The TV Guide Page menu appears.
3 Select the TV guide page number you
want to modify, and press ENTER.
4 Press the number buttons or </M/m/,
to enter the TV guide page number, and
press ENTER to confirm the setting.
• If you make a mistake, re-enter the
correct number.
• To return to the original settings, press
O RETURN.
5 To set or change another TV guide page
number, repeat steps 3 and 4 above.
z Hint
To view Teletext information on your TV screen
during a broadcast, switch to your TV’s tuner by
pressing TV/DVD.
Auto Adjust Select “Present Time,” and press
ENTER.
Turns on the Auto Clock Set function when a
programme position in your local area
broadcasts a time signal.
1 Select “Clock” in “Basic,” and press
ENTER.
2 Select “Auto Adjust,” and press ENTER.
5 Press M/m to set the day, and press ,.
Set the month, year, hour, and minutes in
sequence. Press </, to select the item
3 Select “On,” and press ,. to be set, then press M/m to set the
4 Press M/m repeatedly until the numbers. The day of the week is set
programme position of the station that automatically.
carries a time signal appears, and press
ENTER. To change the numbers, press < to
return to the item to be changed, and
press M/m.
6 Press ENTER to start the clock.
• If the recorder does not receive a time
signal from any station, “Auto Adjust” OSD (On-Screen Display)
returns to “Off” automatically and the
menu for setting the clock manually Switches the display language on the screen.
appears on the screen.

86 87

1-21

Video Settings (Video)
Video settings will adjust items related to the
image, such as size and colour.
Choose the settings according to the type of
TV, tuner, or decoder connected to the DVD
recorder.
1 Press SYSTEM MENU while the
recorder is in stop mode.
2 Select “SETUP,” and press ENTER.
3 Select “Video,” and press ENTER.
The “Video” setup appears with the
following options. The default settings
are underlined.
16:9 Progressive Mode
DVD software can be divided into two types:
film based software and video based
software. Video based software is derived
from TV and displays images at 25 frames/50
4:3 Letter Box fields (30 frames/60 fields) per second. Film
based software is derived from film and
displays images at 24 frames per second.
Some DVD software contains both Video
and Film.
4:3 Pan Scan In order for these images to appear natural on
your screen when output in progressive mode
(50 or 60 frames per second), the progressive
video signal needs to be converted to match
the type of DVD software that you are
b Note
Depending on the disc, “4:3 Letter Box” may be
watching.
You can fine-tune the progressive 525p/625p
selected automatically instead of “4:3 Pan Scan” or video signal that is output when you set
vice versa.
“Progressive Output” to “On.”
Note that you must connect to a progressive
Component Out
format TV using the COMPONENT VIDEO
Selects whether or not to output video signals
OUT jacks (page 13).
from the COMPONENT VIDEO OUT jacks.
Auto Automatically detects the
On Outputs the component video
b Notes
• If your TV does not accept S-video or RGB
signals, no picture appears on the TV screen even
if you select “S Video” or “RGB.” See the
instructions supplied with your TV.
• You cannot select “RGB” when “Component
Out” above is set to “On.”
• SMARTLINK is available only when “Video” is
selected.
Line3 Input
Selects a method of inputting video signals
for the LINE 3/DECODER jack. The picture
will not be clear if this setting does not match
the type of video input signal.
Video/ Inputs video signals or RGB
RGB signals.
Decoder Select this when connecting
to a PAY-TV/Canal Plus
analogue decoder. If you
connect to a cable box/
satellite receiver such as
CanalSat, do not select this
option.

Settings and Adjustments

Video Output
TV Type
Sets the picture size when playing back a title
recorded from 16:9 size video (page 46) or a
16:9 size commercial DVD video.
Select the playback picture size according to
the type of connected TV (wide-screen/wide
mode TV or conventional 4:3 screen TV).
16:9 Select this when connecting
to a wide-screen TV or TV
with a wide mode function.
4:3 Letter Select this when connecting
Box to a 4:3 screen TV. Displays a
wide picture with bands on
the upper and lower portions
of the screen.
4:3 Pan Select this when connecting
Scan to a 4:3 screen TV.
Automatically displays a
wide picture on the entire
screen and cuts off the
portions that do not fit.
software type (Film-based or
signals. Select this when you S Video Inputs S-video signals.
Video-based) and selects the
want to view progressive
appropriate conversion mode.
signals.
Normally select this position. b Note
Input signals are recorded in video mode when
Off Outputs no signals.
Video Fixes the conversion mode to “Video/RGB” is selected (only French RDR-
the mode for Video-based HX520 and RDR-HX920 models can record in
b Notes software. video or RGB).
• When you set “Line1 Output” to “RGB,” you
Line3 Output
cannot set “Component Out” to “On.”
b Note Selects a method of outputting video signals
• When you connect the recorder to a monitor or
When picture noise appears after you set the for the LINE 3/DECODER jack.
projector via only the COMPONENT VIDEO
recorder to progressive format, hold down x, and
OUT jacks, do not select “Off.” If you select
press PROGRAM – (minus) on the unit. Video Outputs video signals.
“Off” in this case, the picture may not appear.
Progressive Output Scart Setting S Video Outputs S-video signals.
If your TV accepts progressive (525p/625p) Sets the method of inputting/outputting
format signals, set “Progressive Output” to signals from the SCART jacks on the rear Pause Mode (HDD/DVDs only)
“On.” You will enjoy accurate colour panel of the recorder. Select an option for Selects the picture quality in pause mode.
reproduction and high quality images. each of the items below according to the
1 Select “Progressive Output,” and press combination of jacks and methods that you Auto The picture, including
ENTER. are going to use. subjects that move
dynamically, is output with
2 Select “On,” and press ENTER. Line1 Output no jitter. Normally select this
The display asks for confirmation. Selects a method of outputting video signals position.
for the LINE 1 – TV jack.
3 Select “Start,” and press ENTER.
Frame The picture, including
The video switches to a progressive RGB Outputs RGB signals. subjects that do not move
signal for 5 seconds. dynamically, is output in high
Video Outputs video signals.
4 If video signal appears OK, select “Yes,” resolution.
and press ENTER. S Video Outputs S-video signals.
If picture is distorted, select “No,” and
press ENTER.

88 ,continued 89

Colour System Audio Connection • MPEG (DVD VIDEOs only)

Selects the colour system when playing
VIDEO CDs (including Super VIDEO CDs)/
Audio Settings (Audio) The following setup items switch the method
of outputting audio signals when you connect
Selects the type of MPEG audio signal.

DivX video files.
PAL Plays a disc in PAL colour
system.
NTSC Plays a disc in NTSC colour
system.
Auto Display
On Automatically displays
information on the screen
when the recorder is turned
on, etc.
Off Displays information only
when DISPLAY is pressed.
Screen Saver
The screen saver image appears when you do
not use the recorder for more than 10 minutes
a component such as an amplifier (receiver) PCM Select this when the recorder
The “Audio” setup allows you to adjust the is connected to an audio
with a digital input jack.
sound according to the playback and component without a built-in
For connection details, see “Step 3: MPEG decoder. If you play
connection conditions. Connecting the Audio Cords” on page 15. MPEG audio sound tracks,
Select “Dolby Digital,” “MPEG,” “DTS,” the recorder outputs stereo
and “48kHz/96kHz PCM” after setting signals via the DIGITAL
1 Press SYSTEM MENU while the “Digital Out” to “On.” OUT (COAXIAL) jack.
recorder is in stop mode.
MPEG Select this when the recorder
2 Select “SETUP,” and press ENTER. If you connect a component that does not
accept the selected audio signal, a loud noise is connected to an audio
3 Select “Audio,” and press ENTER. (or no sound) will come out from the
component with a built-in
MPEG decoder.
The “Audio” setup appears with the speakers, and may affect your ears or cause
following options. The default settings speaker damage. • DTS (DVD VIDEOs only)
are underlined. 1 Select “Audio Connection” in “Audio,” Selects whether or not to output DTS signals.
and press ENTER.
On Select this when the recorder
is connected to an audio
component with a built-in
DTS decoder.
Off Select this when the recorder
Settings and Adjustments

while an on-screen display, such as the is connected to an audio

System Menu, is displayed on your TV component without a built-in
screen. The screen saver image helps prevent DTS decoder.
your display device from becoming damaged 2 Select “Digital Out,” and press ENTER.
(ghosting). Audio ATT (attenuation) • 48kHz/96kHz PCM (DVD VIDEOs only)
If the playback sound is distorted, set this On Normally select this Selects the sampling frequency of the audio
On Turns on the screen saver position. signal.
function. item to “On.” The recorder reduces the audio
output level.
Off The influence of the 48kHz/ The audio signals of DVD
Off Turns off the function. This function affects the output of the digital circuit upon the 16bit VIDEOs are converted to 48
following jacks: analogue circuit is kHz/16 bit and output.
– LINE 2 OUT R-AUDIO-L jacks minimal.
– LINE 1 – TV jack 96kHz/ All signals containing
– LINE 3/DECODER jack 3 Select “On,” and press ENTER. 24bit 96 kHz/24 bit are output
without conversion.
On Select this when the playback 4 Set the digital output signal. However, the signals are
sound from the speakers is • Dolby Digital (HDD/DVDs only) output at 48 kHz/16 bit if
distorted. copyright-protected signals
Selects the type of Dolby Digital signal.
are contained.
Off Normally select this position. D-PCM Select this when the recorder
is connected to an audio b Note
component lacking a built-in “48kHz/96kHz PCM” setting has no effect when
Dolby Digital decoder. The audio signals are output from the LINE 2 OUT (R-
surround effects of output AUDIO-L) jacks or LINE 1 – TV/LINE 3/
signals are determined by the DECODER jack. If the sampling frequency is
“Downmix” setting item in 96kHz, signals are simply converted to analogue
the “Audio” setup. signals and output.

Dolby Select this when the recorder

Digital is connected to an audio
component with a built-in
Dolby Digital decoder.

90 ,continued 91

1-22
 Audio DRC (Dynamic Range Control)
(DVDs only)
Selects the dynamic range (difference
between soft and loud sounds) setting when
playing a DVD that conforms to Audio DRC.
This affects the output from the following
jacks:
– LINE 2 OUT R-AUDIO-L jacks
– LINE 1 – TV jack
– LINE 3/DECODER jack
– DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL) jack only
when “Dolby Digital” is set to “D-PCM”
(page 91).
Standard Normally select this position.
TV Mode Makes low sounds clear even
if you turn the volume down.
Wide Gives you the feeling of
Range being at a live performance.
Downmix (DVDs only)
Switches the method for mixing down to two
channels when you play a DVD which has
rear sound elements (channels) or is recorded
in Dolby Digital format. For details on the
rear signal components, see “4. Displaying
the Playing/Remaining Time and Play
Information” on page 31. This function
affects the output of the following jacks:
– LINE 2 OUT R-AUDIO-L jacks
– LINE 1 – TV jack
– LINE 3/DECODER jack
– DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL) jack when
“Dolby Digital” is set to “D-PCM”
(page 91).
Dolby Normally select this position.
Surround Multi-channel audio signals
are output to two channels for
enjoying surround sounds.
Normal Multi-channel audio signals
are downmixed to two
channels for use with your
stereo.
92
Disc Settings (DVD)
The “DVD” setup allows you to adjust
parental control, language and other DVD
related settings.
1 Press SYSTEM MENU while the
recorder is in stop mode.
2 Select “SETUP,” and press ENTER.
3 Select “DVD,” and press ENTER.
The “DVD” setup appears with the
following options. The default settings
are underlined.
Parental Control (DVD VIDEO only)
Playback of some DVD VIDEOs can be
limited according to a predetermined level,
such as the age of the users. Scenes may be
blocked or replaced with different scenes.
1 Select “Parental Control” in “DVD,” and
press ENTER.
• If you have not entered a password, the
display for registering a new password
appears.
94
HQ Setting Synchro Rec
Recording Settings Selects the HQ mode used for recording on
the HDD (page 40).
Selects the recording destination used for
Synchro-Recording (page 49).
(Recording) HQ+ Records in higher quality Record to Records to the HDD.
(approximate 15 Mbps). HDD
The “Recording” setup allows you to adjust
recording settings. HQ Records in the standard HQ Record to Records to DVDs.
mode. DVD
1 Press SYSTEM MENU while the DVD Rec. Settings Auto Chapter
recorder is in stop mode.
Bilingual Recording (for all recordable Selects whether to automatically divide a
2 Select “SETUP,” and press ENTER. discs except DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs in VR mode) recording (a title) into chapters during
Selects the sound to be recorded on the recording or dubbing.
3 Select “Recording,” and press recordable disc. This setting is not necessary
ENTER. when recording on DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs (VR On Inserts chapter marks at
The “Recording” setup appears with the approximately 6 minute
mode) that record both the main and sub
intervals.
following options. The default settings sounds.
are underlined. Off No chapter mark is inserted.
Main Records the main sound for
the bilingual programme.
b Notes
Sub Records the sub sound for the • The actual chapter mark interval may vary
bilingual programme. depending on the amount of information
contained in the video to be recorded.
Settings and Adjustments
• Chapter marks are automatically inserted where
Timer Settings the recordings start on the tape when “Auto
Rec Mode Adjust Chapter” is set to “On” during DV dubbing to the
HDD or a DVD-RW/DVD-R (VR mode).
On Automatically adjusts the
recording mode to enable the
HDD Rec. Settings entire programme to be
recorded (page 43).
Bilingual Recording
Selects the sound to be recorded on the HDD. Off Turns off the function.
Main Records the main sound for
the bilingual programme. Auto Title Erase (HDD only)
On Automatically erases old
Sub Records the sub sound for the
bilingual programme. titles recorded on the HDD
(page 43).
Main+Sub Records the main and sub
sounds for the bilingual Off Turns off the function.
programme.
TV Direct Rec (HDD/DVD+RW/DVD-RW/
b Note DVD+R/DVD-R only)
If you set the recording mode to be changed while
dubbing from a DVD to the HDD, the sound On Allows you to easily record
recorded in the source (DVD) is applied regardless what you are watching on the
of this setting. TV using SMARTLINK.
Off Turns off the TV Direct Rec
function.
93
• When you have already registered a 5 Select “Level,” and press ENTER. z Hint
password, the display for entering the
password appears.
The selection items for “Level” are
displayed.
If you select “Others” in “DVD Menu,” “Subtitle,”
or “Audio,” select and enter a language code from
“Language Code List” on page 112 using the
number buttons.
b Note
If you select a language in “DVD Menu,”
“Subtitle,” or “Audio” that is not recorded on the
DVD VIDEO, one of the recorded languages will
be automatically selected.
The lower the value, the stricter the Format DVD-RW (DVD-RW only)
2 Enter your four-digit password using the
number buttons, then select “OK” and limitation. The recorder automatically starts formatting
press ENTER. Discs rated higher than the selected level in VR mode or Video mode, whichever is
will be restricted. selected below, when a new, unformatted
6 Select the level, and press ENTER. DVD-RW is inserted.
The Parental Control setting is complete.
VR Automatically formats the
disc in VR mode.
To cancel the Parental Control setting for
the disc, set “Level” to “Off” in step 6. Video Automatically formats the
To change the password, select disc in Video mode.
“Password” in step 3, and press ENTER.
3 Select “Standard,” and press ENTER. When the display for registering a One Touch Dubbing
password appears, enter a new four-digit
Settings and Adjustments
The selection items for “Standard” are Displays the following options for the One
displayed. password using the number buttons, then
Touch Dub function.
select “OK” and press ENTER.
Finalise Disc (for all recordable discs
b Notes except DVD-RW in VR mode)
• If you forget your password, you will have to Selects whether or not to finalise the disc
reset it by selecting “Parental Control” of automatically following One Touch Dubbing
“Factory Setup” in the “Others” setup (page 96). (page 79).
• When you play discs which do not have the
Parental Control function, playback cannot be Auto Automatically finalises the
limited on this recorder. disc following One Touch
4 Select a geographic area as the playback • Depending on the disc, you may be asked to Dubbing.
limitation level, and press ENTER. change the Parental Control level while playing
The area is selected. the disc. In this case, enter your password, then Manual Allows you to finalise the
change the level. disc manually.
• When you select “Others,” press the
number buttons to select and enter an
Language (DVD VIDEO only)
area code in the table (page 112). Then
select “OK” and press ENTER. DVD Menu
Switches the language for the DVD menu.
Audio
Switches the language of the sound track.
When you select “Original,” the language
given priority in the disc is selected.
Subtitle
Switches the language of the subtitles
recorded on the disc.
When you select “Audio Follow,” the subtitle
language changes according to the language
you selected for the sound track.
95
1-23

Remote Control Settings/
Factory Settings (Others)
The “Others” setup allows you to set up other
operational settings.
1 Press SYSTEM MENU while the
recorder is in stop mode.
2 Select “SETUP,” and press ENTER.
3 Select “Others,” and press ENTER.
The “Others” setup appears with the
following options. The default settings
are underlined.
Dimmer
Adjusts the lighting of the front panel display.
Normal Bright lighting.
Save Low lighting. Turns off the
Power lighting when the power is
off.
Power save standby
Selects whether this recorder is in power save
mode when the power is off (standby).
On Sets to power save mode.
Normally, select this.
Off Does not set to power save
mode.
96
Additional Information
Troubleshooting
If you experience any of the following
difficulties while using the recorder, use this
troubleshooting guide to help remedy the
problem before requesting repairs. Should
any problem persist, consult your nearest
Sony dealer.
Power
The power does not turn on.
, Check that the mains lead is connected
securely.
Picture
There is no picture.
, Re-connect all connecting cords securely.
, The connecting cords are damaged.
, Check the connection to your TV (page 12).
, characteristics of HDD, and is not a
Switch the input selector on your TV (such
as to “VCR”) so that the signal from the
recorder appears on the TV screen.
, Check that “Scart Setting” in the “Video”
setup is set to the appropriate item that
conforms to your system (page 89).
, If you connect the recorder to your TV via
only the COMPONENT VIDEO OUT
jacks, set “Component Out” in the “Video”
setup to “On” (page 88).
, This recorder cannot record NTSC signals.
, When playing a double-layer DVD, the
video and audio may be momentarily
interrupted at the point where the layers
switch.
98
b Notes
• Power Save mode does not function when there is
a timer setting with “PDC/VPS” set to “On” in the
Timer List, even if “Power save standby” is set to
“On.”
• The SMARTLINK features are not available
while the power is off when “Power save
standby” is set to “On.”
• To reduce the number of times that the fan turns
on automatically, set “Power save standby” to
“On.”
Command Mode
Changes the Command Mode of the recorder
if other DVD equipment is assigned the same
Command Mode. For details, see “If you
have a Sony DVD player or more than one
Sony DVD recorder” on page 18.
Registration Code
Displays the registration code of DivX video
files for this recorder.
For more information, go to http://
www.divx.com/vod on the Internet.
Factory Setup
Allows you to select the setup settings by
group, and return them to their default
settings. Note that all of your previous
settings will be lost.
1 Select “Factory Setup” in “Others,” and
press , or ENTER.
The display for selecting a group of
settings appears.
2 Select the group of settings you want to
return to default from “Basic,” “Video,”
“Audio,” “Recording,” “DVD,”
“Others,” “Parental Control,” and “All,”
and press , or ENTER.
3 Select “Start,” and press ENTER.
The selected settings return to their
default settings.
4 Press ENTER when “Finish” appears.
Format
You can erase all titles recorded on the HDD.
Picture noise appears.
, If the picture output signal from your
recorder passes through your VCR to get to
your TV, or if you are connected to a
combination TV/VIDEO player, the copy-
protection signal applied to some DVD
programmes could affect picture quality. If
you still experience this problem even when
you connect your recorder directly to your
TV, try connecting your recorder to your
TV’s S VIDEO input.
, You have set the recorder to progressive
format even though your TV cannot accept
the progressive signal. In this case, hold
down x, and press PROGRAM – (minus)
on the unit.
, Even if your TV is compatible with
progressive format (525p/625p) signals, the
image may be affected when you set the
recorder to progressive format. In this case,
hold down x, and press PROGRAM –
(minus) on the unit and the recorder is set to
normal (interlace) format.
, You are playing a DVD recorded in a colour
system that is different from your TV.
, Noise may appear in the pictures recorded
on the HDD, which is due to the
malfunction.
, When playing a double-layer DVD, the
video and audio may be momentarily
interrupted at the point where the layers
switch.
TV programme reception does not fill the
screen.
, Set the channel manually in “Channel
Setting” in the “Basic” setup (page 83).
, Select the correct source using the INPUT
SELECT button, or select a channel of any
TV programme using the PROG +/–
buttons.
TV programme pictures are distorted.
, Reorient the TV aerial.
, Adjust the picture (see the TV’s instruction
manual).
, Place the recorder and TV farther apart.
, Place the TV and any bunched aerial cables
farther apart.
, The aerial cable is connected to the
AERIAL OUT jack on the recorder.
Connect the cable to the AERIAL IN jack.
1-24
Easy Setup
(Resetting the Recorder)
Select this to run the “Easy Setup”
programme.
1 Press SYSTEM MENU while the
recorder is in stop mode.
2 Select “SETUP,” and press ENTER.
3 Select “Easy Setup,” and press
ENTER.
Settings and Adjustments
4 Select “Start.”
5 Follow the instructions for “Easy
Setup” (page 20) from step 2.
97
TV channels cannot be changed. The picture is black and white.
, The channel is disabled (page 84). , Check that “Line1 Output” of the “Scart
, A timer recording started, which changed Setting” in the “Video” setup is set to the
the channels. appropriate item that conforms to your
system (page 89).
The picture from equipment connected to , If you are using a SCART cord, be sure to
the recorder’s input jack does not appear use one that is fully wired (21 pins).
on the screen.
, If the equipment is connected to the
LINE 1 – TV jack, select “L1” in the front
Sound
panel display by pressing PROG +/– or
There is no sound.
INPUT SELECT.
, Re-connect all connections securely.
If the equipment is connected to the LINE 2
, The connecting cord is damaged.
IN jacks, select “L2” in the front panel
, The input source setting on the amplifier or
display by pressing PROG +/– or INPUT
the connection to the amplifier is incorrect.
SELECT.
, The recorder is in reverse play, fast-
If the equipment is connected to the LINE
3/DECODER jack, select “L3” in the front
forward, slow motion, or pause mode.
, If the audio signal does not come through
panel display by pressing PROG +/– or
the DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL) jack,
INPUT SELECT.
check the “Audio Connection” settings in
If the equipment is connected to the DV IN
jack, (this is usually for a digital video
the “Audio” setup (page 90).
, The recorder supports only MP3 audio and
camera connection), select “DV” in the
MPEG audio for DivX video files. Press
front panel display by pressing INPUT
AUDIO and select MP3 audio or MPEG
SELECT.
audio.
Additional Information
The playback picture or TV programme
Sound distortion occurs.
from the equipment connected through the
, Set “Audio ATT” in the “Audio” setup to
recorder is distorted. “On” (page 90).
, If the playback picture output from a DVD
player, VCR, or tuner goes through your
recorder before reaching your TV, the copy- Sound is noisy.
, When playing a CD with DTS sound tracks,
protection signal applied to some
programmes could affect picture quality. noise will come from the LINE 2 OUT R-
AUDIO-L jacks, LINE 1 – TV jack, or
Disconnect the playback equipment in
question and connect it directly to your TV. LINE 3/DECODER jack (page 55).
The picture does not fill the screen. The sound volume is low.
, Set “TV Type” of the “Video Output” in the , The sound volume is low on some DVDs.
“Video” setup in accordance with the The sound volume may improve if you set
screen size of your TV (page 88). “Audio DRC” in the “Audio” setup to “TV
Mode” (page 92).
, Set “Audio ATT” in the “Audio” setup to
The picture does not fill the screen, even “Off” (page 90).
though the picture size is set in “TV Type”
of the “Video Output” in the “Video”
setup.
, The picture size of the title is fixed.
,continued 99
 An alternate audio track cannot be
recorded or played.
, When recording from connected
equipment, set “Line Audio Input” in
OPTIONS menu to “Bilingual” (page 51).
, Multilingual tracks (main and sub) cannot
be recorded on DVD+RWs, DVD-RWs
(Video mode), DVD+Rs, or DVD-Rs
(Video mode). To record the language, set
“Bilingual Recording” of the “DVD Rec.
Settings” in the “Recording” setup to
“Main” or “Sub” before recording
(page 93). To record both the main and sub
sounds, record on DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs
(VR mode).
, Any discs other than the HDD or DVD-
RWs/DVD-Rs (VR mode) cannot be used
for recording both main and sub sounds. To
record on the HDD, set “Bilingual
Recording” of the “HDD Rec. Settings” in
the “Recording” setup to “Main+Sub”
(page 92).
, If you have connected an AV amplifier to
the DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL) jack and
want to change the audio track for HDD/
DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs (VR mode) during
playback, set “Dolby Digital” of the “Audio
Connection” in the “Audio” setup to “D-
PCM” (page 91).
Playback
The recorder does not play any type of disc
(except HDD).
, The disc is upside down. Insert the disc with
the labelled side facing up.
, The disc is not correctly inserted.
, Moisture has condensed inside the recorder.
In this case, if the recorder is on, leave it on
(if it is off, leave it off) for about an hour
until the moisture evaporates.
, If the disc was recorded on another recorder
and was not finalised (page 36), the
recorder cannot play the disc.
100
Recording does not stop after you press
x.
, Press x REC STOP.
Timer recording is not complete or did not
start from the beginning.
, There was a power failure during recording.
If the power recovers when there is a timer
recording, the recorder resumes recording.
Should the power failure continue for more
than 1 hour, reset the clock (page 87).
, Other timer setting overlapped the timer
setting (page 48).
, Disc space was not enough.
, The PDC/VPS function is working.
Contents previously recorded were
erased.
, Data that is not playable on this recorder but
was recorded on a DVD with a PC will be
erased from the disc when the disc is
inserted.
, “Auto Title Erase” of the “Timer Settings”
in the “Recording” setup is set to “On”
(page 93).
The PDC/VPS function does not operate.
, Check that the clock and date are set
correctly.
, Check that the PDC/VPS time you set is the
correct one (there might be a mistake in the
TV programme guide). If the broadcast you
wanted to record did not send the good
PDC/VPS information, the recorder will not
start recording.
, If the reception is poor, the PDC/VPS signal
might be altered and the recorder might not
start recording.
, “PDC/VPS Scan Off” is selected (page 43).
102
The recorder does not start playback from
the beginning.
, Resume play was activated (page 53).
, You have inserted a DVD whose Title menu
or DVD menu automatically appears on the
TV screen when it is first inserted. Use the
menu to start playback.
The recorder starts playing automatically.
, The DVD VIDEO features an auto
playback function.
Playback stops automatically.
, If the DVD has an auto pause signal, the
recorder stops playback at the auto pause
signal.
Some functions such as Stop, Search, or
Slow-motion Play cannot be performed.
, Depending on the DVD, you may not be
able to do some of the operations above. See
the instruction manual supplied with the
disc.
The language for the sound track cannot
be changed.
, Multilingual tracks are not recorded on the
DVD being played.
, The DVD VIDEO prohibits the changing of
the language for the sound track.
, Try changing the language using the DVD
VIDEO’s menu.
The subtitle language cannot be changed
or turned off.
, Multilingual subtitles are not recorded on
the DVD VIDEO.
, The DVD VIDEO prohibits changing of the
subtitles.
, Try changing the subtitle using the DVD
VIDEO’s menu.
, The subtitles cannot be changed for the
titles recorded on this recorder.
Recording from the equipment
with a timer
Nothing was recorded even though you set
the Synchro-Rec setting correctly.
, You forgot to turn off the connected
equipment. Turn off the connected
equipment and set the recorder to Synchro-
Rec standby mode (page 49).
, The recorder was not set to the Synchro-
Recording standby mode. Press
c z SYNCHRO REC to have the recorder
stand by for recording. Make sure the
SYNCHRO REC indicator lights up on the
front panel (page 49).
, The equipment is not connected to the LINE
3/DECODER jack of the recorder.
, The recorder is connected to the TV output
jack of the connected equipment.
Synchro-Recording does not complete.
, The timer setting for the connected
equipment overlapped the recorder’s timer
setting (page 50).
, There was a power failure during the
recording.
The recorder automatically starts
recording when the satellite receiver is
turned on.
, The Synchro-Rec function was activated.
Turn off the satellite receiver and cancel the
Synchro-Rec function (page 49).
Dubbing
You dubbed a title, but the title did not
appear in the HDD Title List.
, The title contained a copy protection signal,
so it was moved (page 73).
High-speed dubbing is not possible.
, The title cannot be dubbed at high-speed
(page 72). Even if A-B erasure is performed
so that a title does not contain mixed picture
sizes, it is still treated as a title with mixed
picture sizes.
1-25
The angles cannot be changed.
, Multi-angles are not recorded on the DVD
VIDEO being played.
, You are trying to change the angles when
“ ” does not appear on the TV screen
(page 52).
, The DVD VIDEO prohibits changing
angles.
, Try changing the angle using the DVD
VIDEO’s menu.
, The angles cannot be changed for the titles
recorded on this recorder.
, The angles cannot be changed during slow
motion playback or when playback is
paused.
The DivX video files do not play.
, The file is not created in DivX format.
, The file has an extension other than “.avi”
or “.divx.”
, The DATA CD (DivX video)/DATA DVD
(DivX video) is not created in a DivX
format that conforms to ISO 9660 Level 1/
Level 2 or Joliet.
, The DivX video file is larger than 720
(width) × 576 (height).
The MP3 audio tracks do not play.
, The MP3 audio tracks are not recorded in a
format that the recorder can play (page 59).
The JPEG image files do not play.
, The JPEG image files are not recorded in a
format that the recorder can play (page 59).
, Progressive JPEG images cannot be played.
TV Pause does not work.
, You are recording to the HDD or the HDD
is full.
Display
The clock has stopped.
, Set the clock again (page 87).
, The clock stopped due to a power failure
that lasted for more than 1 hour. Reset the
clock (page 87).
The TIMER REC indicator is flashing.
, The disc does not have enough space.
, Insert a recordable disc inside the recorder.
, The inserted DVD is protected (page 36).
The recording mode indication is
incorrect.
, When the recording or dubbing is less than
three minutes, the recording mode
indication may be displayed incorrectly.
The actual recording itself is correctly made
in the selected recording mode.
, After playing titles recorded in EP and SLP
mode, the recording mode indication may
change depending on the recorded
programme.
The clock does not appear in the front
panel display when the recorder is turned
off.
, “Dimmer” in the “Others” setup is set to
“Save Power” (page 96).
Remote control
The remote does not function.
, Batteries are weak.
, The remote is too far from the recorder.
, The remote’s manufacturer code returned to
the default setting when you replaced the
batteries. Reset the code (page 17).
, The remote is not pointed at the remote
sensor on the recorder.
, Different command modes are set for the
recorder and remote. Set the same
command mode (page 18). The default
command mode setting for this recorder and
the supplied remote is DVD3.
, Press x (stop) on the unit while the
recorder is turned off to check the current
command mode.
Recording/Timer recording/
Editing
The programme position cannot be
changed from the programme position you
are recording.
, Set the TV’s input source to “TV.”
Recording does not start immediately
after you press z REC.
, Operate the recorder only after “LOAD,”
“FORMAT,” or “INFOWRITE” disappears
from the front panel display.
Nothing was recorded even though you set
the timer setting correctly.
, There was a power failure during recording.
, The recorder’s internal clock stopped due to
a power failure that lasted for more than 1
hour. Reset the clock (page 87).
, The channel was disabled after the timer
recording was set. See “Channel Setting”
on page 83.
, Disconnect the mains lead from the mains,
Additional Information
and connect it again.
, “PDC/VPS Scan Off” was selected in the
OPTIONS menu (page 43).
, The programme contains copy protection
signals that restrict copying.
, Other timer setting overlapped the timer
setting (page 48).
, There is no DVD inside the recorder.
, There is not enough disc space for the
recording.
, The recorder was in the process of dubbing
(HDDyDVD).
, The recorder was in the process of DV
Dubbing.
Recording does not stop immediately
after you press x REC STOP.
, It will take a few seconds for the recorder to
input disc data before recording can stop.
,continued 101
Others
The recorder does not operate properly.
, Restart the recorder. Press down [/1 on the
recorder for more than ten seconds until
“WELCOME” appears in the front panel
display.
, When static electricity, etc., causes the
recorder to operate abnormally, turn off the
recorder and wait until the clock appears in
the front panel display. Then, unplug the
recorder and after leaving it off for a while,
plug it in again.
Five numbers or letters are displayed in
the front panel display.
, The self-diagnosis function was activated
(see the table on page 104).
The disc tray does not open after you press
Z (open/close).
, It may take a few seconds for the disc tray
to open after you have recorded or edited a
DVD. This is because the recorder is adding
Additional Information
disc data to the disc.
The disc tray does not open and
“LOCKED” appears in the front panel
display.
, The disc tray is locked. Cancel the Child
Lock (page 53).
The disc tray does not open and “TRAY
LOCKED” appears in the front panel
display.
, Contact your Sony dealer or local
authorized Sony service facility.
,continued 103
 The disc tray does not open and you
cannot remove the disc after you press Z
(open/close).
, Turn off the recorder. Once the clock
appears in the front panel display,
disconnect the mains lead. (If the recorder
does not turn off or if the clock does not
appear in the front panel display, disconnect
the mains lead anyway.) Connect the mains
lead again while pressing down A on the
recorder, and release the button when the
disc tray opens. Then, keep [/1 on the
recorder pressed for about ten seconds until
“WELCOME” appears in the front panel
display.
“RECOVERY” appears in the front panel
display.
Mechanical sound is heard when the
recorder is off.
, While the recorder is adjusting the clock for
the Auto Clock Set function or scanning the
programme positions for the PDC/VPS
function, operational noises (such as the
internal fan) may be heard, even when the
power is off. This is not a malfunction.
, To reduce the number of times that the fan
turns on automatically, set “Power save
standby” to “On” in the “Others” setup
(page 96).
Self-diagnosis Function
(When letters/numbers
Notes About This
Recorder
On operation
• If the recorder is brought directly from a
cold to a warm location, or is placed in a
very damp room, moisture may condense
on the lenses inside the recorder. Should
this occur, the recorder may not operate
properly. In this case, if the recorder is on,
leave it on (if it is off, leave it off) for about
an hour until the moisture evaporates.
• When you move the recorder, take out any
discs. If you don’t, the disc may be
damaged.
On adjusting volume
Notes about the discs
• To keep the disc clean, handle the disc by its
edge. Do not touch the surface. Dust,
fingerprints, or scratches on the disc may
cause it to malfunction.
• Do not expose the disc to direct sunlight or
heat sources such as hot air ducts, or leave
it in a car parked in direct sunlight as the
temperature may rise considerably inside
the car.
• After playing, store the disc in its case.
• Clean the disc with a cleaning cloth. Wipe
the disc from the centre out.

, The recorder’s recovery function was
activated when the recorder was turned on
because the power was turned off or failed
during recording. Leave the recorder on
until “RECOVERY” disappears from the
front panel display.
appear in the display)
When the self-diagnosis function is activated
to prevent the recorder from malfunctioning,
a five-character service number (e.g., C 13
00) with a combination of a letter and four
numbers appears in the front panel display. In
Do not turn up the volume while listening to
a section with very low level inputs or no
audio signals. If you do, the speakers may be
damaged when a peak level section is played.
• Do not use solvents such as benzine,
On cleaning thinner, commercially available cleaners, or
Clean the cabinet, panel, and controls with a anti-static spray intended for vinyl LPs.

“HDD ERROR” appears in the front panel
display.
, The hard disk error occurred. Press down
[/1 on the recorder for ten seconds until
“WELCOME” appears in the front panel
display. If this does not resolve the problem,
format the recorder’s HDD by pressing
down the HDD button on the recorder for
more than ten seconds until “FORMAT”
appears in the front panel display. Note that
all the contents recorded on the HDD will
be erased. If this does not fix the problem,
contact your nearest Sony dealer.
“FAN ERROR” appears in the front panel
display.
, Check that the vent on the rear of the
recorder is not blocked. Then, immediately
disconnect the mains lead. Leave the
recorder off for a while, then re-connect the
mains lead, and press [/1 on the recorder.
Additional Information
this case, check the following table. soft cloth slightly moistened with a mild • Do not use the following discs.
detergent solution. Do not use any type of – A disc that has a non-standard shape (e.g.,
First three Cause and/or corrective abrasive pad, scouring powder or solvent card, heart).
characters of action such as alcohol or benzine. – A disc with a label or sticker on it.
the service – A disc that has cellophane tape or sticker
number
About repairing the hard disk drive adhesive on it.
C 13 There is a problem in the • It may be necessary to access data stored on
HDD. the hard disk for testing purposes; there is
, Contact your nearest
no intention to copy or store the data, titles
Sony dealer or local or any other information.
authorized service • If replacement or initialization (format) is
facility.
required, the hard disk will be formatted at
The DVD is dirty. our discretion. In this case, please note that
, Clean the disc with a soft
all of the contents recorded there will be
cloth.
erased (including any data found to violate
C 31 The DVD/CD is not inserted copyright law).
correctly.
, Re-insert the disc On cleaning discs, disc/lens cleaners
correctly.
Do not use a commercially available
E XX To prevent a malfunction, the cleaning disc or disc/lens cleaner (wet or
(xx is a number) recorder has performed the spray type). These may cause the recorder
self-diagnosis function. to malfunction.
, Contact your nearest
Sony dealer or local
authorized Sony service
facility and give the five-
character service number.
Example: E 61 10

104 105

Inputs and outputs Supplied accessories: b Note

Specifications LINE 2 OUT
(AUDIO): Phono jack/2 Vrms/10 kilohms
Mains lead (1)
Aerial cable (1)
Normally, only one piece of equipment can be
connected to this recorder by the i.LINK cable (DV
connecting cable). When connecting this recorder
(VIDEO): Phono jack/1.0 Vp-p Remote commander (remote) (1) to i.LINK-compatible equipment having two or
System
(S VIDEO): 4-pin mini DIN/Y: 1.0 Vp-p, R6 (size AA) batteries (2) more i.LINK jacks (DV jacks), see the instruction
Laser: Semiconductor laser
C: 0.3 Vp-p (PAL) Specifications and design are subject to manual of the equipment to be connected.
Channel coverage:
LINE 2 IN change without notice.
PAL (B/G, D/K, I)
(AUDIO): Phono jack/2 Vrms/more than
VHF: E2 to E12, R1 to R12, Italian A 22 kilohms Compatible colour systems About the name “i.LINK”
to H, Ireland A to J, South Africa 4 to (VIDEO): Phono jack/1.0 Vp-p This recorder is designed to record using the
13 i.LINK is a more familiar term for IEEE 1394
(S VIDEO): 4-pin mini DIN/Y: 1.0 Vp-p, PAL colour system and play back using the
UHF: E21 to E69, R21 to R69, B21 to data transport bus proposed by SONY, and is
C: 0.3 Vp-p (PAL) PAL or NTSC colour systems.
B69 a trademark approved by many corporations.
LINE 1 – TV: 21-pin For French RDR-HX520 and RDR-HX920 IEEE 1394 is an international standard
CATV: S01 to S05, S1 to S20 CVBS IN/OUT models only standardized by the Institute of Electrical and
HYPER: S21 to S41 S-Video/RGB OUT (upstream) The signals of the SECAM colour system can Electronics Engineers.
LINE 3/DECODER: 21-pin be received or recorded but played back in the
SECAM (L) (for French RDR-HX520 CVBS IN/OUT PAL colour system only. Recording of video
and RDR-HX920 models only) S-Video/RGB IN sources based on other colour systems cannot i.LINK baud rate
VHF: F2 to F10 (RGB signals cannot be recorded, except be guaranteed.
UHF: F21 to F69 with French RDR-HX520 and RDR- i.LINK’s maximum baud rate varies
CATV: France B to Q HX920 models.) according to the equipment. Three maximum
HYPER: S21 to S41 S-Video OUT (downstream) baud rates are defined:
Decoder About i.LINK S100 (approx. 100 Mbps*)
DV IN: 4-pin/i.LINK S100 S200 (approx. 200 Mbps)
The above channel coverage merely ensures
DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL): Phono jack/ S400 (approx. 400 Mbps)
the channel reception within these ranges. It The DV IN jack on this recorder is i.LINK-
Additional Information

does not guarantee the ability to receive
signals in all circumstances. For details, see
“Receivable channels” (page 84).
Video reception: Frequency synthesizer
system
Audio reception: Split carrier system
Aerial out: 75-ohm asymmetrical aerial
socket
Timer: Clock: Quartz locked/Timer
indication: 24-hour cycle (digital)/Power
back-up duration: 1 hour
Video recording format: MPEG-2,
MPEG-1
Audio recording format/applicable bit
rate: Dolby Digital 2 ch
256 kbps/128 kbps (in EP and SLP
mode)
106
0.5 Vp-p/75 ohms compliant for digital video cameras. This The baud rate is listed under “Specifications”
COMPONENT VIDEO OUT section describes the i.LINK standard and its in the instruction manual of each equipment.
(Y, PB/CB, PR/CR): features. It is also indicated near the i.LINK jack on
Phono jack/Y: 1.0 Vp-p, PB/CB: 0.7 Vp-p, some equipment.
PR/CR: 0.7 Vp-p What is i.LINK? The maximum baud rate of equipment on
i.LINK is a digital serial interface for which it is not indicated such as this unit is
General handling digital video, digital audio and other “S100.”
Power requirements: 220-240 V AC, 50/ data in two directions between equipment When units are connected to equipment
60 Hz having the i.LINK jack, and for controlling having a different maximum baud rate, the
Power consumption: other equipment. baud rate sometimes differs from the
RDR-HX520: 42 W i.LINK-compatible equipment can be indicated baud rate.
connected by a single i.LINK cable. Possible * What is Mbps?
RDR-HX720/HX722/HX920: 44 W
applications are operations and data Mbps stands for megabits per second, or the
Dimensions (approx.):
transactions with various digital AV amount of data that can be sent or received in one
430 × 65 × 328 mm (width/height/ equipment. When two or more i.LINK- second. For example, a baud rate of 100 Mbps
depth) incl. projecting parts means that 100 megabits of data can be sent in
compatible equipment are connected to this
Hard disk drive capacity: one second.
recorder in a daisy chain, operations and data
RDR-HX520: 80 GB transactions are possible with not only the
RDR-HX720/HX722: 160 GB equipment that this recorder is connected to
RDR-HX920: 250 GB but also with other devices via the directly
Mass (approx.): 4.2 kg connected equipment.
Operating temperature: 5ºC to 35ºC Note, however, that the method of operation
Operating humidity: 25% to 80% sometimes varies according to the
characteristics and specifications of the
equipment to be connected, and that
operations and data transactions are
sometimes not possible on some connected
equipment.
,continued 107

1-26
 i.LINK functions on this Guide to Parts and Controls
recorder
For more information, see the pages in parentheses.
For details on how to dub when this recorder
is connected to other video equipment having
DV jacks, see page 77.
Remote
The DV jack on this recorder can only input
J TV/DVD button (17)
DVC-SD signals. It cannot output signals.
The DV jack will not accept MICRO MV K TOP MENU button (52)
signals from equipment such as a MICRO 1 2 3 L CHAPTER MARK button (67)
MV digital video camera with an i.LINK
jack.
4 5 6 CHAPTER MARK ERASE button
For further precautions, see the notes on 7 8 9 (67)
page 77. 0
M SYSTEM MENU button (80, 83)
For details on precautions when connecting TITLE LIST button (29, 52, 64)
this recorder, also see the instruction manuals TIMER button (42, 44)
for the equipment to be connected.
N TIMER LIST button (47)
O DISPLAY button (31)
Required i.LINK cable
P </M/m/,/ENTER button (20)
Use the Sony i.LINK 4-pin-to-4-pin cable
Q O RETURN button (47)
(during DV dubbing).
i.LINK and are trademarks. R OPTIONS button (38)
S (instant replay)/ (instant

Additional Information
advance) buttons (29, 59)
T ./> (previous/next) buttons
(54)
U mc / CM (search/slow/
freeze frame) buttons (54)
V H (play) button (52)
X (pause) button (54)
x (stop) button (52)
The H button has a tactile dot*.
A HDD button (27)
DVD button (27) W TIME/TEXT button (31)
B [/1 (on/standby) button (20) X z REC button (27)
x REC STOP button (27)
C Z (open/close) button (27)
c z SYNCHRO REC button (49)
D PROG (programme) +/– buttons (27) REC MODE button (27)
Y TV 2 (volume) +/– buttons (17)
The + button has a tactile dot*.
E Number buttons (44, 58)
The number 5 button has a tactile dot*. Z TV [/1 (on/standby) button (17)

F INPUT SELECT button (51, 77) wj TV PROG (programme) +/– buttons

(17)
G AUDIO button (54) The + button has a tactile dot*.
The AUDIO button has a tactile dot*.
wk TV t button (17)
H SUBTITLE button (54)
* Use the tactile dot as a reference when operating
I MENU button (52) the recorder.
108 ,continued 109

Front panel Front panel display

HDD DVD SMARTLINK

DVD NICAM
VCD TV

A HDD/DVD indicators • Clock

A [/1 (on/standby) button (20)
B Front panel display (111)
C Disc tray (27)
D A (open/close) button (27)
E TIMER REC indicator (42)
SYNCHRO REC indicator (49)
F H (play) button (52)
G x (stop) button (52)
H (remote sensor) (17)
Displays the selected media and the • Programme position
K HDD button/indicator (27) • TV Direct Rec indication (27):
playing/recording status.
DVD button/indicator (27) “TV” appears in the right most two
B Dubbing direction indicator digits.
L DV IN jack (77)
C SMARTLINK indicator (14) E NICAM indicator (41)
M ONE-TOUCH DUB button (79)
D Displays the following: F TV indicator (27)
N PROGRAM +/– buttons (27)
• Playing time/remaining time
The + button has a tactile dot*. • Current title/chapter/track/index G Disc type*
O INPUT SELECT button (49, 77) number H (angle) indicator (52)
• Recording time/recording mode
P REC MODE button (27)
Q LINE 2 IN (S VIDEO/VIDEO/ * Displays DATA CDs as “CD.”
L(MONO) AUDIO R) jacks (22)
Additional Information

I z REC button (27) z Hint

You can turn off the front panel display when the recorder is turned off by setting “Dimmer” to “Save
* Use the tactile dot as a reference when operating
J x REC STOP button (27) Power” in the “Others” setup (page 96).
the recorder.

Rear panel

A AERIAL IN/OUT jacks (12) E COMPONENT VIDEO OUT (Y, PB/

B DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL) jack (15) CB, PR/CR) jacks (13)

C LINE 2 OUT (R-AUDIO-L/VIDEO) F LINE 3/DECODER jack (13)

jacks (13, 15) G AC IN terminal (16)
D LINE 2 OUT (S VIDEO) jack (13) H LINE 1 – TV jack (13)

110 111

1-27
 Language Code List
For details, see page 95.
The language spellings conform to the ISO 639: 1988 (E/F) standard.

Code Language Code Language Code Language Code Language

1027 Afar 1183 Irish 1347 Maori 1507 Samoan
1028 Abkhazian 1186 Scots Gaelic 1349 Macedonian 1508 Shona
1032 Afrikaans 1194 Galician 1350 Malayalam 1509 Somali
1039 Amharic 1196 Guarani 1352 Mongolian 1511 Albanian
1044 Arabic 1203 Gujarati 1353 Moldavian 1512 Serbian
1045 Assamese 1209 Hausa 1356 Marathi 1513 Siswati
1051 Aymara 1217 Hindi 1357 Malay 1514 Sesotho
1052 Azerbaijani 1226 Croatian 1358 Maltese 1515 Sundanese
1053 Bashkir 1229 Hungarian 1363 Burmese 1516 Swedish
1057 Byelorussian 1233 Armenian 1365 Nauru 1517 Swahili
1059 Bulgarian 1235 Interlingua 1369 Nepali 1521 Tamil
1060 Bihari 1239 Interlingue 1376 Dutch 1525 Telugu
1061 Bislama 1245 Inupiak 1379 Norwegian 1527 Tajik
1066 Bengali; 1248 Indonesian 1393 Occitan 1528 Thai
Bangla 1253 Icelandic 1403 (Afan)Oromo 1529 Tigrinya
1067 Tibetan 1254 Italian 1408 Oriya 1531 Turkmen
1070 Breton 1257 Hebrew 1417 Punjabi 1532 Tagalog
1079 Catalan 1261 Japanese 1428 Polish 1534 Setswana
1093 Corsican 1269 Yiddish 1435 Pashto; 1535 Tonga
1097 Czech 1283 Javanese Pushto 1538 Turkish
1103 Welsh 1287 Georgian 1436 Portuguese 1539 Tsonga
1105 Danish 1297 Kazakh 1463 Quechua 1540 Tatar
1109 German 1298 Greenlandic 1481 Rhaeto- 1543 Twi
1130 Bhutani 1299 Cambodian Romance 1557 Ukrainian
1142 Greek 1300 Kannada 1482 Kirundi 1564 Urdu
1144 English 1301 Korean 1483 Romanian 1572 Uzbek
1145 Esperanto 1305 Kashmiri 1489 Russian 1581 Vietnamese
1149 Spanish 1307 Kurdish 1491 Kinyarwanda 1587 Volap k
1150 Estonian 1311 Kirghiz 1495 Sanskrit 1613 Wolof
1151 Basque 1313 Latin 1498 Sindhi 1632 Xhosa
1157 Persian 1326 Lingala 1501 Sangho 1665 Yoruba
1165 Finnish 1327 Laothian 1502 Serbo- 1684 Chinese
1166 Fiji 1332 Lithuanian Croatian 1697 Zulu
1171 Faroese 1334 Latvian; 1503 Singhalese
1174 French Lettish 1505 Slovak
1181 Frisian 1345 Malagasy 1506 Slovenian 1703 Not specified

Area Code
For details, see page 94.
Code Area Code Area Code Area Code Area
2044 Argentina 2165 Finland 2362 Mexico 2149 Spain
2047 Australia 2174 France 2376 Netherlands 2499 Sweden
2046 Austria 2109 Germany 2390 New Zealand 2086 Switzerland
2057 Belgium 2248 India 2379 Norway 2528 Thailand
2070 Brazil 2238 Indonesia 2427 Pakistan 2184 United
2079 Canada 2254 Italy 2424 Philippines Kingdom
2090 Chile 2276 Japan 2436 Portugal
2092 China 2304 Korea 2489 Russia
2115 Denmark 2363 Malaysia 2501 Singapore

112

1-28E
 RDR-HX520/HX525/HX720/HX722/
SECTION 2 HX725/HX727/HX920/HX925
DISASSEMBLY
NOTE: The following flow chart shows the disassembly procedure.

Set

Case block
assembly
(Page 2-2)

Tray cover assembly Front panel section HDD DVD drive RD-060 board D.C. fan
(Page 2-2) (Page 2-3) (Page 2-4) (Page 2-4) (Page 2-6) (Page 2-7)

FR-240 board,
Power supply block AV-103 board
FL-159 board
(Page 2-6) (Page 2-5)
(Page 2-3)

2-1
NOTE: Follow the disassembly procedure in the numerical order given.
2-1. CASE BLOCK ASSEMBLY

2 Three tapping screws

(+BV 3 x 8)

3 Case block assembly

1 Two tapping screws

2-2. TRAY COVER ASSEMBLY

Hole

3 Two claws

1 The stiff wire

4 Tray cover assembly 2 Open the tray

2-2
2-3. FRONT PANEL SECTION

1 Four claws

2 Three claws
3 Front panel section

2-4. FR-240 BOARD, FL-159 BOARD

3 Connector
(CN3101)

9 FL-159 board

7 Three tapping screws

(+BV 3 x 8)

(CN3102)

(CN3001)

1 Flexible flat cable

(FAR-004) (CN3003)
2 Connector
(CN3005)
4 Flexible flat cable
8 FL cover (FLR-007)

5 Three tapping screws

(+BV 3 x 8) 6 FR-240 board

2-3
2-5. HDD
4 Four screws 5 Tapping screw
(+BV 3 x 8) qa Four tapping screws qs Lead
(HDD damper screw)
(6-3UNCX5)
q; Harness
(PH077)
7 Two dampers

8
qd HDD bracket

9 Connector 6 Two dampers

2 Connector
3 Connector (CN1)

qf HDD

1 The wire pin that holds

the harness is set up.

2-6. DVD DRIVE

4 Four tapping screws
6 Two Non-HALOGENE tapes
(+BV 3 x 8)
7 Flexible flat cable
2 Connector (FRD-010)
(CN2) 9 DVD drive

5 Remove the DVD section

in the direction of the arrow.

8 Harness (PD-138)

3 Flexible flat cable

(FRD-010) (CN101)

1 The wire pin that holds

the harness is set up.

2-4
2-7. AV-103 BOARD

2 Connector
(CN103)

1 The wire pin that holds

the harness is set up. 3 The wire pin that holds
the harness is set up.

5 The wire pin that holds

4 Connector the harness is set up.
(CN701) 6 Flexible flat cable
(FAR-004) (CN602)

qd Panel rear,
D.C fan qa Eight tapping screws
(+BV 3 x 10)

qf Five tapping screws

(+BV 3 x 8)

7 Connector
(CN3)

8 Connector qs Screw
(CN601) (+B 3 x 3)

qf Remove the AV-103 board

in the direction of the arrow.

9 Flexible flat cable

(FRA-003) (CN501)

q; Flexible flat cable

(FRA-005) (CN502)

2-5
2-8. POWER SUPPLY BLOCK

4 Four tapping screws

(+BV 3 x 8)

5 Remove the Power supply block

in the direction of the arrow. 3 Tapping screw
(+BV 3 x 10)

2 Connector
(CN3)

1 Connector
(CN2)

2-9. RD-060 BOARD

9 Four tapping screws

(+BV 3 x 8)

q; RD-060 board

8 Connector 4 Flexible flat cable

(CN203) (FRA-003) (CN604)
3 Flexible flat cable
(FRA-005) (CN603)
2 Flexible flat cable
(FRA-004) (CN602)

7 Flexible flat cable

(FRD-010) (CN101) 1 The wire pin that holds
6 Connector 5 Connector the harness is set up.
(CN601) (CN701)

2-6
2-10. D.C. FAN

4 Remove the D.C. fan

in the direction of the arrow.

2 Connector
(CN103)

3 Two tapping screws

(+BV 3 x 10)

1 The wire pin that holds

the harness is set up.

2-7
2-11. CIRCUIT BOARDS LOCATION
Power supply block

AV-103 board

FL-159 board

FR-240 board RD-060 board

2-8E
 RDR-HX520/HX525/HX720/HX722/
SECTION 3 HX725/HX727/HX920/HX925
BLOCK DIAGRAMS

3-1. OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAM

C J702

AV-103 BOARD Y
LINE 2 OUT
Y C

S VIDEO VIDEO AUDIO L AUDIO R

IC702
VIDEO AMP SELECTOR
TU401
J703
AERIAL TUNER TU VIDEO V,C,Y
TUDV COMDONGNT VIDEO OUT
IN Y,CB,CR
Y - CB - CR

OUT
RECVY,RECCCR
AUDIO
IC1401 J301

SIF EURO MSP 6 DIGITAL OUT

COAXIAL RD-060 BOARD

X1401 Y,C,Y/G,CR/R,CB/B
TU SCL,TU SDA 18.432MHz
RECVY,RECCCR IDE D0-D15

DVD
FL-159 IC803 Y,R/C ADE A0-A4
UNIT
2
VIDEO 7
Y,C,Y/G,CR/R,CB/B

J3001
BOARD (1/2) Y2
SELECTOR

AT2 DATA[0-15]
HT +/-
LINE 2 IN
C2
SPDIFO
IC201 HR +/-
Y C
12 HDD DRIVE
S VIDEO
HDD
VIDEO
V2 IC302 UNIT
DDATA[0-31]
DAL,DAR AOUT L +/-,AOUT R +/- AODATAI

AUDIO L L2 AIN L +/-,AIN R +/-

IC803 ADATAO
(MONO) 2 DADRS[0-12]
TUL,TUR
AUDIO
ADC/DAC 6
IC105,106
R2 IC802 MUTING 768FSCHG 256Mbit
AUDIO R 384FS48K DDR
10
AUDIO
SELECTOR
6
DAL,DAR
IC202,203 UNSW4V IC606
AMP RESET IC103
20 RISM3
OUT
V1

CN802 SCLK[0],RX[O]
IC605 HDATA[0-15]
LINE1-TV V/Y OUT RISMSTATUS2
AVLINK
AND GATE
XSYSRST IC501
L1,R1 FLASH MEMORY
(128Mbit)

L1,R1 OUT
1

IC604 TX[0]

20 XPAMUTE AND GATE 3

V3

TU SCL,TU SDA
R.G.B IC502
SUPER AND
CN801 9
2 MEMORY
LINE3/DECODE V/Y,C OUT (128Mbit)
IC605 X801
IC802 FSEL HADRS[6-31]

L3,R3 27MHz PLL HCS[0]

REAL TIME 3
CLOCK
L3,R3 OUT VMCLK PHYDO[0-7]
A768 FS48K
A768 FS441K
1
X603
IC604 32,76kHz

EEP ROM

FR-240 BOARD (1/2) IC3002 IC606

REMOTE COMMANDER RECEIVER RESET
5V IC603 IC301
CLOCK.SYNC
AVLINK VIDEO
IT CONTROL DECODER
FUNCTION BUFFER
KEY UNSW6V
IC701
*1 PHY
HDD,DVD
TIMER REC
IC601
SYNCHRO REC P FAIL DET
IC3001
LED DRIVE 24,576MHz

SW5V

UNSW4V
POWER X602
10MHz UNSW3V
D101
4
FLUORESCENT IC3101
INDICATOR TUBE
FLD DRIVE
SWITCHING REGULATOR
FR-159 BOARD (2/2) (SRV-1855EK) D101 TPA+/-,TPB+/-
RECT DV IN

SW12V

UNSW4V
F101
AC IN FL-240 BOARD (2/2)
4
1 IC1102 SW5V POWER
G LINK
2
UNSW12V
UNSW12V REGULATOR
UNSW6V
UNSW6V
IC1103 UNSW-8V
UNSW-8V *1 HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925
*2 16MHz *2 HX525/HX725/HX727/HX925

FAN

3-1 3-2
RDR-HX520/HX525/HX720/HX722/
HX725/HX727/HX920/HX925

3-2. AV-103 BLOCK DIAGRAM

AV-103 BOARD IC702 WIDE SELI 37 C

J702
VIDEO AMP CVBS OUT 31 V
SELECTOR Y Y C
LINE 2 OUT
C
C OUT 29 G G S VIDEO
Y
S-Y OUT 27 V
45 CVBS1
Y2 IN
VIDEO
59 Y3 Y
C2 IN C-Y OUT 25
38 C3 L
V2 IN CB AUDIO L
49 CVBS3 Cb OUT 23
TU401
AERIAL CR R
Cr OUT 21 AUDIO R
C Q707
11 C IN
Q401,403 Q702,705
TU VIDEO SYNCIN Y
VIDEO Y Q708
IN VIDEO 17 TU DV 14 S-Y IN SLICE OUT 80 SYNC SEP CVIN1
BUFFER CB J703
IC1401 Y/G Q709
16 C-Y IN Y/CVBS 2
RECVY CR
COMDONGNT VIDEO OUT
OUT EURO MSP
CB/B Q710 RECCCR CR - CB - Y
18 Cb IN C/Cr 6
AUDIO OUT 6 43 MONO IN Q313 J702
Q1401,1402 TU L Q711 VSYNC COAXIAL
CR/R 20 Cr IN VSYNC OUT 65
SC1 OUT L 31 DIGITAL OUT
SIF 7 2 ANA IN+
TU R
SC1 OUT R 30 HDET
VDET1 OUT 68
SCL 9 12 SCL
XTAL IN 5 47 CVBS2 SYNCRO DET FSW FSW
SDA 10 13 SDA X1401 VDET2 OUT 75 21
18.432MHz TO/FROM
TU SDA

XTAL OUT 6 L3RC RECR

TU SCL

DY AD 19
57 Y2 XP VMUTE RD-060 BOARD
MUTE 19 L3G RECG (CN602)
17
L3RC L3B RECB
36 C2 TU SCL 15 (SEE PAGE 3-5)
SCLOCK 70
RECVY
Q405,407 13
TU G MAX TU SDA RECCCR
AGC SDATA 71
AGC 11 CONT TU AUTOP 11
C TO/FROM
9
TU AFT RD-060 BOARD
AFT 16 Y
7 (CN604)
CB/B
5 (SEE PAGE 3-5)
Y/G
3
TU SCL CR/R
46 SCL CVBS/YOUT 14 1 Note : CN501 is 21 Pin : *1
L3RC CN501 CN501 is 13 Pin : *2
TU SDA R/C 18
J3001

AUOUTR

AUOUTL
47 SDA
ALL MUTE 41
LINE 2 IN L3G CN501 SPDIFO
G 20 14
12 TU CVBS L3B 2
B 22 AOUTR-
DA-R 1 21
VIN 1 EU INT 3
24 L1 CVBS/Y INT 45 20 AOUTR+
CN3005 VIN 3
Y2 IN FSW
2 2 38 AUX CVBS/Y FSW 52 5
Q807,808 AOUTL+
C2 IN DA-L 7 18
Y C 4 4 RIN 6 AOUTL-
S VIDEO 40 AUX R/C PARALLEL 7 SWITCH 17
S2 SW
1 1
BI
44 AUX B AINL-
VIDEO GIN
42 AUX G
IC302 27
AINL+
V2 IN 26
6 6 COMPARATOR AINR+
L2 IN BLANKING IN BLANKING OUT 24
8 8 51 FB L1 FB OUT 50
AUDIO L AINR-
R2 IN 23
(MONO) 10 10 FUNCTION SW IN V/Y OUT3 TO/FROM
Q309,310 MUTING XITRST5 XITRST5
31 FS2 CVBS/YOUT 36 UNSW12V 13 RD-060 BOARD
CN701 ITSCK5 ITSCK5 CN603
V/Y OUT1 12
AUDIO R CVBS/YOUT 32

FL-159 Y
2 ENC Y R/C OUT 28
R/C OUT Q305,309,311
POWER MUTE
ITREQ5
ITSDI5
11
10
ITSEQ5
ITSDI5
(SEE PAGE 3-5)

BOARD C
4 ENC C G OUT 29
G OUT

BO
D303
SWITCH ITSDO5

8
9 ITSDO5
RISM STATUS5-1

(1/2) CR/R
6 ENC R B OUT 30
CO
7
RISM STATUS5-2
Y/G
8 ENC G C OUT AUX 34
Q306,308,312
6
RISM RTS 0
*1 HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727
POWER MUTE
CB/B
10 ENC B FS AUX 3
SWITCH
NISE TX TX 2
*2 HX520:AEP1,2,UK/HX525/HX720/HX722
D304 3
XP AMUTE NISE RX RX 2
IC803 FS L1 5
DIAG
2
DIAG
ASW6
ASW5
ASW4
ASW3
ASW2
ASW1 1
VIDEO
SELECTOR *1 CN502
XRMUTE FROM
1 RD-060 BOARD
11 13 15 17 21 23 XLMUTE
2 (SEE PAGE 3-5) FOR CHECK
20 V IN 1 1 2 3 6 7 8 9 10 11

DIAG
TX
RX
XIT PST
CNVSS
M2
SH TXD2
SH RXD2
CEVISCK5
20
V/Y OUT 1
19
BLANKING OUT
16
R/C OUT
15

CN905 11
G OUT
AV LINK
IC802
10 AUDIO ASW1 3
LINE 1-TV FUNCTION SW OUT SELECTOR ITREQ5

TU SLC

TU SDA
8
7
BO/CI ASW2 4 IC605 53 XCE IT REQ 18

A(L) IN 1 RIAL TIME CLOCK 8 CNVSS RISM STATUS2 23

6 ASW3 7
A(L) OUT 1
3 SCL 4 ITSDI5
A(R) IN 1 ASW4 8 28 SCL2 IT SOUT 38
2
A(R) OUT 1 ITSDO5
1 1 ASW5 15
SDA 5 29 SDA2 IT SW 39
ITSCK5
ASW6 16 CLKOUT 3 9 XCIN IT SCLK 40

TU L RISM RTS0
20 V IN 3 1 TU L IN XVDCC 7 11 XRESET MONITOR 41
41
V/Y OUT 3 TU R
40 2 TU R IN FS L1 IN 27 XINTR 10 17 XINT2 RISM STATUS1 45
37
BLANKING IN
L2 IN
IC202 TH601
R IN 13 L2 L IN FS AUX IN 30 AMP OND0 1
36 12 13
G IN R2 IN 6

LINE 3/DECODE
32
29
FUNCTION SW IN BI
14 L2 R IN AD L OUT 18
5
7 AINL- IC603 EEP SDA IC604
A(L) IN1 66 5 SDA
BI/CO 26 L1 L IN X603 IT CONTROL
28 32,76kHz EEPR011
A(L) IN 3 A(R) IN1 EEP SCL 67 6 SCL
27 25 L1 R IN 2 1
A(L) OUT 3 AD R OUT 17 AINR-
24 3 XEEP WP 68 7 WP
A(R) IN 3 A(L) IN3
23 29 AUX L IN
6
A(R) OUT A(R) IN3 FUNCTION SW OUT 7 AINL+ 109 SYNCIN XOUT 12
1 22 28 AUX R IN FS L1 OUT 19 5
113 CVIN 1 X602
L1 R OUT 22 A(R) OUT1 10MHz
2
1 AINR+ VSYNC
DA L A(L) OUT1 3 80 SYNC V1 XIN 14
5 DA L IN L1 L OUT 23

DA R A(R) OUT3
6 DA R IN AUX R OUT 31 IC203 52 HDET 1
A(L) OUT3
AMP 58 SYNCRO DET
IC606
AUX L OUT 32
RESET
61 XP VMUTE
IT XRST 20 2 INA
EU INT XITRST5
82 XINT3 OUT 4
1 INB
FSW
100 AN3
IC601
56 XP AMUTE P FAIL DET
UNSW6V
Q611-Q615
HX525/HX725/HX727/HX925 AVLINK
27 AVLINK OUT P FAIL 51 1 VOUT VDD 2
BUFFER
3 AVLINK IN LED STB 94

IC1102 TU AUTOP
84 AUTO PRESET LED XRESET 93
LED STB
CN1102 11
SIRCS
104 TU G MAX SIRCSIN 2 LED RST
SH RXD2 9
7 30 RXD1 XOUT 11 DATA SIRCS
SH TXD2 X1101 116 TU AFT1 FLD DATA 4 6
6 29 TXD1 16MHz DIM LED DIM
XCE CLK 4
XIN 13
NOT USE 5
CNVSS
9 XCOUT 92 S2SW FLD CLK 6 CLK
10
LED CK
4 7 CNVSS IR INT DATA LED DT TO/FROM
74 BS BST CONT DIM 8
XIR RST DIMMER 21 FR-240 BOARD
3 10 XRESET IR INT FLD STB (CN3003)
IDU 33 IR BUSY 12
73 BS BIT SW FLD STB 95 KEY0 (SEE PAGE 3-6)
IR BUSY 13
IC1103 TA3IN 21 STB RXD
43 RXD KEY0 96 14
KEY1
Q1104 STB RXD
J1101 1 CLKS1 28 STB TXD KEY2
4 26 RXD1 42 TXD 15
2 STB TXD KEY1 97 CN602
G LINK 24 W CLK1 27 RESET 5V
77
KEY2 98
RESET15V

*2

3-3 3-4
 RDR-HX520/HX525/HX720/HX722/
HX725/HX727/HX920/HX925

3-3. RD-060 BLOCK DIAGRAM

RD-060 BOARD FR-240 BOARD FR-159 BOARD(2/2)

5V

*2 CN604 3
1 VOUT VCC 2
RECVY Q607 RECVY
1 AE3 YIN AT1DATA0
RECCCR
3
Q606 RECCR
AE5 CIN IDE D0-D15 IC3002 IC3101
18 FLD DRIVE
AT1DATA15 REMOTE COMMANDER
33 SIRCS
COUT 10 RECIEVER
C Q601 ND3001
5 AD10 COUT C6,C7 FLD STB
AT1 ADRO,ADR1 35 4 3 6 9 STB SG1 14 FLD
ADE A0-A4
D6,D7 LED DAT
ADR2,CSO,CS1 8 4 5 7 DIN SG16 29
Y Q602 YOUT
TO/FROM 7 AE9 YOUT B6 DVD LED CK
38 6 2 7 8 CLK
AV-103 BOARD GR1 31
IDE RST 5V
(CN501) CB/B Q603 BOUT
AT1RESET E2 1 UNIT Q3002
AD8 IDE DREQ HDD GR12 42
9 BOUT
(SEE PAGE 3-4) AT1DMARQ B4 21 D3004
IDE W 8 DATA P3 1
AT1DIOW A4 23 D3005
Y/G
11
Q604 GOUT
AE7 GOUT IDE R 9 CLK P4 2 DVD
AT1DIOR D5 25 TO/FROM Q3001
LED STB D3003 TIMER REC
IDE IORDY AV-103 BOARD 5 10 XSTB P1 12
AT1IORDY C5 27
CR/R Q605 ROUT (CN602) LED RST D3002
13 AD6 ROUT IDE DACK 7 11 XCLR P2 13
AT1DMACK B5 29
(SEE PAGE 3-4) SYNCHRD REC
IDE INT
AT1INTRQ A5 31
CR/R
21
CN101 IC3001
Y/G LED DRIVE
19
CB/B Y2 REC656I0
17 52-50 REC656[1-7] AT2DATA[0] LED DIM
16 VI 3A 1-3 H DD0 HT+ 12
Y 5-7 TX P 32 2 KEY 0
15 47-43 AT2DATA[0-15] 3 1 1
C Y9 REC656I7 10-15 HT- HDD
TO/FROM 13 REC656H TX M 31 3 KEY 1
7 VI 2A AT2DATA[15] 61-64 H DD15 2 CN3001 CN3102
AV-103 BOARD RECCCR HS 72 AC13 REC656H HR- S3101
CN501 11 REC656V AT2RESET RX M 28 4 UNIT KEY 2
1 POWER
VS 73 AB13 REC656V AT2RESET M1 16 H RESET N HR+
RECVY R656CLKI AT2CS[1] RX P 27 5
(SEE PAGE 3-4) 9 DATACLK 40 AE15 R656CLKI AT2CS 1 E1 47
S3012-S3014 S3006-S3009 S3001-S3005
RECB H CS N1
7 1 VI 1B SDCL[0] AT2CS[0] CN203 DVD, HDD, OPEN/CLOSE, CH+ PLAY, REC STOP,
SCL 28 L21 CDCL0 AT2CS 0 F4 48 H CS N0
RECG SDA[0] AT2ADR[2] INPUT SELECT CH-, REC MODE REC, STOP, DUB
5 8 VI 2B SDA 29 K25 SDA0 AT2ADR 2 F3 49 H DA 2
RECR AT2ADR[1]
3 17 VI 3B AT2ADR 1 F1 50 H DA 1
FSW XEYSRST AT2ADR[0]
35 FSS RESETB 34
1 AT2ADR 0 F2
AT2TNTRQ
51 H DA 0 IC201
CN602 AT2TNTRQ G4 53 H INTRQ HDD DRIVE
AT2DMACK
AT2DMACK G3 54 H DMACK
AT2IORDY TPA+
2 4
*1 IC103 AT2IORDY G2
AT2DIOR
55 H IORDY
3
TPA-
3
CN3004
AT2DIOR G1 58 H DIOR N
AT2DIOW TPB- DV IN
AT2DIOW H4 59 H DIOW N RSTN 17 4 2
AT2DMARQ TPB+
AT2DMARQ H3 60 H DMARQ 5 1
CN3005
IC803
AUDIO ADC/DAC
IC701 LF701
AINL- AODATAI PHY TPA+
1 25 AINL- CDCD 8 P3 AODATAI 8,9 D0 TPA1P 46 2
AINL+ PHYDIO 0 TPA-
2 24 AINL+ PHYDIO[0-7] 11,12 TPA1N 45 3
AINR+ AOBCKI 14,15
4 26 AINR+ ADCBC 6 P4 AOBCKI PHYDIO 7 TPB+
17,18 D7 TPB1P 44 4
AINR- AOLRCKI PHYSCLK TPB-
5 27 AINR- ALCLR 5 T1 AOLRCKI 2 SCLK TPB1N 43 5
PHYSCLK W3
PHYCTL 0 PHYCTL 0 XO 22 CN701
Y1 5 CTL0
AOUTR- ADATAO X701
7 16 AOUTR- DACD 12 N4 ADATAO PHYCTL 1 V4 PHYCTL 1 6 CTL1
ALRCKO 27,576MHz
AOUTR+ PHYLPS XI 23
8 15 AOUTR+ DACLR 9 P2 LRCKO PHYLPS W2 59 LPS
AOUTL+ RTS[1] PHYLREQ RESET B 35
10 17 AOUTL+ ZFLANL 4 A23 RTS1 PHYLREQ U1 63 LREQ
AOUTL- SCLK[1] ACLKI
11 18 AOUTL- CL 2 C19
DI 1 TX[1]
B21 TX1
768FSCHG RX[1]
11 DACMC CE 28 C24 RX1
384FS48K ABCKO
7 ADCMC DACBCK 10 R3 BCKO DDATAO
ZFLANR 3 DDATA[0-31]
DDATA31
*2 *1
DADRS0
DADRS[0-12]
SPDIFO

DDAT[0-15]
14 R1 SPDIFO DADRS12
TO/FROM
AV-103 BOARD
XRMUTE
XLMUTE

(SEE PAGE 3-4)

DBA[0,1]
DBA0,DBA1 AE21,AD20

DDAT[16-31]
DDQS0
IC604 V25,U22 DDQS[0-3]
DDQS3 U25,T22
AND GATE
IC105,IC106
IT-SOUT5 TX[0] DDM0 U24,U21 DDM[0-3]
19 11 4Y 4A 12 D19 TXO 256Mbit DDR
RISM STATUS1 20 DDM3 T21,U23
4B 13
IT-REQ5 2,4,5,7 DQ0 2,4,5,7 DQ0
17 RISMSTATUS1
8 3Y 3A 9 C8 HDACKO 8,10,11,13 8,10,11,13
RISM RTS0
22 3B 10
IT-XRST5 54,56,57,59 54,56,57,59
15 ITREQ
IT-SIN5 3 1Y 1A 1 C20 CTSO 60,62,63,65 DQ15 60,62,63,65 DQ15
18
IT-SCLK5 1B 2 A0 XWE 21 A0 XWE 21
16 28-32 28-32
RISM STATUS2 RTS[0] XCAS 22 XCAS 22
21 6 2Y 2A 4 A24 RTSO 35-42 A12 35-42 A12
2B 5 XRAS 23 XRAS 23
26,27 BA0.1 26,27 BA0,1
CS 24 CS 24
16,51 LDQS,UDQS CK 45 16,51 LDSS,UDQ3 CK 45
TX[2] TX2 20,47 LDM,UDM XCK 46 20,47 LDM,UDM XCK 46
25
RX[2] RX2
DIAG
26
CTS2
IC606 DCLKNO AE24
27 RESET
UNSW 4V DCLKO AD24
CN603
1 OUT VDD 2 DCS AD22
DRAS AE23
R2 VCLKI
DCAS AD23

XSYSRST DWE AC23

1 1A 1Y 3 AE13 RESET
2 1B
H7-H10
RX[0] HDATA0 H22-H24
4 2A 2Y 6 D23 RXO G6,8-10
5 2B C25
F7
SCLK[0] E22-E25 I/O1-I/O16
9 3A 3Y 8 B20 SCLKO E10-E7
F22,24,25
10 3B D7,9,10
G23-G25
RISMSTATUS2 HADRS[19]
12 4A 4Y 11 C10 HCS5 HDATA15 D24,25 J3 CLE
HADRS[20]
13 4B K3 ALE IC501
NAND CS
HCS2 B9
INT[2]
K10 CE FLASH MEMORY
(128Mbit)
*1 HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925
INT2 L23 E4 R/R
IC605 HOE *2 HX520:AEP1,2,UK/HX525/HX720/HX722/HX725:AEP1,UK/HX727:AEP1
HDATA[0-15]

HOE B8 K9 RE
AND GATE HWS[0]
HWS0 A7 E3 WE
IC802 F4 DSE
PLL
HADRS[19,20]

FSEL 6 H25 FSEL

35-42
DQ0-DQ15
3 X1 IN 384FS48K 9 44-51
X801 768FSCHG 13
27MHz HADRS6 A10-A17
54,56,31
4 X2 OUT B11-B16
A768FS48K 1-12 A0-A24
768FS48K 7 N2 AMCLK1 C11-C16 HADRS[6-30]
A768FS441K
R4 AMCLK2
HADRS30 D11-D15
18-26 IC502
768FS441K 11
34 XOE SUPER AND
REF27M3 16 VMCLK
D22 VMCLK MEMORY
13 XWE (128Mbit)
14 XRESET
A22 TX2 HCS[0]
HCS0 C9 32 XCE
C22 RX2

D18 CTS2

TO XRMUTE
1
AV-103 BOARD
XLMUTE
(SEE PAGE 3-4) 2 XSYSRST
CN601

3-5 3-6
RDR-HX520/HX525/HX720/HX722/
HX725/HX727/HX920/HX925

3-4. POWER BLOCK DIAGRAM

SWITCHING REGULATOR RD-060 BOARD
(SRV-1858EK) IC601
1V REG
T101 L602 L601
SWITCHING SW 5V SW1V
F101 D101 TRANSFORMER
3 4 VIN SW 3
T3.15A MAIN RECT Q301 UNSW 4V
L 4 EN
D301 L301 12V REG D304 P301 2A UNSW 3V 1
AC IN
N VDEC 3.3V
6
5 IC501 IC502
IC101 1
SW12V P CONT
9 FLASH MEMORY
SUPER AND
Q302 MEMORY
OSC D303 12V REG
2 GND DVD CN601
IC602 (128Mbit) (256Mbit)
3 UNIT
SW5V 3.4V REG
IC301 4
Q303
PROTECT SW CN2
SW12V 4 VIN
SW3.4V
D106 L104 1 VOUT 5
L103 CONT
2 GND HDD
3
D501 L501
1 2
3
SW5V
UNIT IC202
IN OUT 4
IC701 1.8V REG IC201
VR501
4 IC502 CN3
2
UN8W12V DV INTERFACE HDD DRIVE
D107 6V ADJ 5V REG 8 SW5V 5 VIN VOUT 4
PC301
PHOTO COUPLER
9 IC606
P502 2A 6
IC501 7
UNSW6V RESET
L202
D201 L201 SHUNT REGULATOR P201 3.15A 10 L201
UNSW4V
12
P602 L601 P601 2A
14 UNSW-8V
D601 PCONT
15
D502 IC604 IC802 IC803
AND GATE PLL AUDIO
ADC/DAC

TU401

5V 5V 30V
IC605 HX520 : AEP3/HX725 : AEP3/
AV-103 BOARD 1 12 14
AND GATE HX727 : AEP3/HX920/HX925
L405 L406 L404

UNSW12V
2 D1401
IC402 IC401 IC301
SW5V 8
9
TU5V REG TU30V REG
IC302 VIDEO DECODER
L401 1.8V REG
UNSW6V 6
4 VIN VOUT 5 1 VIN
7 4 L302
CONT
UNSW4V 10 2
3 2 OSC 1 VIN VOUT
12 L403 3
UNSW-8V TU PCONT L301 L303
14
PCONT PCONT
15

IC1401 IC302 IC202,203 IC101

EURO MSP AUDIO AMP AUDIO AMP 3.3V REG

PCONT
UNSW3V
9
5 VIN VOUT 4 IC103 IC105
6 L1401 HX525/HX725/HX727/HX925 CONT
SW5V
UNSW4V
3
D101 SW5V-S
UNSW12V-A
Q304
SWA12V
1 RISM3 IC106
4 512Mbit DDRAM
UDEC3.3V
5 Q303
CN102 IC102 IC1102 IC1103 IC108 SW1V

3.3V REG IR CONTROL COMPARATOR SW3.4V

Q302 2.5V REG
PS103
UNSW-8V-A SWA-8V
3 VO VCC 2
Q301 8 VIN VOUT 1
CLT VA PCONT
1 CONT
VA PCONT 5
L101 L102

HX520 : AEP3/HX725 : AEP3/ IC109

16
HX727 : AEP3/HX920/HX925 IC303 CN502 3.3V REG
TU5V REG
IC603 5 VIN VOUT 4
IC107 UNSW6V A
5 IN OUT 4
SWA5V
IT CONTROL CONT
INSEL PCONT

FAN REG CTL 1

IC605 IC606 IC604
FAN SPEED
TU PCONT

VA PCONT
FAN CONT

FL PCONT

1
FAN DET
PCONT

FAN
REAL TIME RESET EEPROM
KEY0

FAN OUT SWA5V

1 1 VO VI 3 CLOCK 12
FAN DET 2 ADJ CTL 83 47 86 49 50 48 55 96 90 UN5V CN603
GND 2 4 IC104 5 FOR CHECK
FAN HI

3
CN601
TU5V REG Q601-Q605 Q606,607 HX520 : AEP3/HX725 : AEP3/
CN103
FAN CONT
L601
VIDEO BUFFER BUFFER HX727 : AEP3/HX920/HX925
UNSW5V-I 5 FR/SIRCS 5V CN604
FAN HI 2 VCC VO 4
Q101 7 6
FL POW L603
3
FAN DET
IC601 Q616
PS602
13
CN602
P FAIL
J301
DETECT
Q601

DIGITAL VCC PS102

2
OUT UNSW6V-I

IC802 IC803 FR-240 BOARD FR-159 BOARD

AUDIO VIDEO
SELECTOR SELECTOR
IC801 Q715
IC3002 IC3001 IC3001
UNSW5V-V VIDEO5V
5V REG 8
REMOTE COMMANDER LED DRIVE FLD DRIVER
CN501
L803 Q716 RECEIVER CN3102
4 VOUT VIN 6 11 FR 5V
INSEL PCONT 6 3
9
FL POW 6V
13 8 1
Q707-711 3
KEY 0
1 8
IC702 CN3003 CN3001 2
10
BUFFER
VIDE0 AMP
IC701 SELECTOR
Q3101,3102
3

1
-3.3V REG 4
Q801 D703 L702-L704
OSC ND3001
D3101-D3111
D704 6 7
UNSW-8V-V 2
-50 REG VEE VOUT 6 52 F2
L701 5 8 FLUORESCENT
CONT
INDICATOR TUBE
D801 1 5 9 D3112
1 F1

POWER T3101
DC/DC CONVERTER
TRANSFORMER

3-7 3-8E
 I

J
F

L
E

P
K
C
B
A

O
N
H
G
D

M
1
12V 1
GND 2 1 12V

GND 3 2 GND

l=290
5V 4 3 GND

l=300
HARNESS
PH-077
4 5V

RH-054
HARNESS
2

DVD-
GND 1
HT+ 2

POWER
HT- 3 4P 4P

DRIVE
GND 4 12V 1 1 12V

SATA-HDD
SATA
HR- 5 GND 2 2 GND

HR+ 6 GND 3 3 GND

GND 7 5V 4 4 5V
3

40P

GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND

N.C
N.C

DASP
l=150

IDE_W

IDE_R

IDE_A2
IDE_A0
IDE_A1
IDE_D0
IDE_D1
IDE_D2
IDE_D3
IDE_D4
IDE_D5
IDE_D9
IDE_D6
IDE_D8
IDE_D7

IDE_INT
IDE_RST

IDE_D15
IDE_D14
IDE_D13
IDE_D12
IDE_D11
IDE_D10

IDE_DACK
HARNESS

IDE_DREQ

SATA_RST
IDE_HD16
IDE_IORDY
PD-138

IDE_A3(CS1)
IDE_A4(CS0)
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
FAN
4

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
FRD-004
FFC 0.5mm

L2 IN
V2 IN
C2 IN
Y2 IN

R2 IN
S2 SW
UNSW-8V
UNSW4V
UNSW4V
UNSW4V
UNSW6V
UNSW6V
UNSW12V
UNSW18V

PCNT
GND
GND
GND
GND

SW5V
SW5V

AU GND
AU GND
AN GND
AN GND
l=405

l=220
HARNESS

9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
FA-117

15
14
13
12
11
10

9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

39
38
37
36
35
33
32
31
28
27
25
23
21
20
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10

CN3101
40 GND
30 GND
26 GND
24 GND
22 GND
19 GND
GND

N.C
N.C

10P
DASP
IDE_W

IDE_R

IDE_A2
IDE_A0
IDE_A1
IDE_D0
IDE_D1
IDE_D2
IDE_D3
IDE_D4
IDE_D5
IDE_D9
IDE_D6
IDE_D8
IDE_D7
4-1. FRAME SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

IDE_INT
IDE_RST

IDE_D15
IDE_D14
IDE_D13
IDE_D12
IDE_D11
IDE_D10

29 IDE_DACK
IDE_DREQ

34 SATA_RST
5

IDE_HD16
IDE_IORDY
CN101
B TO B

IDE_A3(CS1)
IDE_A4(CS0)
40P
ATA1 DRIVE
3
2
1

9
8
5
4
3
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

10

GND

13 GND
GND
GND
GND

SW5V
SW5V

CN601 9P
CN103
L2 IN
V2 IN
C2 IN
Y2 IN

CN102 9P
R2 IN

15 PCONT
S2 SW

12 UNSW4V
11 UNSW4V
10 UNSW4V
7 UNSW6V
6 UNSW6V
FAN_DET
FAN_OUT
AU GND
AN GND
AN GND
AN GND

14 UNSW-8V
2 UNSW12V
1 UNSW18V

XRMUTE 1 1 XRMUTE

* CN203 FCI59334-002 XLMUTE 2 2 XLMUTE

10P

CN101

1 GND SW5V 3 3 SW5V

6

2 HT+ UNSW4V 4 4 UNSW4V

4-1
15P

3 HT- VDEC3.3V 5 5 VDEC3.3V

CN701

4 GND UNSW3V 6 6 UNSW3V

SATA
5 HR- GND 7 7 GND

6 HR+ GND 8 8 GND

7 GND P-CONT 9 9 PCONT

SECTION 4

13P CN604 * * CN501 13P

CR/R 1 1 CR/R
GND_V 2 2 GND_V

8P
* CN202 40P Y/G 3 3 Y/G
1 IDE_RST GND_V 4 4 GND_V

FL-159
CN3102
2 GND CB/B 5 5 CB/B
3 IDE_D7 GND_V 6 6 GND_V

4 IDE_D8 Y 7 l=50 7 Y

FL_POW_6V
LED_CK

LED_DT

IT_GND
IT_GND
FLD_CS
KEY0

FR_6V
5 IDE_D6 VIDEO5V 8 8 VIDEO5V
FFC 1.0mm

ATA2 HDD
FRA-003
8

6 IDE_D9 C 9 9 C

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
7 IDE_D5 GND_V 10 10 GND_V
8 IDE_D10 RECCCR 11 11 RECCCR
FLR-007 9 IDE_D4 GND_V 12 12 GND_V
FFC 1.0mm 10 IDE_D11 RECVY 13 13 RECVY
l=120 11 IDE_D3
1-831-413-11/-21
12 IDE_D12

8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
13 IDE_D2

14 IDE_D13 21P CN602 * * CN501 21P

KEY0
15 IDE_D1 CR/R 21 1 CR/R
9

FR_6V

IT_GND
IT_GND
8P

FLD_CS
LED_DT
LED_CK
16 IDE_D14 GND_V 20 2 GND_V

FL_POW_6V
17 IDE_D0 Y/G 19 3 Y/G
18 IDE_D15 GND_V 18 4 GND_V

CN3001
19 GND CB/B 17 5 CB/B

20 N.C GND_V 16 6 GND_V

21 IDE_DREQ Y 15 7 Y

RD-060
22 GND VIDEO5V 14 8 VIDEO5V
23 IDE_W C 13 9 C

24 GND GND_V 12 10 GND_V

SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS AND PRINTED WIRING BOARDS

l=50
10

25 IDE_R RECCCR 11 11 RECCCR

26 GND GND_V 10 12 GND_V
FFC 1.0mm
FRA-004

27 IDE_IORDY RECVY 9 13 RECVY

28 N.C GND_V 8 14 GND_V

29 IDE_DACK RECB/CSYNC 7 15 RECB

AV-103

30 GND GND_V 6 16 GND_V

31 IDE_INT RECG 5 17 RECG

32 IDE_HD16 GND_V 4 18 GND_V
33 IDE_A1 RECR 3 19 RECR
11

34 SATA_RST GND_V 2 20 GND_V

35 IDE_A0 FSW 1 21 FSW

36 IDE_A2

37 IDE_A4(CS0)

38 IDE_A3(CS1)
39 DASP 27P CN603 CN502 27P

40 GND AINL- 1 27 AINL-

AINL+ 2 26 AINL+

AUGND 3 25 AUGND

FR-240
AINR+ 4 24 AINR+
12

AINR- 5 23 AINR-

AUGND 6 22 AUGND

AOUTR- 7 21 AOUTR-
AOUTR+ 8 20 AOUTR+

AUGND 9 19 AUGND
CN3005 6P * CN701 6P
AOUTL+ 10 18 AOUTL+
DGND 1 1 GND
AOUTL- 11 17 AOUTL-
TPB- 2 2 TPA+
SWA5V 12 16 SWA5V
TPB+ 3 3 TPA-
l=50

SPD_GND 13 15 SPD_GND
13

TPA- 4 4 TPB+
SPDIFO 14 14 SPDIFO
FFC 1.0mm

TPB+ 5 5 TPB-
FRA-005

IT-XRST 15 13 IT-XRST
DGND 6 6 GND
IT-SCLK 16 12 IT-SCLK
IT-REQ 17 11 IT-REQ
IT-SIN 18 10 IT-SIN

IT-SOUT 19 9 IT-SOUT
RISM_STATUS1 20 8 RISM STATUS 1
l=90

RISM_STATUS2 21 7 RISM STATUS 2

RF-117

RISM_STATUS3 22 6 RISM STATUS 3

HARNESS
14

DGND 23 5 DGND

DGND 24 4 DGND

TX(2) 25 3 TX(2)

RX(2) 26 2 RX(2)

DIAG 27 1 DIAG
15

15P CN3003
CN602 15P
KEY2 1 1 IT_GND

KEY1 2 2 IT_GND

KEY0 3 3 FL_POW

FLD_CS 4 4 LED_DIM

LED_STB 5 5 FR_6V

LED_CK 6 6 SIRCS

LED_RST 7 7 SIRCS_6V
16

LED_DT 8 8 LED_DT
l=230

SIRCS_6V 9 9 LED_RST
FFC 1.0mm
FAR-004

SIRCS 10 10 LED_CK

FR_6V 11 11 LED_STB

LED_DIM 12 12 FLD_STB

FL_POW_6V 13 13 KEY0

IT_GND 14 14 KEY1

IT_GND 15 15 KEY2
17
18

4-2
HX725/HX727/HX920/HX925

FRAME SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

RDR-HX520/HX525/HX720/HX722/
RDR-HX520/HX525/HX720/HX722/
HX725/HX727/HX920/HX925

4-2. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS WAVEFORMS

THIS NOTE IS COMMON FOR SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS AV-103 BOARD RD-060 BOARD
(In addition to this, the necessary note is printed in each block)
(For schematic diagrams) 1 X1401 7 J703 COMPONENT PB
1 X201
• All capacitors are in µF unless otherwise noted. pF : µµF.
50V or less are not indicated except for electrolytics and
tantalums.
• All resistors are in ohms, 1/4 W (Chip resistors : 1 /10 W) un-less
otherwise specified.
kΩ=1000Ω, MΩ=1000kΩ.
• Caution when replacing chip parts.
New parts must be attached after removal of chip. 3.5 Vp-p 1.7 Vp-p
54.3 ns 1.0 Vp-p 40 ns
Be careful not to heat the minus side of tantalum capacitor, be- H
cause it is damaged by the heat.
• All variable and adjustable resistors have characteristic curve B,
unless otherwise noted. 2 X602 8 J703 COMPONENT PR 2 X301
• 2 : non flammable resistor
• 5 : fusible resistor
• C : panel designation
• f : internal component.
• C : adjustment for repair.
• U : B+ Line
• V : B– Line
• Circled numbers refer to waveforms. 4.6 Vp-p 2.0 Vp-p
100 ns 1.0 Vp-p 69.8 ns
• Voltages are dc between measurement point. H
• Readings are taken with a color-bar signals on DVD reference
disc.
• Readings are taken with a digital multimeter (DC 10MW). 3 X603 9 J703 S-VIDEO Y 3 X701
• Voltage variations may be noted due to normal production toler-
ances.

Note : The components identified by mark 0 or dotted

line with mark 0 are critical for safety.
1.2 Vp-p
Replace only with part number specified.
30.5 µs 1.7 Vp-p
H 4.0 Vp-p
When indicating parts by reference number, please include 40.7 ns
the board name.

4 J702 S-VIDEO C
q; CN805 ql, r; 4 X801

1.3 Vp-p
H
2.0 Vp-p
H 2.0 Vp-p
37 ns

5 J702 S-VIDEO Y
qa X1101

1.7 Vp-p
H
5.1 Vp-p
62.5 ns

6 J702 VIDEO

1.0 Vp-p
H

WAVEFORMS
AV-103/RD-060 4-3 4-4
 RDR-HX520/HX525/HX720/HX722/
HX725/HX727/HX920/HX925

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

AV-103 BOARD(1/8)
POWER
A -REF.NO.: SERIES- NO MARK:REC/PB MODE 0
(HX525/HX725/HX727/HX925) PS102
0.63A
CN101 15P UNSW5V-V
JL101 R160 B+
UNSW18V 1 0 R135 GND-V
JL102 0 1 TO(6/8)
UNSW12V 2
JL103 B+ UNSW-8V-V
GND 3
R137
GND 4 0 UNSW-8V-V
GND 5 GND-V
B TO UNSW6V 6
JL104

JL105
B+
R140 UNSW6V-A
2 TO(7/8)

SWITCHING 0
UNSW6V 7 UNSW12V-A
REGULATOR JL106 B+
CN3 R154
SW5V 8 0
(PAGE 4-40) SW5V 9
JL107
R111 0 UNSW12V-A
JL108 10k PS103
UNSW4V 10 0.63A UNSW6V-A
JL109 B+
UNSW4V 11 UNSW-8V-A 3 TO(3/8)
JL110 R142 0
UNSW4V 12 GND-A
JL112 XRMUTE
GND 13 XLMUTE
C UNSW-8V 14
JL111
JL113
VA_PCONT 4 TO(3/8,5/8)
PCONT 15 PCONT

FAN_DET
FAN_HI

FAN_CONT
DC FAN CN103 3P 5 TO(5/8)
FAN_OUT 1
JL116

JL121
IC107 IC104 R144
0
UNSW6V-I

GND-V
C117 R145
FAN_DET 2 100p FAN DRIVE UNSW5V REG
0
D GND 3
IC102 GND-I

B+ UNSW5V-I

11.9
IC104

1.3

7.8
VDEC 3.3V REG TK73400AU3G0L-C R146
0
R101 6
0 3 2 1

GND
TK11100CSCB-G
UNSW6V-T
6

VI

ADJ

VO
8 7 6 5 TO(4/8)
GND-T
SI-3033KS-TL

GND

GND

GND

GND

IC107
R148
CN102 9P 0
IC102

GND
JL124

CTL

GND
VCC

ADJ
CTL
NP
SENSE

VO
XRMUTE 1 (HX525/HX725/HX727/HX925)
VCC

JL125
CTL

VO

XLMUTE 2 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5
E SW5V 3
JL126
1 2 3 4
SW5V-S

5.1

1.3

5.8

5.8

5.2

1.2
TO
JL127 GND-T 7 TO(8/8)
UNSW4V 4
5.0

4.3

3.3

3.3

RD-060 C124 JL114 B+ JL120

JL128 GND-I
BOARD(5/7) VDEC3.3V 5 470u
CN601 R114
JL129 10V R113 15k B+
(PAGE 4-33) UNSW3V 6 120k ± 0.5% R120
± 0.5% 0 GND-I 8 TO(2/8)
GND 7 B+ 0.5 R121
D101 39k
GND 8 EC21QS03L-TE12L 0.1 ± 0.5%
JL130
C123 R122
PCONT 9 47u 12k
25V ± 0.5%
F C105 C106
10u
C120 C119
1u
C118
0.01u
R115 Q101
MUN2213T1
C114
1u
1u 1u 8200
10V 6.3V B+ B B B ± 0.5% SWITCH B
25V 25V 10V
(HX520: AEP3/HX725: AEP3/H727: AEP3
LP101 LP102 LP104 LP106 /HX920/HX925)

Note : The components identified by mark 0 or dotted

line with mark 0 are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number specified.

POWER
4-5 4-6 AV-103 (1/8)
RDR-HX520/HX525/HX720/HX722/
HX725/HX727/HX920/HX925

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

AV-103 BOARD(2/8) NO MARK:REC/PB MODE

AUDIO IN C213

A R218
22k
R223
10k
10u
C
10V
CN502 27P
± 0.5% ± 0.5%
27 AINL-
EU-AU-OUT-R
26 AINL+
9 R226 R227
TO(7/8) 4700
4700 25 AUGND
EU-AU-OUT-L ± 0.5% ± 0.5%
24 AINR+
IC202 IC203 C214
10u
23 AINR-
EQ C 22 AUGND
B- AMP B- 10V AOUTR-
SWA-8V 21 AOUTR-
AOUTR+
B C217
47p
20 AOUTR+

-7.3

-7.3
50V 19 AUGND
AOUTR- AOUTL+

0
AOUTR- 18 AOUTL+
AOUTR+ AOUTL-

NJM4558M-TE2
4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1

NJM4558M-TE2
AOUTR+ 17 AOUTL- TO
B+

VEE
VEE
RD-060

IC203
IC202
16 SWA5V BOARD
AOUTL+
C209 C211 (5/7)
AOUTL+ 0.1u 0.1u 15 SPD_GND CN603
AOUTL- SPDIFO
B B
AOUTL- 14 SPDIFO (PAGE 4-34)
XITRST5 13 XITRST5
C SPDIFO
C210 C212 ITSCK5 12 ITSCK5
SPDIFO 0.1u 0.1u
B B ITREQ5 11 ITREQ5

VCC
VCC
ITSDI5 10 ITSDI5

10 TO(3/8) 11 ITSDO5 9 ITSDO5

5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8
TO(5/8) RISM_STATUS5_1 8 RISM STATUS 5_1

11.9

11.9
C218 RISM_STATUS5_2 7 RISM STATUS 5_2
47p
50V RISM_RTS_0 6 RISM_RTS_0
B+ B+
SWA12V 5 DGND
C215
D B+
R224
10u
C
4 DGND
SWA5V
4700 10V NISE_TX 3 TX(2)
± 0.5%
NISE_RX 2 RX(2)
R219 R225
22k DIAG 1 DIAG
4700
± 0.5% ± 0.5%

R222 C216
10k 10u
± 0.5% C AUGND 8 TO(1/8)
10V B+
E GND-I 12 TO(3/8
SPD_GND 6/8,7/8)

AUDIO IN
AV-103 (2/8) 4-7 4-8
 RDR-HX520/HX525/HX720/HX722/
HX725/HX727/HX920/HX925

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

AV-103 BOARD(3/8) NO MARK:REC/PB MODE

AUDIO OUT
A R310
R342, R344, R362
5100 R320
4.7k 100k xx HX520: AEP3/HX725: AEP3/HX727: AEP3/HX920/HX925
± 0.5% 2200 xx xx 4.7k HX520: AEP1.2,UK/HX525/HX720/HX722/HX725: AEP1,UK/HX727: AEP1
AOUTR-
R311 R323
C313 5600
5100 560p
± 0.5% ± 0.5%
AOUTR+
R314 C316
5600 R317 47u
C310 2200 C314 R326
± 0.5% 150p 180p 25V
470

1.3

1.3

0
B- B-

-7.3
IC302 4 3 2 1
Q310
2SD2704K-T146 0

NJM4558M-TE2
MUTE
C319 R355
LINE OUT 0.1u R330 -7.2
47k 470
B R344
R342 AUOUTR
* * FB301
C327
220p
C R362
13 TO(6/8)

IC302
* C326
R353 220p
470
R340
4700 AUOUTL
C320 R331 -7.2
47k FB302
B+ 0.1u
10 TO(2/8) SWA12V B R343
B- 5 6 7 8
0
Q309 100k
SWA-8V 2SD2704K-T146 DA-L
1.3 1.3 0 12.0 B+ MUTE 14 TO(7/8)
SPD_GND
DA-R
D SPDIFO C311
150p
C315
180p
R327
470

R312 R315 R316 C317

5100 5600 2200 47u
± 0.5% ± 0.5% 25V
AOUTL+
R313 C312 AUGND 12 TO(2/8,6/8,7/8)
5100 560p
± 0.5%
AOUTL-
R318 R321
2200 ±5600
0.5%
E

B+
SWA5V

B+ B+
UNSW6V-A R366 IC303
1k
5V REG B+
B+
F UNSW12V-A
B+ 11.9 11.9 B+
R346 5.0
Q313
MSD601-RST1
1k DIGITAL OUT
DIGITAL OUT
C306 D301 J301
22u Q305,Q307,Q311
R307 11.3 BAS16-03W MUTE CONTROL Q311 IC303 R350
10k 25V R345

2.5
Q304 MSB709-RT1 S-T111B50MC-OHJTFG C337 68 5
2SB1561T100Q 9.5 -7.2 1k COAXIAL
R309 0.1u 1.8
3 TO(1/8) 12V SWITCH
5.8 5.0 B 4
5600 C321 C324
GND-A 1u R334 R347 R348 1u C325
-7.1 Q303 B 10k 5 4 1k 220 B 100p 3 GND
R304 MSD601-RST1 9.5
220k 10V
-6.6 SWITCH C304 2 VCC
B- 100u R365
16V R338 100k
10k 1 D IN
G R308 -7.3
B-
R332
10k 9.4 1 2 3

DTC124TKA-T146
-7.3 -7.3 47k
UNSW-8V-A 0.1 3.0
C301

Q307
47u
XLMUTE 25V R305
10k -6.6 2.8
XRMUTE Q302 C307 R364
2SD1781K-T146-QR R335
Q301 47k 0.22u 33k C308 C309
-8V SWITCH D303 B 0.1u 47u
MUN2111T1 BAS16-03W Q305
5.0 SWITCH MUN2213T1 B 25V
4 TO(1/8,5/8) VA_PCONT
5.0 R306
10k
Q305,Q307,Q311 Q312
H MUTE CONTROL BC857CE6327
9.5 -7.2

C322
1u R336
B 10k
9.5
18 TO(5/8) XP_AMUTE

R339
R333 10k
10k 9.4
DTC124TKA-T146

0.1
Q306
I
Q308

BCR148-E3627
2.8
R337
47k
D303 C318
BAS16-03W 220u
16V

(HX520: AEP3/HX725: AEP3/HX727: AEP3/HX920/HX925)

AUDIO OUT
4-9 4-10 AV-103 (3/8)
RDR-HX520/HX525/HX720/HX722/
HX725/HX727/HX920/HX925

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
TU401 (TUNER)

0 IN

A AV-103 BOARD(4/8) AERIAL

SONY(EURO)
AUDIO OUT
OUT
TUNER

VIDEO
GND

GND
SDA

AGC
SCL

30V

AFT
SIF
NC
NC

NC

NC
AS
5V

5V
NO MARK:REC/PB MODE IC401 1 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 14 15 16 17

R1419
30V REG

0
IC401

JL417
L401 L403 TK11819MTL
B+ 10uH
B 1mH

JL411

JL412
JL401 4.6
T1

JL413
1

6
V-IN

470 JL414

JL418
JL419
4.2 GND
R475

R1416
OSC R420

2200
0

R1418
100 R1417 C449
2W 32.3 B+ 0 10p

0
33.6

R428
V-OUT

4
DK L404 50V

JL408

JL415
L402
10uH 10uH C415
100u

R429
470
16V
C405 C409
C401 0.1u R409 C407 0.1u C410
47u B 1k 10u B 10u
25V 50V 50V 50V 50V
C R418 C416

0.001u
C455
C454
100k 0.1u

22p
C453
0.001u B
C414
47u
4.6 L405 25V
B+ D1401 BAS16-03W 10uH
C456
1.9 0.001u
R410 Q405
100 BC847CE6327 C408
JL404 AGC
TU_G_MAX R415 0.1u
27k B L406
1.5 16V
D TU_AFT
1.9
0.1 B+ B+
10uH

TU_AFT
R414 AUTO
TU_AUTOP PRESET R422
TU_AUTOP 100k
100
14 TO(5/8) TU_G_MAX R423 R1406
TU_G_MAX 0 C1408
100 1u
TU_PCONT TU_AUTOP JL406 Q407 B
MUN2213T1 10V

TU_AFT
E 15 TO(5/8,
6/8,7/8)
TU_SCL
TU_SDA
TU_L

16 TO(7/8) TU_R
Q1402
2.0
TUDV MSD601-RST1
R1402 SIF AMP C1409 C1410 C1411 C1412 R1410
1500 1.4 0.1u 10u 3.3u 0.1u
B 50V 50V B 2200
B+ 4.0
R1411
2200 B+
4.6 2.1
F C1414
10u
50V

-we3.7
JL1402

JL1404
R1407
680

2.3
R1401
1k Q1401 2.6 2.3
MSB709-RT1
44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34
SIF AMP

MONO_IN

VREFTOP

SC1_IN_R

SC1_IN_L

NC

NC

NC

AGNDC

AHVSS

CAPL_M
AVSS
JL1401
C1416
C1406 47u
0.1u 25V

G B 4.6 4.6
C1417

33
1
AVSUP AHVSUP 0.1u
B
1.5

32
2
C1407 ANA_IN+ NC C1419
56p 1u
C1403 50V 1.5 2.3 JL1406 B

31
IC402 IC1401

3
56p ANA_IN- SC1_OUT_L C1418
50V 1u
2.3 JL1407 B

30
4
5V REG TESTN EURO MSP SC1_OUT_R
X1401
B+ B+ C1404 18.432MHz 2.2
IC1401

29
5
UNSW6V-T 2p XTAL_IN VREF1
06 TO(1/8) 50V MSP3417G-QG-B8V3
B+ C1405 2.1
H
5.7

4.6

28
6
GND-T 2p XTAL_OUT NC
50V

27
7
4 5 TP DACM_L
PQ1MX55M2SPQ

1
VIN

VOUT

26
8
D_CTR_I/O_1 DACM_R
IC402

CONT

GND

25
ADJ

9
D_CTR_I/O_00 VREF2

10

24
3 2 1 ADR_SEL NC
R1451 R1453 R1454
1k 5.1 1.2 39k 4.6
270k

11

23
1608 ± 0.5% STANDBYQ NC
± 0.5%
I Q403
MSD601-RT1
R1403
1k
C1452 R1452 C1453 BUFFER
C452 0.1u 100k 1u 4.6

RESETQ
R411

DVSUP
0.1u

TP_CO
B ± 0.5% B

DVSS
16V 1.2 100

SDA
SCL

TP

TP

TP

TP

TP
JL402
0.6
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
4.6 R412
Q401 1.2 100 D1400

JL1403
4.6

4.6

4.6

3.9
BC847CE6327 BAS16-03W
JL403 BUFFER
0.6 JL1405
L1401 R1408 R1409
17 TO(6/8) TU_VIDEO
B+ 10uH 100 B+
J R405 R407
1k
100

R1412
1k
120k

C1401 C1402 C1413 C1415

47u 0.1u 0.1u 0.22u
25V B B B

Note : The components identified by mark 0 or dotted

line with mark 0 are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number specified.

TUNER
AV-103 (4/8) 4-11 4-12
 RDR-HX520/HX525/HX720/HX722/
HX725/HX727/HX920/HX925

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

AV-103 BOARD(5/8) B+ B+
A IT CONTROLLER

FLD_STB

LED_STB

LED_RST
KEY2

KEY1
KEY0

S2SW
FSW
TU_AFT

CVIN1

SVREF
SYNCIN

TU_G_MAX
-REF.NO.: SERIES-
R674
10k
R675
10k CN602 15P
R676 JL668
10k 1 IT_GND
NO MARK:REC/PB MODE R1627 C629 R677
0
R :REC MODE 0.1u 10k 2 IT_GND

R663
R658
10k R656

R659

R662
R660
B JL669

100
100

100

100
100
R678

1k
P :PB MODE C646
0

R1632
16V 3 FL_POW

10k
680p 100k
C628 C630 JL670
* :Cannot be measured C625 B DIMMER
B 0.47u 0.47u 4 LED_DIM

R697

R698
PS602 0.1u

10k
B B B R672 JL671
0.63A 10V
5.7 5.7 16V 10V * 5 FR_5V
SIRCS JL673
B+ C650 R682 6 SIRCS
0.1u R606 B+ * JL672
Q616 TO
B 10k 7 SIRCS_5V
FR-240

R5.1/P0 R670 10k

2SB1197K-T-146-R JL611 JL674
B+ FLD_DATA

5.1 0.001u B 50V

B 16V
BOARD

5.1 0.1u B 16V

16V
5.1 0.1u B 16V
FR6V SWITCH R681 R683 8 LED_DT
5.0 10k * JL675 CN3003
LED_RST

C632

4.9 0.1uC635
C634

R679
C633
C631
R651

5.1 0.1u B
R655
9 LED_RST

R665
100

100

R667
100
(PAGE 4-24)

100
1.2 JL622

*
R1633 FLD_CLK JL676
1k 10 LED_CK
0.1 LED_STB JL677

JL638

JL630
11 LED_STB

1.8

1.7

5.1

1.7

5.1

5.1

5.1

1.5

5.1

5.1

5.1
5.1

5.1
5.1 FLD_STB JL678

0
0
C 116 115 114 113 112 111 110 109 108 107 106 105 104 103 102 101 100 99 98 97 96 95 94 93 92 91 90 89 88
KEY0 JL679
12
13
FLD_STB

Q601 KEY0
MUN2213T1 KEY1 JL680

ANEX1
(TU_AFT1 T )
14 KEY1

TEST3
VSS3

CVIN1
VDD3

TEST2
SVREF

SYNCIN

P97(TEST3_CONTt)

VREF
AN0(TU_G_MAX_1T)

AN1(TU_G_MAX_2T)

AN2(TU_AFT_2T)
AN3(BS_C/N_DETT)
AN4(KEY3T)
AN5(KEY2T)

AN6(KEY1T)
AN7(KEY0T)
P00(FLD_STBt)

P01(LED_STBt)

P02(LED_XRESETt)

P03(S2SWT)
P04(FR_PCONTt)
P05(FL_PCONTt)
P06(AREA6T)

P07(AREA5T)
AVCC

AVSS
START
SWITCH JL681
C615 KEY2
0.1u 15 KEY2
R618
B 15k
16V ± 0.5%

4.2 5.1
R1636 P10

59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87
1
CN601 11P 100 ANEX0(ONDOT) (AREA4T)
5.1 5.0 JL637 VA_PCONT
DIAG SIRCS
P11(VA_PCONTt)

2
DIAG 1 RMTIN(SIRCSINT)
JL682 R1637 100 JL612 5.1 JL652
NISE_TX
D

3
TX 2 R622 R631 JSTIN(JUST_CLK/AVLINK_INT) P12(TU_PCONT_2t)
JL683 NISE_RX FLD_DATA 0 0.1 TU_AUTOP
10k 100

4
RX 3 R1638 SOUT3(FLD_DATA t) P13(AUTO_PRESET_1t)
JL601 100 0 5.1 TU_PCONT

5
IT_GND 4 R617 R632 SIN3(FLD_INt) P14(TU_PCONTt)
JL602 5.1 1.9 JL639 EURO_INT
FLD_CLK 10k 100 VA_PCONT
04 TO(1/8,

6
UN5V 5 R604 R613 CLK3(FLD_CLKt) _INT3(NC) VA_PCONT
(FOR JL603 B+ R621 10k 0 JL667 3/8)
CHECK) 47k 10k 0.1 R646 R1628

7
XIT_RST 6 R624 BYTE _INT4(SYNC_V_2T) 10k 100k
JL604 0 5.0 JL631 VSYNC TU_AUTOP
100

8
CNVSS 7 CNVSS _INT5(SYNC_V_1T) TU_AUTOP
JL605 2.6 JL642 TU_G_MAX

9
M2 8 C616 XCIN P20(BS_VOL_DETT) TU_G_MAX
JL606 ITSDI5 0.1u JL684 JL643 TU_AFT 14 TO(4/8)
R633

29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10
SH_TXD2 9 B XCOUT P21(BS_PCONTt) TU_AFT
JL607 100 JL644 RESET5V
ITSDO5 16V 5.1 5.1 TU_PCONT
E SH_RXD2

CEVISCK5
10
JL608 ITSCK5
C613
4p 1.8
_RESET P22(BS_DEC_SWt) TU_PCONT
11 IC605 R2051S03-E2-F CH R626 XOUT P23(BS_CONV_CONTt) INSEL_1
R609 JL653
VCC 5.1 100k
50V X602
10MHz
0
VSS IC603 P24(BS_COR_DETT) R648
INSEL_2
INSEL_1
16

*
1

* 0 INSEL_2 (NOT USE)

NC R1626 XIN P25(BS_BST_CONTt)
JL655 C657 IT CONTROLLER INSEL_3
5.1 1k 5.1 0 JL659 INSEL_3
VDD 0.1u
15
2

RISM_STATUS5_1 B R627 VCC1 P26(BS_BIT_SWT)

VSB C614 JL660 C639
RISM_STATUS5_1
RISM_STATUS5_2 JL656 R2.6/B1.8
NC
16V
2 4p
CH
C617
0.1u
10k 5.1
_NMI IC603 P27(INSEL5t) 0.1u
14

B
3

RISM_STATUS5_2 50V 16V B 5.1

CLKOUT C655 C651 _INT2(INT_RTCT) M306H5MC-C33FP HX520/HX720/HX722/HX920 VSS
RISM_RTS_0 R628 16V
RISM_RTS_0 4.5 0.2 0.1u 1000u 0 M306H5MG-A13FP HX525/HX725/HX727/HX925 JL661
OSCIN ITREQ5 470
13

B
4

ITSDO5 10V R629 _INT1(IT_REQT) P30(INSEL4t)

SCL 5.1
ITSDO5 0 0.3
F ITSDI5 4.6
OSCOUT
0.5
3
R614 _INT0(SLICET) VCC2 SYNCRO_DET
12

5.1 SYNCRO_DET
5

ITSDI5 SDA 10k 5.1 JL663

ITSCK5 X603 P81(IT_XRSTt) P31(XEEP_WP) R685 R692 S2SW
11 TO(2/8) ITSCK5
NC
32.76kHz R1625 DIMMER 5.1 5.1
100 2200 JL664 S2SW
11

10k
6

ITREQ5 TA4OUT(DIMMERt) P32(EEP_SCL) R686 R693 INSEL_PCONT

NC R1610 R630 JL613 5.1 INSEL_PCONT
ITREQ5 100 2200 JL665
5.1 5.1 100 100 TA3IN(JUST_CLK_2T) P33(EEP_SDA) CVIN1
XINTR
10

JL632 CVIN1
7

XVDCC RISM_STATUS5_2 0.1

XITRST5 P76(RISM_STATUS2 t) P34(INSEL6t) SVREF 09 TO(6/8)
DIAG 1.2 R610 JL614 JL615 0 JL633 SVREF
CIN INSEL_2
100
8

DIAG P75() P35(INSEL2t) SYNCIN

VSS JL616 0 JL634 SYNCIN
NISE_TX C652 INSEL_1
NISE_TX
NISE_RX IC605 0.1u
B
JL657
P74(V-SYNC_OUTt)
P73()
P36(INSEL1t)
P37(INSEL_3t)
0 JL635
INSEL_3
HDET
HDET
NISE_RX VSYNC
CLOCK GEN 0 5.1 XP_VMUTE VSYNC
G

SDA0(TU_SDA_2/TXDt)
TA1OUT(AVLINK_OUT t) P40(XP_VMUTEt)

P57/CLKOUT(CLKOUTt)
SCL0(TU_SCL_2/RXDT)
R615 R635 R1624

P61(RISM_STATUS3 T)
P60(RISM_STATUS1 T)
4700 100 4.5 5.1 10k
TU_SCL R616 R636 SCL2(TU_SCL_1) P41(AREA1T)
15 TO(4/8,

P54(FAN_ONOFFt)

P53(FAN_SPEEDt)
4700 4.6 0 IC604 XP_AMUTE

(INSEL_PCONTt)
6/8,7/8) 100

P64(MONITORt)
18 TO(3/8)

(SLICE_V_SWt)
P55(FAN_DETT)
TU_SDA SDA2(TU_SDA_1) P42 XP_AMUTE

P45(XP_AMUTE)
S-24CS04AFJ-TB-G

P51(HDET_1T)

P47(HDET_2T)
TXD1(IT_SOUT)

CLK1(IT_SCLK)
(AREA0T)

P56(PCONTt)

P52(P_FAILT)
JL654

RXD1(IT_SIN)
R608
R638 R620 10k VCC

8
0 10k NC

SLICEON
5.1 XP_VMUTE
XP_VMUTE

TEST1
VDD2
WP

VSS2
20 TO(6/8,7/8)

7
PCONT FSW

LP2
LP3

LP4

_CE

P46

P44
C618 NC

M1
PCONT 47u 5.1 FSW
P43 C641
FAN_DET 16V (SYNCHRO_DETT) 0.1u SCL

6
FAN_DET NC
30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 16V B 5.1
FAN_CONT EURO_INT
FAN_CONT SDA EURO_INT
H

JL666
21 TO(7/8)

JL624

JL658

5
FAN_HI IC601

0.9
1.7
1.2
5.1
2.6
0
0.3
R4.7/P0.1
R0/P4.4
4.9
4.4
5.1
R654 JL641 4.9

5.0
0
5.1
0

5.0
0

5.1
5.1

0.3
*
VSS 5.1 AVLINK
FAN_HI S-80852CNMC-B9DT2G

R652 JL640
R1629 JL623
* VOUT N.C. C642
1

JL662
JL627

JL628
JL626
470 JL625

JL629
47u

HDET R666 0

SYNCRO_DET
B+

INSEL_PCONT
16V (HX525/HX725/HX727/HX925)
5.7
IC604

JL619

JL621
JL620

XP_AMUTE
05 TO(1/8) VDD
2

UNSW6V-I

470
C601

R1630
R649
R644
R647

R661

R668
100
100
470

100
0.01u RESET5V

0
B EEPROM RESET5V
GND N.C.
3

L602 IR_INT
47uH B+ JL609 B+
IR_BUSY 22 TO(8/8)
JL610 B+ R650 *
UNSW5V-I STB_RXD
I GND-I
L601
47uH JL617
R643
10k JL636 STB_TXD
TH601 C627

R669
10k
GND-V 0.1u R664
C656 C604 C607 B 100
0.1u 0.1u 47u R642 16V
B B 16V 2200

R645

R619

R611
IC601

10k

10k

10k
16V 16V

RISM_STATUS5_1
R637 R639
510 2200
C626

RISM_RTS_0
POWER FAIL 0.1u
R623

FAN_CONT
FAN_DET
0 B

ITSDO5
16V

PCONT
ITSCK5

FAN_HI
ITSDI5
C619 C620 C621 C622 C623 C624
0.01u 47p 0.1u 47p 0.1u 47p
B B B Q611-615
J 25V
50V
16V
50V
16V
50V
AV LINK

5.1 R671 100k B+

MODEL HX725: AEP3/ HX525/ HX520: AEP3/ HX520: AEP1,2, UK/
R1621
HX727: AEP3/ HX725: AEP1, UK/ HX920 HX720/HX722 R1603 R699 4.6 R1609
10k 150k 33k
REF. HX925 HX727: AEP1 10k
Q612
R648 0 0 XX XX

BAS16-03W
0 MSB709-RT1 4.6 5.1

D608
R650 10k 10k XX XX 2.6 5.1

R652 100 100 XX XX

Q613 4.5 4.5
K R654 100 100 XX XX Q611
MUN2211T1 5.1
MSD601-RST1 Q614
MSD601-RST1
R1613
22k
R672 XX XX 10k 10k
0 4.8
R679 10k 10k XX XX 0

R682 XX 10k XX 10k C649

R1604 R1601 R1614
R1602 10k 0.1u
R683 10k XX 10k XX 10k 10k 10k B
16V

Q615
MSD601-RST1

Note : The components identified by mark 0 or dotted

line with mark 0 are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number specified.

IT CONTROLLER
4-13 4-14 AV-103 (5/8)
RDR-HX520/HX525/HX720/HX722/
HX725/HX727/HX920/HX925
For Schematic Diagram
• Refer to page 4-4 for waveforms.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

AV-103 BOARD(6/8)
VIDEO IN/OUT
NO MARK:REC/PB MODE
A -REF.NO.: SERIES- R :REC MODE
C P :PB MODE
C
Y
Y
Y/G
Y/G
CB/B
CB/B
CR/R
CR/R
L3B
23 TO(7/8) L3B
L3G
B L3G
L3RC
L3RC

VY_AD
C706 C707
AU2INL 0.1u 0.1u
B B
AU2INR

CN701 10P
JL702
C710
S2 SW 1 0.1u C753
JL703 B 0.1u
Y2 IN 2 B
JL704
C AN GND 3
JL705
TO C2 IN 4
JL706 C711
FL-159 AN GND 5 0.1u TU_VIDEO 17 TO(4/8)
BOARD JL707 B C708
0.1u C741
CN3101 V2 IN 6 0.1u
C712 B B
(PAGE 4-21) 0.1u B
AU GND 7
JL708 C727 C731 C732 C719 C729 C736 C737 C739 C742
Q702 0.1u 0.1u 0.1u
L2 IN 8 BC847CE6327 0.1u 0.1u 0.1u 0.1u 0.1u 0.1u
JL709 B B B B B B B B B
AU GND 9 Q702,705
JL710 SLICE R1738
R718
R2 IN 10 5.0 6800 B+ 0
JL711 ± 0.5% C743
D B+ 0.1u
B

5.0

1.5

1.5

1.5
5.0
1.5

1.5
5.0
1.5

1.2
1.5
2.5

1.8
5.0
1.5
5.0
3.2
R719 R726
1600 470
S2SW R705
R1715 0
1.7 ± 0.5%
0 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41
CVIN1 C713
C705 2.6 R728 47u

VCC(SYNC-SEP)

Y3
S1/S2 DET

Y2
GND(Y)

Cy

VCC(Y)
CVBS5

GND(CVBS)

CVBS4

ADR
CVBS3

4VREGFIL
CVBS2
2.5VREGFIL

CVBS1
VCC(CVBS)

Cb
VCC(C)
C5
R712 39k R733
SYNCIN 33k 1u 16V
R1714 JL712 1.9 0 AUGND 12 TO(2/8,7/8)
± 0.5% B
470
SVREF C702 C709 C704
0.1u R729 0.1u
0.1u 22k
B B B C752
1.5 3.2 0.1u AUOUTL

80 79 78 77 76 75 74 73 72 71 70 69 68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61

21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
Y4 C4 B
E 19 TO(5/8) R713 R714 D701
Q705
BC857CE6327
C723
0.1u
3.1 JL753
13 TO(3/8)

STZ6.8N-T146
STZ6.8N-T146
INSEL_PCONT 10k 680k BAS16-03W VDET1FIL WIDE SEL2
JL701 ± 0.5% B 1.5 3.2 2 2
Y5 C3 AUOUTR

D724
D714
R760
10k R702 0 0 R1707
SYNCRO_DET GND(SYNC-SEP) WIDE SEL1 1 1 0
C724 J702
0.1u B 5.0 3.2
VSYNC V_SYNC OUT C2
JL752 4.5 JL754
R755 C_SYNC OUT D SEL R
4.4 3.2 C746 JL724
1k 0.1u AUDIO
R1719 VDET1 IN Cr
B R1709
HDET
10k

C725
5.0

5.0
VDET1 OUT IC702 GND(C)
-3.3 C747 R772
0
JL726
L
0.1u 10k R776

F TU_SCL
0.1u
B 4.5
VCC(I2C)
SCLOCK
VIDEO IN/OUT VCC-
CVBS OUT
0.4 B 75
6 VIDEO
15 TO(4/8,5/8, IC702 C748 JL728
4.6 LA73036M-TBA-E 5.0 JL715
7/8) TU_SDA SDATA VCC+ 0.1u R779
-0.1 B 75 JL731
GND(I2C) C OUT LINE2
0 D721 OUT
C762
R1720 R761 C_SYNC2 OUT GND 0.1u STZ6.8N-T146
CN501 10k 4700 0 0.4 B
* Q707-711 VDET2 IN S-Y OUT
1 2
CR/R 1
CR/R BUFFER 0.3 1.3 C749
4

G
VDET2 OUT OFFSET CTL2 0.1u
2 1

C
GND_V 2 C726 0.8 0.4 B
Q707 JL732
Y/G 1u VDET2FIL C-Y OUT
Y/G 3 MSD601-RST1 B 2.0 5.0 C750 S VIDEO
Y/CVBS/Cy/Cb OUT2 VCC+ 0.1u D728 D715

Y
STZ6.8N-T146 STZ6.8N-T146
G GND_V 4 C722 2.8 0 B
2

G
10u AGC IN Cb OUT

TO
CB/B 5
CB/B
5.0 50V
AGC CTL VCC-
-3.3 C751
0.1u
1
5
GND_V 6 R736 1.6 0 B

Y/CVBS/Cy/Cb OUT
RD-060
Y C 22 SLICE OUT Cr OUT
BOARD(5/7) R780
CN604 Y 7 JL733
75

CVBS/Cb OUT

OFFSET CTL1
1.3
VIDEO5V 8 0.7
(PAGE 4-33)

C/Cr OUT
AGCFIL1

AGCFIL2
C

CVBS IN
B+ R749

R1717
C 9

STZ6.8N-T146
STZ6.8N-T146
R1716
S-Y IN

C-Y IN

STZ6.8N-T146
MUTE
B-

Cb IN
VCC+

VCC+

R747
Cr IN
VCC-

VCC-
2200

75
GND

GND

GND

75
C IN

75
1 1 1
GND_V 10

D731
D702

D732
J703
B+
RECCCR 11
RECCCR
Q708
MSD601-RST1
5.0
L703
10uH
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
2 2 2 9 COMPONENT
VIDEO OUT
H GND_V 12

JL755
RECVY Y
7
5.0
1.3

1.4
2.7

-3.3

-2.6
5.0
0.7
0.7

0.5
5.0

0.5
-3.3
0.7
5.1
0.7
RECVY 13 L702 R1710
B+ 0 P R/ P B/
R738 1.3 10uH CR CB Y
GND_V 14 22 0.7
L3B JL747
RECB 15 R750
2200 C720 JL748
C721 47u
GND_V 16 47u 25V
TO 25V JL714
L3G
RD-060 RECG 17 5.0
BOARD(5/7) Q709 C728 C730 C733 C734 C735 C738 C740 C744 C745 JL749
CN602 GND_V 18 MSD601-RST1 1u 22u 0.1u 0.1u 0.1u 0.1u 0.1u 47u 47u
L3RC Y/G R785 B 25V B B B B B 25V 25V
(PAGE 4-33) RECR 19 0 C772
R740 1.3 2W 0.1u
I GND_V 20 22 0.7 B 8
FSW 21 R751 RECVY
2200

IC701 5.0
RECCCR
B+
-3.3V REG Q710
FSW MSD601-RST1 L704 R791
20 TO(5/8,7/8) CB/B 10uH 0
XP_VMUTE 2W
R742 1.3
22 0.7
D703 D704
1SR154-400TE-25 1SR154-400TE-25 R752
B- 2200
J UNSW-8V-V
L701 22uH IC701
TK72233CMCL-G
5.1 5.0 5.0 B+
UNSW5V-V
B+ JL750 R744
R1736 22
10k R715 CR/R
47k
4.3 2.9 -3.3 1.3
VOUT Q711
1

Q715 0.7
MSD601-RST1
1 TO(1/8) 2SB1197K-T-146-R R1735
CONT B- R753
-5.8 -5.8
5V SWITCH 470 VEE 2200 B-
2

C716
0.1 VEE 47u
-1.2 GND 25V
3

5.1 C701
47u R716 NP
K JL751 25V 100k C703
0.01u
C714
47u C715
C718
0.1u
C717
47u
B 25V 0.1u B 25V
B
GND-V
Q716 C774 C775
MUN2213T1 1u 47u
SWITCH B 25V

CN501
13P: EXCEPT HX520: AEP3/HX725: AEP3/HX727: AEP3/HX920/HX925
21P: HX520: AEP3/HX725: AEP3/HX727: AEP3/HX920/HX925

VIDEO IN/OUT
AV-103 (6/8) 4-15 4-16
 RDR-HX520/HX525/HX720/HX722/
HX725/HX727/HX920/HX925
For Schematic Diagram
• Refer to page 4-4 for waveforms.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

JL801
TU_SDA
JL803 12 TO(4/8,
AV-103 BOARD(7/8) TU_SCL 5/8,6/8)
A EURO
JL802

-REF.NO.: SERIES- FSW 20 TO(5/8,

6/8)

C802 IC801 B+
10u TK11250CMCL-G
NO MARK:REC/PB MODE
R :REC MODE
50V
5.8 5.8 IC801

6
VCONT VIN R845
P :PB MODE 5V REG 75

C832
0.1u

C837
R854

0.1u
2

5
GND GND

75
B

B
1.3 5.0

4
NP VOUT

R841
C835

R840
R858

R844
100
220

C828

C829
C801

0.1u

0.1u
0.1u 75

75

B
EURO_INT

B
0.01u B
B 21 TO(5/8)
AVLINK

0.1u B
C803

C833
10u

25V
47u

C834
B+ B+ 50V

B+ C826 C830
47u R871 100p

4.9

1.3

4.6

4.6

1.9

1.4

4.9

1.4

1.9

1.3
25V 0 FB801 D818

0
0uH NNCD3.9F-T1
FB802
C 52 51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 0uH

FSW
R872

SDA

AUX_G
1

SCL

AUX_B

DVCC1
D802

DVCC2
FB

ALL_MUTE
ENC_CVBS

INT

AUX_R/C
L1_FB_OUT
0 3
STZ6.8N-T146 2

D803 2
FB803 STZ6.8N-T146 1 3
0uH
DGND1 C842 FB804

39
1
C820 DGND2 0.1u 0uH C855
0.1u B D814 100p
Y B 1.8 AUX_CVBS/Y 1.3 UDZSTE-176.2B 50V

38
2
ENC_Y FB805 D815 C856
Y 0uH UDZSTE-1713B
Y 0.3 100p
TEST1 FB806 50V
D

37
3
C C819 FS_AUX 0uH
C 0.1u R861
CR/R C B 2.8 1.5 75 D804 2
CVBS/Y_OUT_to_AUX

36
4
CR/R ENC_C NNCD3.9F-T1 1 3
Y/G
Y/G
IC803 AGND2
R864
68 C867

35
5
CB/B C821 FSL1 0.1u D805 2
CB/B EURO VIDEO IN/OUT B 16V R865 FB807 NNCD3.9F-T1 3
0.1u 75 1
23 L3B CR/R B 1.6 C_OUT_to_AUX 0.6 0uH
2

34
6
L3B ENC_R C840
TO(6/8) L3G R839 0.5 FB815 0uH
10k 0.1u
L3G 0.1 AVCC2 4.9 B D806 D819

33
C841 R896 470

7
L3RC PARALLEL1 * 47u Q808 STZ6.8N-T146 STZ6.8N-T146
L3RC C822 0.6
0.1u 25V R866 DTA114TKA-T146 FB816
VY_AD Y/G B 1.8 IC803 CVBS/Y_OUT_to_L1 1.5 75 C861 2

32
SWITCH R874 0uH 3

8
VY_AD BH7626KS2 1u C845 1
ENC_G R862
E AU2INR
AU2INR
2.0 FS2 0 100k
R867
100k 0.1
B
10V
100k 220p C849
220p

31
AU2INL 9
C823 C825 VREF
AU2INL 0.1u 100u R859 R878
CB/B B 10V 1.6 0.6 100k R875 0 C846 C850
B_OUT_to_L1
10

30

JL826

JL825
JL824

JL823

JL822
JL821

JL820

JL819

JL818

JL817

JL816
JL815
JL814

JL813

JL812
JL811
JL810
100k 220p 220p
ENC_B R868
Q801 JL804 JL807
75

CVBS/Y_OUT_to_INPUT_AD
MSB709-RT1 0 G_OUT_to_L1 0.6 0.5 R842 D807 D820
FB817
11

29
SWITCH ASW6 1M 0.1 STZ6.8N-T146 STZ6.8N-T146

22

23

24
25
26

27
28
29

30

31
32
33

34
35

36
37

38
39
40

41

42
R869 0uH
JL805 JL808
-7.3 -4.9 1.8 0.6 75
R/C_OUT_to_L1
12

28
UNSW-8V-V TU_CVBS
R804 C824 R870 JL806 JL809
2200 0.1u 0 75 FB818 0uH
FS1
13

27
B

FUNCTION_SW_IN
-5.6 ASW5 Q807 C862 R897
1u
F RJK005N03-T146 470

L1_CVBS/Y
C804

BLANKING_IN
SWITCH B
D801 1u 10V D828
UDZSTE-175.6B B UDZSTE-176.2B
AGND1

AVCC1

V/Y_OUT
LINE3/

A(R)OUT

A(L)OUT
10V D824
ASW4

ASW3

ASW2

ASW1

L1_C

GND(A)

AVLINK
GND(E)

GND(E)

GND(E)
GND(E)

GND(E)
GND(E)

GND(E)
DECODER

A(R)IN

A(L)IN
R/C

ADR
STZ6.8N-T146

BI/CO

G_IN

R_IN

V_IN
02 UNSW6V-A

N.C.
G

B
TO(1/8) UNSW12V-A
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26

R0
P4.7

R4.9
P0.2
0.6

0.2

0.6

4.9

0.6

0.6

1.3

2.8

FUNCTION_SW_OUT
R837

L803
R838
0

47uH
0

B+ B+

BLANKING_OUT
C836 LINE1-TV
R843

C816 R886 C838

R887
0.1u
G
0

0.1u 0 0.1u

0
B

R/C_OUT
B

V/Y_OUT
A(R)OUT
B

A(L)OUT
42P

GND(A)

AVLINK
GND(E)

GND(E)

GND(E)

GND(E)

GND(E)

GND(E)

GND(E)
G_OUT
A(R)IN
GND-V

A(L)IN
BO/CI

V_IN
N.C.
C813 C866 C865 R852
ASW6
ASW5

ASW1
100u
ASW4

ASW3

ASW2

47u 0.1u FB824

CN805
75 C839
10V 25V B 100p 0uH
16V

10

11
12

13
14

15
16

17

18
19

20

21
1

3
4
5

6
7
8

9
VY_AD

JL842

JL841
JL840

JL839

JL838
JL837

JL836

JL835

JL834

JL833
JL832
JL831

JL830

JL829
JL828
JL827
L3RC R873 D821
0 FB808 NNCD3.9F-T1
L3G 0uH
FB809
L3B 0uH
H B+ R1801 D808 1
3
0 STZ6.8N-T146 2

D809 2
12 FB810 STZ6.8N-T146 1 3
AUGND 0uH
TO(2/8, B- FB811 C853
6/8) C805 0uH 100p 50V
R819 1u D816
100 B UDZSTE-176.2B
B+ FB812 D817
0uH UDZSTE-1713B
IC802 FB813 C854
BD3826FS 0uH 100p 50V
I 16
TUDV R820
100 0 AUX_L_OUT 0 D810 2
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32

C843 C844
1

TU_L R821 R835 STZ6.8N-T146 1 3 D825

TO(4/8) 0 TU_L_IN 0 1u 1u UDZSTE-176.2B
100 100k AUX_R_OUT B B
2

TU_R R836 R4.9 TU_R_IN

ASW1 100k P0.2 0.3 D811 2
FS_AUX_IN R860 R889 R888 FB814
3

R0 ASW1 100 STZ6.8N-T146 1 3

ASW2 P4.6 0 100k 100k 0uH
AUX_L_IN
4

R822 ASW2 R863 0uH

100 0 0 100 FB819
AUX_R_IN
14
5

DA-L R825 R823 DA_L_IN R898 D812 D822

0 R0.3
100 100 FS_L1_IN P4.5 470 STZ6.8N-T146 STZ6.8N-T146
6

TO(3/8) DA-R DA_R_IN

AU2INR 0.2 0 C863 FB820 2
ASW3 L1_L_IN C847 0uH 3
IC802 R876
7

ASW3 1u 1
R802 R805 R807 0 0 B 100k 220p C851
C807 ASW4 L1_R_IN
J 100k 100k 100k 220p
8

1u C817 ASW4 10V

B 0.1u 5.0 GND EURO AUDIO IN/OUT
9

B -5V R879
0 0 R877 0 C848 C852
L1_L_OUT
16 15 14 13 12 11 10

R806 R808 100k 220p 220p

R803 L4_L_IN
100k 100k 100k 0 L1_R_OUT 0 C864
L4_R_IN 1u D813 D823 D827
C818 4.9 11.9 C827 B FB821
C809 +12V 0uH STZ6.8N-T146 STZ6.8N-T146 STZ6.8N-T146
1u 0.1u 0.1u 10V
B 0 +5V JL843 B
AU2INL B FS_AUX_OUT B+ R899
L2_L_IN 470 FB822
R827 0 R0.5 0uH
100 FS_L1_OUT P11.3
0 L2_R_IN 0
ASW5 AD_L_OUT
ASW5 EU-AU-OUT-L
ASW6 0 AD_R_OUT 0 09 TO(2/8)
K ASW6
R828
C810
1u
EU-AU-OUT-R

100 B

EURO
4-17 4-18 AV-103 (7/8)
RDR-HX520/HX525/HX720/HX722/
HX725/HX727/HX920/HX925
For Schematic Diagram
• Refer to page 4-4 for waveforms.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

AV-103 BOARD(8/8) (RDR-HX525/HX725/HX727/HX925)

IR-CNT RESET5V

A
NO MARK:REC/PB MODE IC1102 IC1102 M30263M6A-1547U5
R1144
IR I/F 1k
0
P10.1/AN1

42
1
AVss
R1101 0 0
P10.2/AN2

41
2
1k P10.0/AN0 IR_BUSY
0
P10.3/AN3

40
3
VREF
R1147 4.9
0
P10.4/AN4/KI0
B

39
4700

4
B+ AVcc
CN1102 8P
JL905 0 P10.5/AN5/ 0
KI1

38
5
IR_GND 1 P9.1/TB1/
JL906
R1116 AN31 P10.6/AN6/
UN5V 2 0 0
KI2

37
JL907 100k

6
P9.0/TB0IN/
XIR_RST 3 R1133 AN30/CLKOUT
JL908 0 P10.7/AN7/ 0
4700 KI3

36
7
(FOR CHECK) CNVss 4 R1134 CNVss
JL909
4700 P1.5/INT3/ 22
XCE 5 R1103 0 0 TO(5/8)
ADTRG/IDV

35
JL910

8
1k P8.7/XCIN
SH_TXD2 6
JL911 0 P1.6/INT4/ 0
IDW

34
9
SH_RXD2 7 P8.6/XCOUT
C N.C 8 11 5.1 P1.7/INT5/
IDU
0

10

33
RESET IR_INT
R1108
680 P6.4/CTS1/RTS1/ JL912
2.4
C1109 CTS0/CLKS1

11

32
15p XOUT
0
P6.5/CLK1

12

31
C1110 VSS
15p 4.9 R1139
X1101 2.3 10k
P6.6/RxD1

13

30
16MHz XIN
4.9 R1140
4.9 10k
P6.7/TxD1

14

29
C1111
0.1u VCC
P7.0/TxD1/SDA2/ 4.9 R1141 JL902
D B 0
15
TA0OUT/CTS1/ 10k

28
STB_RXD
P8.5/ RTS1/CLKS1
NMI/SD P7.1/RxD2/SCL2 JL901
0 5.1
/TA0IN/CLK1
16

27
STB_TXD
P8.4INT2/
ZP P7.2/CLK2/
0 0
TA1OUT/V/RxD1
17

26
P8.3/INT1 Q1104
0 P7.3/CTS2/RTS2
/TA1IN/V/TxD1
0 IC1103 B+
2SB1561T100Q
SWITCH
18

25
P8.2/INT0 0
P7.4/TA2OUT R1105 NAND
0 0 1k R1110 4.9
/W
19

24
P8.1TA4IN 1k
/U IC1103
0 0 R1142 SN74AHC1G00DCKR 4.9
P7.5TA2IN/W
E
20

23
0
P8.0/TA4IN JL903 R1148
/U 0 Vcc 4.9
150

5
0 0
P7.6/TA3OUT B
21

P7.7/TA3IN 22 JL904 R1106 C1104

0 2200 470p R1132

2
A B 150
R1143
B+ 0 V 4.9

4
GND R1107
150 D1103
STZ6.8N-T146 R1120
B+ R1115
1k
SW5V-S 0
C1103 JL913
1u R1111 JL914
B 1k JL915
1608
F 7
GND-I
R1146
J1101

G-LINK
TO(1/8) 0

GND-T

IR-CNT
AV-103 (8/8) 4-19 4-20
 RDR-HX520/HX525/HX720/HX722/
HX725/HX727/HX920/HX925

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
ND3101 (FLUORESCENT TUBE DISPLAY)

A FL-159 BOARD
FL DRIVER,LINE2 IN,POWER SW

10G

11G

12G

P16

P15

P14

P13
P12

P11
P10
1G

2G

3G

4G

5G

6G

7G

8G
9G

P9

P8

P7
P6

P5

P4
P3

P2

P1
F1

F2
IC

IC

IC

IC

IC

IC

IC

IC

IC

IC

IC

IC

IC

IC

IC
IC
1 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 52

JL3146

JL3150

JL3168
JL3131

JL3138

JL3148
JL3116

JL3152
JL3112

JL3119

JL3132

JL3149
JL3121

JL3133

JL3135

JL3151
JL3113

JL3114

JL3117

JL3134

JL3147

JL3167
SEG4 JL3153
JL3122

JL3136

JL3154
SEG11 JL3141

JL3156
JL3120

JL3123

JL3125

JL3140

JL3145

JL3157
JL3115

JL3118

JL3130

JL3139

SEG10 JL3142

JL3155
JL3144
JL3137

JL3143
JL3124
NO MARK:REC/PB MODE

SEG1
SEG7
SEG6

SEG2
SEG9

SEG8

SEG3
SEG12
SEG16

SEG5
SEG14

SEG13
SEG15
:Voltage measurement of

GRD1

GRD11
GRD8
GRD9
GRD2
GRD3

GRD4

GRD5

GRD7

GRD10
GRD6

GRD12
the CSP IC and
B the Transistors with L3101
Q3101,Q3102
OSC
mark,is not possible. 100uH B+

GRD1
GRD2

GRD9
GRD4

GRD6

GRD7
GRD3

GRD5

GRD8
Q3101 D3110
2SC2411K-T-146-CR 1SS355TE-17 JL3110 B+
R3111
3300 T3101 D3111 C3116

MM3Z6V2ST1
0 5.6 0.01u
DC/DC CONVERTER 1SS355TE-17
C3110 B

D3112
0.0068u TRANSFORMER C3113 C3115 16V
200V 0.1u C3114 0.1u
B 22u B
2 10 50V 50V 50V 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34
C3106 D3108 2012
100u 2012
1SS355TE-17
C 16V 0 3 1

VDD
GR1
GR2

GR3

GR4
GR5
GR6

GR7

GR8
GR9
VSS
D3109 JL3111
5.6 1SS355TE-17
4 7
Q3102 C3120
2SC2411K-T-146-CR 150p
6 8 JL3126 CH
GR10 GRD10

23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33
IC3101

1
R3115 LED1
JL3127 GR11 GRD11
27k

2
5 9
JL3128 LED2
FL DRIVER GR12 GRD12

3
B+ B+ JL3129 LED3 C3121
R3116 PT6315 VEE 150p

4
100k LED4 IC3101 CH
SG16 SEG16

5
OSC
D SG15 SEG15

6
DOUT
LEDT SG14 SEG14

7
DIN
LECK SG13 SEG13

8
CLK
R3124 FLSTB SG12 SEG12

9
0 R3123 STB
0 SG11 SEG11

11 10
K1
SG10 SEG10
K2

J3101 R3103
E

VSS

VDD

SG1
SG2

SG3

SG4
SG5
SG6

SG7

SG8
SG9
0 1
2W D3102
STZ6.8N-T146 3 CN3101 10P
2
JL3101 C3117
10 S2 SW 0.01u 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
JL3102
B
9 Y2 IN 16V
JL3103
8 AN GND

SEG1
SEG2

SEG4

SEG9
SEG3

SEG5

SEG8
SEG6

SEG7
JL3104
TO B+
G

1 7 C2 IN
AV-103
C

D3103 JL3105
R3101 STZ6.8N-T146 6 AN GND BOARD(6/8) C3118
S VIDEO 75 3 JL3106 CN701 0.1u
2
5 V2 IN B
(PAGE 4-15)
F
Y

R3102 4 AU GND
75 1
D3104 JL3107
STZ6.8N-T146 3 L2 IN
R3104 3 JL3108
0 2
2 AU GND
LINE2 IN 2W JL3109
R3105 1 R2 IN
0 2W
B+
VIDEO R3108
75 1
D3105
R3109 3 STZ6.8N-T146
AUDIO L 0 2W
G 2

JL3158
CN3102 8P

AUDIO R 8 KEY0
LECK JL3159
FB3101 7 LED_CK
FB3102 2 JL3160
D3106 3 FLSTB
STZ6.8N-T146 6 FLD_STB
JL3161 TO
1 LEDT FR-240
B+ B+ 5 LED_DT
JL3162 BOARD
4 IT_GND CN3001
1
D3107 JL3163
STZ6.8N-T146 3 FR_5V (PAGE 4-23)
3 JL3164
2 S3101
POWER 2 IT_GND
H JL3165
1 FL_POW_6V

C3103 C3104 R3114

220p 220p 220k
50V 50V

R3113
220k

FL DRIVER, LINE2 IN, POWER SW

4-21 4-22 FL-159
RDR-HX520/HX525/HX720/HX722/
HX725/HX727/HX920/HX925

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
FR-240 BOARD
DV,REMOCON RECEIVER,FUNCTION SW,LED
A
NO MARK:REC/PB MODE B+ B+

R3005 5.1
2200
R3003 0
0
LEDIM Q3002
R3004 4.4
BC857CE6327
IC3001 4700
5.0 SWITCH
B+

B LED DRIVER 5.1

Q3001 R3008
0
BCR133E6327
SWITCH
C3001
0.01u
B
16V

IC3001
BU2050F-E2 SYNCHRO REC
CN3001 8P
JL3001 HDD JL3010 0.4 5.1 D3002 D3004
VDD

10 11 12 13 14
R3006 EB3804X-TP-J555K

1
KEY0 1 SLR-332VRT32
JL3002 LECK DVD JL3011 P3 5.1 JL3016 220
5.1 P2
C

2
LED_CK 2 FLSTB P4 HDD R3009
JL3003 JL3012 5.1 56
P1

3
FLD_STB 3 HDD
TO JL3004 LEDT P5 5.1
XCLR LERST

4
FL-159 BOARD LED_DT 4 VSS
CN3102 JL3005 JL3013 5.1 LESTB R3007
XSTB 220 D3005

5
IT_GND 5 P6
B+ SLI-343YCT32WST
(PAGE 4-22) JL3006 JL3014
CLK 5.1 LECK
R3010

9
FR_5V 6
JL3007 JL3015 P7 DVD 150
DATA 0 LEDT
D3003

8
IT_GND 7 P8
DVD
JL3008 SLR-332VRT32
C3002
FL_POW_6V 8 0.1u
B TIMER REC
16V

D JL3029
15
CN3003

IT_GND
15P

JL3030
14 IT_GND
B+ B+ JL3031
13 FL_POW_6V
LEDIM JL3032
12 LED_DIM
B+ B+ JL3033
11 FR_5V
JL3034
TO
10 SIRCS
JL3035 AV-103
9 SIRCS_5V BOARD(5/8)
LEDT JL3036 CN602

E LERST JL3037
8
7
LED_DT
LED_RST
(PAGE 4-14)
LECK JL3038
6 LED_CK
LESTB JL3039
5 LED_STB
FLSTB JL3040
4 FLD_STB
JL3041
3 KEY0
JL3042
2 KEY1
JL3043
R3001 1 KEY2
0
F DV IN
2W
2012
CN3004 4P JL3022
CN3005 6P

6 DGND
JL3023
TPB- 1 5 TPB- TO
JL3024
TPB+ 2 4 TPB+ RD-060 S3006
JL3025 BOARD(6/7)
TPA- 3 3 TPA- CN701 OPEN/CLOSE
JL3026
TPA+ 4 2 TPA+
(PAGE 4-36)
JL3027 R3018
1 DGND S3007 2200 S3012
S3001 R3013 CH+
2200 DVD
G PLAY
± 0.5%
R3019 R3023
R3014 S3008 2200 S3013 2200
S3002
IC3002 REC_STOP
2200 CH-
HDD

REMOTO CONTROL R3015 R3020 R3024

RECEIVER S3003 3300 S3009 3300 S3014 2200
REC_MODE
IC3002 REC INPUT_SELECT
GP1UM28XK0SF
R3016
S3004 5600

H STOP
VOUT

GND
VCC

R3017
S3005 8200
1 2 3
DUB
5.1 B+

5.1
R3012
0

C3004
0.01u
I B
16V

DV, REMOCON RECEIVER, FUNCTION SW, LED

FR-240 4-23 4-24
 RDR-HX520/HX525/HX720/HX722/
HX725/HX727/HX920/HX925
For Schematic Diagram
• Refer to page 4-41 for printed wiring board.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23

R124 R126

SDCL[0]

SDA[0]

FSEL
R1068
RD-060 BOARD(1/7) IC102
BR24L32FJ-WE2
2200 2200

R127 R1066
R143 R146
4700
100
6
4700 XSYSRST TO(2/7,3/7,4/7,5/7,6/7)
A RISM3 2200 0 ± 0.5% ± 0.5%

R125
2200
1

8
TDI NC VCC C1031
TDI R1060 C1030 0.1u B B+
-REF.NO.: SERIES-

7
TMS NC WP R1040 0 0.1u

CL115
JL124
TMS

JL115
B

JL111
JL112
47

6
TRST NC SCL
TRST

DDQS[3]
DDQS[2]
DDQS[1]
DDQS[0]
DDM[3]
DDM[2]
DDM[1]
DDM[0]

DADRS[12]
DADRS[11]
DADRS[10]
DADRS[9]
DADRS[8]
DADRS[7]
DADRS[6]
DADRS[5]
DADRS[4]
DADRS[3]
DADRS[2]
DADRS[1]
DADRS[0]
NO MARK:REC/PB MODE

DWE
DRAS
DCAS
DBA[1]
DBA[0]
DCS
DDATA[0]
DDATA[1]
DDATA[2]
DDATA[3]
DDATA[4]
DDATA[5]
DDATA[6]
DDATA[7]
DDATA[8]
DDATA[9]
DDATA[10]
DDATA[11]
DDATA[12]
DDATA[13]
DDATA[14]
DDATA[15]
DDATA[16]
DDATA[17]
DDATA[18]
DDATA[19]
DDATA[20]
DDATA[21]
DDATA[22]
DDATA[23]
DDATA[24]
DDATA[25]
DDATA[26]
DDATA[27]
DDATA[28]
DDATA[29]
DDATA[30]
DDATA[31]
CL116
IC108

5
TCK VSS SDA C131 C136
R :REC MODE TCK R1041 8 7 0.1u 0.1u

RB180
B+
47 6 5 B B

10k
P :PB MODE HADRS[6]
C104
0.01u 4 3 C130 C135 C142
0.1u REG
HADRS[6] HADRS[7] 2 1 0.1u 0.1u
B B B C109
HADRS[7] HADRS[8] B IC108
HADRS[8] HADRS[9] 8 7 C148 220u C124 MM1762FHBE
C128

C132

R147
C143
C129

C137
RB179

C146
R197 4V

0.1u

0.1u
1u

0.1u

0.1u

0.1u
HADRS[9] 0.1u

22
HADRS[10] 6 5

10k
0.1u

B
R1037

B
B 0 6.6X5.5 B
HADRS[10] HADRS[11] 4 3
:Voltage measurement of 4700 B
B IC102

8
HADRS[11] HADRS[12] 2 1 VOUT VIN

R148
the CSP IC and HADRS[12] B+ B+

22
HADRS[13]
IC105

7
HADRS[13] HADRS[14] NC NC
the Transistors with

R196
HADRS[14] HADRS[15] EEPROM

1k
JL1024

B+

6
JL1015
mark,is not possible. HADRS[15] HADRS[16] B+ GND NC

JL143
JL144
JL129
JL145
JL119

JL146

JL159
JL160
JL161
JL162
JL163
JL164
JL165
JL166

GND
HADRS[16] HADRS[17] IC105 512Mbit DDR
C1037 C188

5
HADRS[17] HADRS[18] CN CONT HY5DU121622CTP-JDR
0.01u 0.1u
HADRS[18] HADRS[19] R1035 B
HADRS[19] HADRS[20] B 9
0

34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66
1
HADRS[20] C1006 C1038 VDD VSS

AD20

AD22

AD18

AD14
C1028

AC25

AB25

AA25

AA21
AA23

AB23
AC24

AB22

AA19

AC21

AC19
AC18

AC16
AC15

AA20
AE23

AE24
AE22

AE19
AE20
HADRS[21]

W25

W21

W24
M24

M22
G21

R23

R22

R24

N24

N22

U25

U24
K24

K22

Y23

P21
P25

P22

Y25

V21

V25
L22

L23

L25

T23

T21
J22
J24
HADRS[21] HADRS[22] 0.01u 68u 1u DDT2[16] DDT2[31]

2
HADRS[22] HADRS[23] B 16V B DADRS[12] DADR[12] DQ0 DQ15
1 TO(4/7) HADRS[23] 16V C189

AD25

AD23

AD24

AD21

AD19

AD17
AB24
AA24

AA22
AC23

AC22

AB21
AB20

AB18

AA18

AB17

AB15

AB14
AC20
AE21
AE25
HADRS[24]

W22

W23
M25

M21

M23
H21

H25

R25

N21
N25
R21

N23

U22

U23
U21
K21

K25

K23

Y24
V24

Y21
Y22

V23

P24

P23

V22
L21

L24

T25

T24

T22
J25
R171

3
HADRS[24] HADRS[25] 0.1u VDDQ VSSQ
HADRS[25] HADRS[26]
RB168 RB169 RB170 DADRS[11] 2 33 1 DADR[11] DDT2[17] B DDT2[30]

4
HADRS[26] DQ1 DQ14

VSS

VDD25
DDQS3

DDQS1

DDM3
DDM1
VSS

VDD25
DWE

DCAS
DBA0

DVREF
DCLKO

VDD25
DADRS11

DADRS9
DADRS7
DADRS5

DADRS3

DADRS1
REC656O7

REC656O5
REC656O3

REC656O1

VSS
VDD

VSS

SDCL0
SDA0

FSEL(INT7)
INT5

WP(INT3)
INT1

VSS
VDD25

VDD
HADRS[27]

HWAIT

VSS
VDD25

VDD
DDQS2
DDQS0

DDM2

DDM0

VSS

VDD25
DRAS
DBA1

DCS
DCLKNO

VSS
DADRS12

DADRS10

DADRS8

DADRS6
DADRS4
DADRS2
DADRS0

REC656O6

REC656O4

REC656O2
REC656O0

VDD
VSS

SDCL1

SDA1

INT8

INT6
INT4
INT2

INT0

VSS
VDD25
VDD25
DADRS[9] 4 3

DDATA5

DDATA7

DDATA9
DDATA11
DDATA13
DDATA15

DDATA17
DDATA19

DDATA21
DDATA23
DDATA25
DDATA27

DDATA29
DDATA31
DDATA4
DDATA6

DDATA8
DDATA10
DDATA12

DDATA14

DDATA16
DDATA18
DDATA20
DDATA22

DDATA24

DDATA26

DDATA28
DDATA30
DDATA1
DDATA3
DDATA0
DADR[9]

DDATA2
C HADRS[27] HADRS[28] C149 47k 47k 47k
DADRS[8] 6 5 DADR[8] DDT2[18] DDT2[29]

5
HADRS[28] HADRS[29] 0.1u EXCEPT DADRS[7] 8 7 DADR[7] DQ2 DQ13

1
3
5
7

1
3
5
7
HADRS[29] HADRS[30] C111 B HX520: AEP3/

6
HADRS[30] NAND_CS C112 0.1u VDD25 AB19 RB111 VSSQ VDDQ
HX725: AEP3/
NAND_CS HCS[0] 0.1u B F21 VDD VSS AA15 C150 33 DDT2[19] B+ DDT2[28]
HX727: AEP3/

7
HCS[0] E20 VDD VDD AA17 DQ3 DQ12

2
4
6
8
2
4
6
8
HWS[0] B 0.1u B DADRS[6] 2 1 DADR[6]
HWS[0] HOE J21 VDD33 VDD33 AA16 HX920/HX925 DDT2[20] DDT2[27]
C113 C114 DADRS[5] 4 3 DADR[5]

8
HOE 0.1u 0.1u E21 VDD33 PXCLK AB16 JL120 C151 REC656V DADRS[4] 6 5 DADR[4] DQ4 DQ11
B E19 VSS REC656V AB13 7 C190 C1008
B JL167 0.1u REC656H DADRS[10] 8 DADR[10] 0.1u

9
DBI R123 J23 DBI REC656H AC13 JL168 B REC656I[7] 0.1u VDDQ VSSQ
INT[2] 10k G22 CSYNC REC656I7 AC17 RB112 DDT2[21] B B
JL169 REC656I[6] DDT2[26]

33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10
1 2 F23 TEST REC656I6 AE18 JL170 REC656I[5] 33 DQ5 DQ10
HDATA[15] 3 4 RB149 C25 HDATA15 REC656I5 AE17 JL171 REC656I[4] DADRS[0] 1 2 DADR[0] DDT2[22] DDT2[25]
HDATA[14] 5 6 0 E22 HDATA14 REC656I4 AD16 JL172 REC656I[3] DADRS[1] 3 4 DADR[1] DQ6 DQ9
D24 REC656I3 R1061 0
HDATA[13] 7 8 HDATA13 AE16 JL173 REC656I[2] DADRS[2] 5 6 DADR[2]
HDATA[12] 1 2 E23 HDATA12 REC656I2 AD15 JL174 REC656I[1] DADRS[3] 7 8 DADR[3] VSSQ VDDQ
D HDATA[11]
HDATA[10]
3
5
4
6
RB150
0
F22
E24
HDATA11
D25 HDATA10
REC656I1
REC656I0 AE14
AC14 JL175
JL176
REC656I[0]
REC656CLKI RB113
DDT2[23]
C191
DQ7 DQ8 R191
DDT2[24]
HDATA[9] 7 8 HDATA9 R656CLKI AE15 JL177 33 4700 ± 0.5%
E25 HDATA8 R1065 0.1u NC NC
HDATA[8] 1 2 RESET AE13 JL130 TMS R161 B C1012
F24 HDATA7 TMS AD13 0
HDATA[7] 3 4 RB151 DDQS[0] 0 DDQS1[0] 0.1u
HDATA[6] G23 HDATA6 VSS AA13 C152 VDDQ VSSQ
5 6 0 0.1u R1012 C1009 B
HDATA[5] 7 8 F25 HDATA5 VDD AA14 JL178 DDQS[1] 0 DDQS1[1] DDQS1[2] 0.1u B DDQS1[3]
HDATA[4] H22 HDATA4 TESTMOD7 AD12 B LDQS UDQS
1 2 R128
HDATA[3] 3 4 G24 HDATA3 TESTMOD6 AC12 R1039 DDQS[2] 0 R174 R175 R190
RB152 DDQS1[2] 22
HDATA[2] RB182 RB183 5 6 0 G25 HDATA2 TESTMOD5 AB12 JL118 10k R160 NC NC 22 4700
HDATA[1] H23 HDATA1 TESTMOD4 AE12 ± 0.5%

B+
10k 10k 7 8 DDQS[3] 0 DDQS1[3]
HDATA[0] C115 H24 HDATA0 TESTMOD3 AE11 VDD VREF C1013
0.1u A25 DVDD TESTMOD2 AD11 C153 R1064 C192 0.1u B
2
4
6
8
2
4
6
8
2
4
6
8

B B23 DVSS TESTMOD1 AC11 0.1u 0 0.1u NC VSS

RB181 C116 B25 AHVDD TESTMOD0 AE10 B DDM[0] DDM1[0] DDM1[2] B DDM1[3]
10k R103 C23 AHVSS VSS AB11 LDM UDM
0.1u DDM[1] DDM1[1]
E VMCLK B
0
JL125 B24 PCO VDD AA12 C154 DDM[2] DDM1[2] DWE1
1
3
5
7

1
3
5
7

1
3
5
7

TX[0] D22 VMCLK VDD33 AA11 0.1u DDM[3] WE CK

B DDM1[3] R182
TX[1] JL122 D19 TX0 VSSADA10 AE8 C155 DCAS1 220
JL189 B21 TX1 VDDDDA10 AC9 FB106 0.1u RB114 CAS CK
TX[2] JL105 A22 TX2 VSSDDA10B AC10 0uH B 33 DRAS1
RX[0] R198 JL116 D20 TX3 VSSADA10 AD9 C156 RAS CKE
RX[1] 22 D23 RX0 VCCADA10 AB10 0.1u B R180
JL123 BOUT DCS1
JL190 C24 RX1 BOUT(PD2) AD8 GOUT DWE DWE1 CS NC 10k
RX[2] JL107 C22 RX2 GOUT(PD1) AE7 ROUT DCAS DCAS1 DADR[12]
RTS[0] JL101 JL117 D21 RX3 ROUT(PD0) AD6 R164 R166 R168 R170 NC A12
2 TO(4/7, A24 RTS0 REXT2 AA10
5/7) RTS[1] 22 150 150 150 RB115 DBA1[0] DADR[11]
R162 C157 ± 0.5%
JL199 A23 RTS1 VSSDDA10A AC8 1500 0.1u ± 0.5% ± 0.5% ± 0.5% 33 BA0 A11
JL102 B22 RTS2 VSSADA10 AD7 B DBA1[1] DADR[9]
DRAS DRAS1
ITREQ JL128 C21 RTS3 VCCADA10 AB9 C158 DCS DCS1 BA1 A9
JL126 C20 CTS0 VCCADA10 AB8 0.1u B YOUT DBA[0] DBA1[0] DADR[10] DADR[8]
JL103
F CTS[2]
SCLK[0]
JL114 D18
A21 CTS1
CTS2
C18 CTS3
IC103 YOUT(PD4)
COUT(PD3)
REXT1
AE9
AA9
AD10 R165 R167 R169
COUT DBA[1]
RB116
DBA1[1]
DADR[0]
A10/AP
A0
A8
A7
DADR[7]
R163 22 150 150
SCLK[1] C117 JL1001 B20 SCLK0 RISM3 VSSAAD10B AE6
1500 ± 0.5% ± 0.5% ± 0.5% 33 DADR[1] DADR[6]
0.1u JL191 C19 SCLK1 VSSDAD10 AA8 DDATA[31] DDT2[31] A1 A6
JL104 B D17 SCLK2 VSSAAD10B AC6 FB110 DDATA[30] DADR[2] DADR[5]
C159 0.1u B 0uH DDT2[30]
A20 SCLK3 VRMB AA7 DDATA[29] DDT2[29] A2 A5
C118 E17 VDD33 VR0B AB6 C160 0.1u B DDATA[28] DDT2[28] DADR[3] DADR[4]
0.1u C119 E18 VDD IC103 VRPB AC5 C161 0.1u B RECCR A3 A4
E15 VDD CIN(VINB1) AE5 RB117
RB184

B 0.1u R8A34012BG C162 0.1u B

RB175
10k

E13 VDD VCCAAD10B AB7 C174 33 VDD VSS

B+
10k B
E16 VSS VCCAAD10B AD5 C163 0.1u B 0.1u DDATA[27] DDT2[27] R1067 C193
C120
0.1u E14 VSS VCCAAD10A AE4 C164 0.1u B B DDATA[26] DDT2[26] 0 0.1u
B JL133 A18 MSDATA0 VCCDAD10 AC7 C165 0.1u B DDATA[25] DDT2[25] B
JL134 C17 MSDATA1 NC AD4 FB107 DDATA[24] DDT2[24]
JL135 B18 MSDATA2 VSSAAD10A AD3 0uH C194 B+ IC106
A19 MSDATA3 VSSAAD10A AE2 C166 0.1u B RB118 R1063 HY5DU121622CTP-JDR
R1042 JL136 0.1u
G 0 JL137
JL132
B19 MSCLK
B17 MSBS
VRMA
VR0A AB5
AA6 C167 0.1u B
C168 0.1u B
DDATA[23]
33
DDT2[23]
0 B

34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66
1
HADRS[6] JL138 D16 MSINS VRPA AC4 C175 0.1u B RECVY DDATA[22] DDT2[22] VDD VSS
HADRS[7] C16 HADRS6 YIN(VINA2) AE3 C176 DDATA[21] DDT2[21] DDT2[0] DDT2[15]

2
HADRS[8] A17 HADRS7 CVBSIN(VINA1) AD2 0.1u B DDATA[20] DDT2[20] DQ0 DQ15
RX[0] HADRS[9] RB154 B16 HADRS8 VCCAAD10A AB4 C169 0.1u B C195

3
RX[0] HADRS[10] 0 D15 HADRS9 VDD33 AA5 C170 0.1u B RB119 0.1u VDDQ VSSQ
RTS[0] HADRS[11] A16 HADRS10 VDD Y5 C171 0.1u B 33 DDT2[1] B DDT2[14]

4
RTS[0] HADRS[12] C15 HADRS11 VSS W5 DDATA[19] DDT2[19] DQ1 DQ14
B15 HADRS12 VDD33 V5 C172 0.1u B
ITREQ HADRS[13] RB155 DDATA[18] DDT2[18] DDT2[2] DDT2[13]
C173 0.1u

5
ITREQ HADRS[14] 0 A15 HADRS13 VDD U5 B TRST DDATA[17] DDT2[17] DQ2 DQ13
SCLK[0] HADRS[15] D14 HADRS14 TRST AB3 TCK DDATA[16] DDT2[16]

6
SCLK[0] HADRS[16] C14 HADRS15 TCK AC2 VSSQ VDDQ
TX[0] RB156 B14 HADRS16 TDO AC3 TDI RB120 DDT2[3] R1062 0 DDT2[12]
HADRS[17]

7
TX[0] HADRS[18] 0 A14 HADRS17 TDI AE1 L101 33 DQ3 DQ12
HADRS[19] D13 HADRS18 EVENT1 AD1 JL131 10uH DDATA[15] DDT2[15] DDT2[4] DDT2[11]
B+
H

8
HADRS[20] C13 HADRS19 EVENT0 AA4 JL121 DDATA[14] DDT2[14] DQ4 DQ11
RB157 B13 HADRS20 TRDATA7 AB2 C196 C1010
HADRS[21] JL179 DDATA[13] DDT2[13] 0.1u
0.1u

9
HADRS[22] 0 A13 HADRS21 TRDATA6 Y4 JL180 DDATA[12] DDT2[12] VDDQ VSSQ
A12 HADRS22 TRDATA5 AC1 B B
HADRS[23] JL181 DDT2[5] DDT2[10]

33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10
HADRS[24] B12 HADRS23 TRDATA4 AB1 JL182 L102 C177 C1029 RB121 DQ5 DQ10
HADRS[25] RB158 C12 HADRS24 TRDATA3 AA2 JL183 10uH 10u 10u 33 DDT2[6] DDT2[9]
HADRS[26] 0 D12 HADRS25 TRDATA2 W4 JL184 B B DDATA[11] DDT2[11] DQ6 DQ9
HADRS[27] A11 HADRS26 TRDATA1 AA1 JL185 6.3V 6.3V DDATA[10] DDT2[10]
HADRS[28] B11 HADRS27 TRDATA0 Y2 JL186 DDATA[9] DDT2[9] VSSQ VDDQ
HADRS[29] RB159 C11 HADRS28 TRSYNC AA3 JL187 DDATA[8] DDT2[8] DDT2[7] DDT2[8]
HADRS[30] 0 D11 HADRS29 TRCLK Y3 JL188 PHYSCLK DQ7 DQ8
A10 HADRS30 PHYSCLK W3 C197 R193 C1014
R1043 JL139 JL1002 PHYLREQ RB122 0.1u
0 B10 HADRS31 PHYLREQ U1 33 NC NC 4700 0.1u
JL1003 PHYCTL[0]
RISMSTATUS2 JL140 C10 HCS5 PHYCTL0 Y1 JL1004
B ± 0.5% B
PHYCTL[1] DDATA[7] DDT2[7]
A9 HCS4 PHYCTL1 V4 JL1005 PHYLPS DDATA[6] DDT2[6] VDDQ VSSQ
NAND_CS R1044 D10 HCS3 PHYLPS W2 JL1006 PHYDIO[0] DDATA[5] DDT2[5] DDQS1[0] DDQS1[1]
I HCS[0]
22
R1045
B9
C9
HCS2
A8 HCS1
PHYDIO0
PHYDIO1
PHYDIO2
U4
V3
W1
JL1007
JL1008
PHYDIO[1]
PHYDIO[2]
DDATA[4] DDT2[4]
R172 C198
0.1u
LDQS
NC
UDQS
NC
R173
22
C1011
0.1u R192
22 C121 HCS0 JL1009 PHYDIO[3] RB123 22 4700
3 TO(5/7) D9 HWS1 PHYDIO3 V2 B B
HWS[0] R1046 0.1u JL141 JL1010 PHYDIO[4] 33 ± 0.5%
HOE 22 B JL142 A7 HWS0 PHYDIO4 U3 JL1011 PHYDIO[5] DDATA[3] DDT2[3] VDD VREF
B8 HOE PHYDIO5 V1 JL1012 PHYDIO[6] DDATA[2] DDT2[2]
2
4
6
8

2
4
6
8

R1047 E10 VDD PHYDIO6 U2 NC VSS

RB185

RB186
R1030

C122 JL1013 PHYDIO[7] DDATA[1] DDT2[1] C1015

10k

10k

22
10k

0.1u E12 VDD33 PHYDIO7 T4 JL1014 DDATA[0] DDT2[0] DDM1[0] 0.1u B DDM1[1]
RISMSTATUS1 C123 B E8 VDD33 VCLKI R2 A768FS441K LDM UDM
C102 E11 VSS AMCLK2 R4 RB124
1
3
5
7

1
3
5
7

0.1u A768FS48K DWE1

0.01u B E9 VSS AMCLK1 N2 33 WE CK R183
B JL108 B7 HDACK1 VSS R15 DCAS1 220
JL198
AT1DMARQ

AT2DMARQ
AT1DATA15
AT1DATA13
AT1DATA11

AT2DATA15
AT2DATA13

AT2DATA11
A3 AT1DATA14
A2 AT1DATA12

C2 AT1DATA10

J4 AT2DATA14
K4 AT2DATA12

L4 AT2DATA10
B5 AT1DMACK

G3 AT2DMACK
P-CONT C8 HDACK0 VSS R14 CAS CK
AT1RESET
AT1IORDY

AT2RESET
AT2IORDY
AT1DATA9

AT1DATA7

AT1DATA5
AT1DATA3

AT1DATA1

AT2DATA9

AT2DATA7
AT2DATA5
AT2DATA3

AT2DATA1
E4 AT1DATA8
D1 AT1DATA6
B1 AT1DATA4

D3 AT1DATA2

D4 AT1DATA0

A5 AT1INTRQ

M4 AT2DATA8

L1 AT2DATA6
K1 AT2DATA4

J1 AT2DATA2

H1 AT2DATA0

G4 AT2INTRQ

DACCLKO
P1 ADCCLKO
AT1DIOW

AT2DIOW
AT1ADR1

AT2ADR1
B6 AT1ADR2

C6 AT1ADR0

F3 AT2ADR2

F2 AT2ADR0
JL109
D5 AT1DIOR

G1 AT2DIOR

A1LRCKI
A0LRCKI
D8 HDREQ1

A1DATAI
A0DATAI

N4 ADATAO
DRAS1 B+
AT1CS1

AT2CS1
C7 AT1CS0

F4 AT2CS0

SPDIFO
M2 A1BCKI
P4 A0BCKI

P2 LRCKO
JL110

VDD33
VDD33

VDD33

T3 SPDIFI
A6 HDREQ0 C1035 RAS CKE

BCKO

N5 VDD
R5 VDD
VDD

VDD

H5 VDD

K5 VDD
0.01u R181

VSS
L11 VSS
VSS
L13 VSS
VSS
L15 VSS
VSS
M12 VSS
VSS
M14 VSS
VSS
N11 VSS
VSS
N13 VSS
VSS
VSS

VSS
P12 VSS
VSS
P14 VSS
VSS
R11 VSS
VSS
R13 VSS
E6 VSS
F5 VSS

M5 VSS

N15 VSS
DCS1
R1055

J 1 2 3
IC109 CS NC
10k

B 10k
TK11133CSCL-G

CONT

GND

NOISE

DADR[12]
NC A12

IC101 3.3V REG DBA1[0] DADR[11]

IC101

R1053
R1056

3 2 1 BA0 A11
R1054
10k

M11

M13
M15
*

TK11133CSCL-G
N12
N14

R12
P11

P13

P15
L12

L14
M3

M1
D2

D6

H4
B2

H2

H3
D7
C1

B3
B4
C3

C5

G2

G5

P3
A4

K3
E2

K2
A1

L5
E7

E5

E1
L2

T1
E3

L3

J3
J2

J5
F1
DADR[9]

N1
N3
R3

R1
P5
T2

T5
DBA1[1]
C4

NOISE

GND

CONT
VOUT

3.3V REG BA1 A9

VIN

DADR[10] DADR[8]

IC109
R104 A10/AP A8
5 4 B+ 0
JL147
JL148

JL149
JL150
JL151
JL152
JL153
JL127

JL192
JL193
JL194
JL195
JL196
JL197
JL154
JL155
JL156
JL157

JL158
DADR[0] DADR[7]

VOUT
A0 A7

VIN
FB101
B+

FB111 DADR[1] DADR[6]

0uH 0uH A1 A6
B+

UNSW4V 4 5 DADR[2] DADR[5]

B+

R149 A2 A5

R145
68

47k
SW1V FB103 DADR[3] DADR[4]
K SW3.4V
0uH
B+ B+
A3

VDD
A4

VSS
FB112 C144 B+
R116
4700

C147
C138
C133

C199
C141
0.1u
0.1u

0.1u
0uH 0.1u
B

UNSW3V 0.1u
B

B B 0.1u
B B
GND
C101 C103 R113 C107 C1036 C110 C127 C125 C126 C134 C139 C140 C145 R1051 C1034 C1033
0.1u 1u C1032 0.1u 47u 47u 100u 0.1u 0.1u 0.1u 0.1u 0.22u
0.22u 0.22u 1k 0.1u B B B B 1k 0.22u
B B 10V 10V 4V

CN101 40P
B B B
B B B
IC106
JL1025 B+ REC656I[0] 512Mbit DDR
IDE_RST 1 REC656I[0]
R105 R129 R137 REC656I[1]
0 33 47k FSEL FSEL
GND 2 A768FS48K REC656I[1]
L IDE_D7 3
JL1026 2
4
1
3
R138
47k
R139
A768FS441K A768FS48K
A768FS441K
REC656I[2]
REC656I[2]
JL1027 6 5 ALRCKO REC656I[3]
IDE_D8 4 7 47k ABCKO REC656I[3]
8 R140
JL1028 ADATAO REC656I[4]
IDE_D6 5 RB101 47k A0LRCKI REC656I[4]
RB106 R141
JL1029 100 68 REC656I[5]
IDE_D9 6 47k A0BCKI REC656I[5]
JL1030 1 R142 REC656I[6]
2 47k 7
IDE_D5 7 4 3 A0DATAI REC656I[6] TO(3/7)
JL1031 6 5 AT2CS[1] REC656I[7]
IDE_D10 8 8 7 RB142 AT2CS[0] REC656I[7]
JL1032 0 AT2ADR[2] REC656V
IDE_D4 9 RB102 AT2ADR[0] 4 TO REC656V
RB107 (7/7)
JL1033 100 68 REC656H
IDE_D11 10 REC656H
M IDE_D3 11
JL1034 8
6
7
5
R1009
TX[1]
TX[1]
REC656CLKI
REC656CLKI
JL1035 4 3 RX[1] SDA[0]
IDE_D12 12 2 1k RX[1] SDA[0]
1
JL1036 RTS[1] SDCL[0]
IDE_D2 13 RB103 RTS[1] SDCL[0]
100 RB108
JL1037 68 SCLK[1]
IDE_D13 14 SCLK[1] BOUT
JL1038 8 7 VMCLK BOUT
IDE_D1 15 6 5 VMCLK GOUT
JL1039 4 3 R1001 GOUT
IDE_D14 16 2 1 0 ROUT
JL1040 R1002 AT2ADR[1] ROUT
IDE_D0 17 RB104 RB109 0 YOUT
JL1041 100 68 R1003 AT2IORDY YOUT
IDE_D15 18 0 COUT 8 TO(5/7)
N GND 19
R1004
0
AT2INTRQ
RECCR
COUT
R114

R115
5600
10k

R1005 AT2RESET RECCR

DVD N.C 20 0 RECVY
JL1042 R1006 AT2DIOR RECVY
UNIT IDE_DREQ 21 0
R106 R130 R1007 AT2DIOW SPDIFO
GND 22 100 0 0
JL1043 R1008 AT2DMACK PHYDIO[0]
IDE_W 23 0 PHYDIO[0]
R107 R131 AT2DMARQ PHYDIO[1]
GND 24 0 22 RB161 RB162 RB163 R1010 R1011 PHYDIO[1]
RB160 5600
JL1044 47k 47k 47k 47k 10k PHYDIO[2]
IDE_R 25 PHYDIO[2]
R108 R132 PHYDIO[3]
GND 26 0 22 5 TO PHYDIO[3]
O IDE_IORDY 27
JL1045
R133
(2/7) PHYDIO[4]
PHYDIO[4]
R109 PHYDIO[5]
CSEL 28 100 0 AT2DATA[7] PHYDIO[5]
JL1046 RB143 AT2DATA[8] PHYDIO[6] 9 TO(6/7)
IDE_DACK 29 68 AT2DATA[6] PHYDIO[6]
R110 R134 AT2DATA[9] PHYDIO[7]
GND 30 0 22 PHYDIO[7]
JL1047 AT2DATA[5] PHYLPS
IDE_INT 31 RB144 AT2DATA[10] PHYLPS
JL1048 R111 R135 68 AT2DATA[4] PHYSCLK
IDE_HD16 32 100 0 AT2DATA[11] PHYSCLK
JL1049 PHYLREQ
IDE_A1 33 AT2DATA[3] PHYLREQ
R112 R136 RB145 AT2DATA[12] PHYCTL[0]
N.C 34 0 33 68 AT2DATA[2] PHYCTL[0]
P IDE_A0 35
JL1050 2
4
1
3
AT2DATA[13] PHYCTL[1]
PHYCTL[1]
JL1051 6 5 AT2DATA[1]
IDE_A2 36 8 7 RB146 AT2DATA[14]
JL1052 68 AT2DATA[0]
IDE_A4(CS0) 37 RB105 RB110 AT2DATA[15]
JL1053 0 33
IDE_A3(CS1) 38

DASP 39 JL1054
* R1053
XX
R1056
10K HX520:AEP1,2,3/HX720:AEP2/HX722/HX920
10K XX HX520:UK/HX525/HX720:UK/HX725/HX727/HX925
GND 40

RISM3
4-25 4-26 RD-060 (1/7)
RDR-HX520/HX525/HX720/HX722/
HX725/HX727/HX920/HX925
For Schematic Diagram
• Refer to page 4-41 for printed wiring board.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

RD-060 BOARD(2/7)
HDD DRIVE
A

SA_D1

SA_D14
SA_D0

SA_D15
SA_DREQ

SA_IOW

SA_IOR

SA_IORDY

SA_DACK
SA_INT

SA_A1
SA_A0
SA_A2
NO MARK:REC/PB MODE
R :REC MODE
P :PB MODE
C210

3.3V
0.1u

CL201 UAO

UAI
B

CL202

CL203
R223 SA_XRST
82 R237
AT2RESET 0
B+
B SA_D7
1608
7 8
AT2DATA[7] 5 6 SA_D8
3 4
AT2DATA[8] 1 2 SA_D6
64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49
AT2DATA[6] RB219
68 SA_D9

H_DD1
H_DD14

H_DD0
H_DD15

H_DMARQ

H_DIOW_N
H_DIOR_N

GND
VDD

H_IORDY
H_DMACK_N

H_INTRQ

H_IOCS16_N
H_DA1
H_DA0

H_DA2
AT2DATA[9] R258
SA_D5

R272
R270

R274
1k

10k
8

1k
7

1k
AT2DATA[5] 5 6 SA_D10
3 4
AT2DATA[10] 1 2 SA_D4
AT2DATA[4] RB220 SA_D13 SA_CS0
SA_D11
C

33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48
1
68 H_DD13 H_CS_N0
AT2DATA[11] SA_D2 SA_CS1
SA_D3

2
7 8 H_DD2 H_CS_N1
AT2DATA[3] 5 6 SA_D12
SA_D12

3
3 4 C201 H_DD12 H_PDIAG_N
AT2DATA[12] 1 2 SA_D2 0.1u

4
AT2DATA[2] B VDDIO UAO C214
RB221 SA_D13 SA_D3
IC201 0.1u

5
68 H_DD3 VDDIO
AT2DATA[13] SA_D11 B
SA_D1

6
7 8 H_DD11 UAI
AT2DATA[1] 5 6 SA_D4 HDD DRIVE
SA_D14

7
3 4 H_DD4 GND
AT2DATA[14] 2 C215
1 SA_D0 0.1u

8
GND IC201 VDD B C217 CN203
AT2DATA[0] RB222 C202 88SA8040-TBC1C000
SA_D15 0.01u
D 0.1u

9
68 B 1 GND
AT2DATA[15] B VDD T7 JL202
SA_D10

16 15 14 13 12 11 10
2 HT+
05 TO(1/7) H_DD10 T6 JL203
SA_D5
C218 3 HT-
H_DD5 T5
R224 SA_DREQ SA_D9 C219 0.01u HDD
22 H_DD9 T4 0.01u B 4 GND UNIT
AT2DMARQ SA_D6 JL204
B
H_DD6 T3 5 HR-
R225 SA_IOW SA_D8
82 H_DD8 T2 6 HR+
AT2DIOW SA_D7 C220
H_DD7 T1 0.01u 7 GND
R226 SA_IOR SA_XRST B
82 H_RESET_N T0
AT2DIOR

0.01u
C230

0.01u
0.01u

C232
C231
16V
E

16V
16V
XTLIN/OSC

B
B
ATAIOSEL
R227 SA_IORDY

XTLOUT
22

RST_N
CNFG0

CNFG1

CNFG2
AT2IORDY

VSS1

ISET

RX_P

RX_M

VSS2
TX_M

TX_P
VAA1

VAA2
R228 SA_DACK
82

R269
R261

R267
R265

R276
10k

10k
AT2DMACK C224

1k
1k

1k
0.01u 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
R229 B
SA_INT 16V
22 B+
AT2INTRQ

R231 SA_A1
82
R233

R240
R238

AT2ADR[1]
1k

1k
1k

B+
F

R246
SA_A0

1M
2 1 C236
AT2ADR[0] 4 3 C235 0.01u
SA_A2 B
6 5 0.01u

R247
AT2ADR[2] 8 7 C234 B 16V
SA_CS0

1k
0.01u 16V R248

R250
AT2CS[0] RB223 B 12k

0
82 SA_CS1 25MHz
± 0.5%
X201

16V
JL201

AT2CS[1]
R249
100
± 0.5%

C203 C204 C205 C206 R252

R243

G
1k

0.01u 12p 12p 0.01u 0

B B
C207
C237 0.1u
0.1u B
B C208
10V 0.1u
B

C209
1u
B
R245
470 R282
0
06 TO(1/7,3/7,4/7,
H XSYSRST
5/7,6/7)
FB201
0uH
B+ B+
SW3.4V
L201
10uH B+ B+

L202
10uH

S-T111B18MC-OGDTFG
C223 C233
I 10u
B
0.22u
B
4 5
IC202

VOUT

VIN
6.3V 6.3V 10 TO(5/7)
2012 C222 1.8V REG

IC202
10u

CONT
B

GND
N.C
6.3V

R279
2012

0
3 2 1

J GND

HDD DRIVE
RD-060 (2/7) 4-27 4-28
 RDR-HX520/HX525/HX720/HX722/
HX725/HX727/HX920/HX925
For Schematic Diagram
• Refer to page 4-41 for printed wiring board.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

REC656V
RD-060 BOARD(3/7) (RDR-HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925)

R315
R317
REC656H

22
22
A V DEC

R337
R336
10k
10k
NO MARK:REC/PB MODE C328 C333

* R322

R323
2200

2200
0.1u C331 0.1u
R :REC MODE B 9p B
REC656I[0]
P :PB MODE * C330 C335 REC656I[0]
9p 0.1u REC656I[1]
B REC656I[1]
B+ B+

14.31818MHz
REC656I[2]
REC656I[2]
B C316 REC656I[3]

R313

X301
0.1u B+ REC656I[3]

0
B REC656I[4]

JL301

JL302

JL303
JL305

JL306
REC656I[4]

R314
100k
REC656I[5]
REC656I[5]
RECVY_V REC656I[6] 07 TO(1/7)
R312 80 79 78 77 76 75 74 73 72 71 70 69 68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 REC656I[6]
RECCR_V 0 REC656I[7]
REC656I[7]

DGND
DVDD

IOGND
IOVDD
CH1_A18GND

CH1_A18VDD

XTAL2
XTAL1
PLL_A18GND

PLL_A18VDD
VI_1A

C5/GPIO
REC656CLKI

HS/CS/GPIO
FID/GPIO

C4/GPIO/TDO
C0/GPIO/JTMS
VS/VBLK/GPIO

C2/GPIO/TCK
C1/GPIO/TRST

C3/GPIO/TDI
REC656CLKI
REC656H
REC656H
C317
R303 0.1u REC656V
B REC656V
22 SDA[0]
C C6/GPIO/RED

41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
RECB SDA[0]

1
VI_1B SDCL[0]
RECG C7/GPIO/GREEN SDCL[0]

2
C313 VI_1C
RECR C308 0.1u C8/GPIO/BLUE

3
100p CH1_A33GND
B C323
FSW 0.1u C9/GPIO/FSO

4
B CH1_A33VDD
C309 DGND

5
100p C318 CH2_A33VDD C336
R304 0.1u DVDD 0.1u

6
22 B CH2_A33GND B
JL307
Y0

7
VI_2A
IC301 Y1
JL308

8
VI_2B REC656I[0]
D R305 C319 Y2

9
22 0.1u VI_2C V DEC REC656I[1]
C310 C314 B Y3

20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10
100p 0.1u CH2_A18GND IC301 REC656I[2]
B C324
0.1u TVP5146M2PFP Y4
B CH2_A18VDD RB301
IOGND 22
A18VDD_REF C337
IOVDD 0.1u
C325 A18GND_REF B REC656I[3]
C311 0.1u Y5
100p C320 B CH3_A18VDD REC656I[4]
0.1u Y6
11 TO(5/7) R306
B
22 CH3_A18GND REC656I[5]
Y7
VI_3A REC656I[6]
E VI_3B
Y8
RB302 REC656I[7]
R307 C321 Y9 22
22 0.1u VI_3C
C312 C315 B DGND
100p 0.1u C326 CH3_A33GND
R308 B C338
0.1u DVDD 0.1u

AVID/GPIO/FC
0 B CH3_A33VDD
B+ B

CH4_A33VDD

CH4_A33GND

CH4_A18GND

CH4_A18VDD

GLCO/I2CA
FSS/GPIO

DATACLK
INTREQ

RESETB
VI_4A

IOVDD
IOGND
NSUB

DVDD
DGND

PWDN
TMS
SCL
SDA
C322
F 0.1u
B 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40

JL304
REC656CLKI
B+

R316
VDEC3.3V

100
R329

R318
100
L303 R325 0
10uH 0
L301
10uH B+
B+

IC302 C301
10u
C303
10u
C305
10u
B+
G 1.8V REG
B
6.3V
B
6.3V
B
6.3V
GND
C327 C329 C332 R328 C334
0.1u 0.1u 0.1u 10k 0.1u
IC302 B B B B

SDCL[0]

SDA[0]
BH18MA3WHFV-TR XSYSRST 06 TO(1/7,2/7,
C340 4/7,5/7,6/7)
C339 R325
0.01uB
GND 0.01u *
5

NOISE
B B+
3

VOUT
STBY HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920
6

L302
2

VOUT 10uH B+
H GND
7

VIN
C302 C304
* R325
XX HX520:AEP1,2,UK/HX525/HX720/HX722/HX725:AEP1,UK/HX727:AEP1
10u 10u
B 100 HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920
R338 B
0 6.3V 6.3V 0 HX925

V DEC
4-29 4-30 RD-060 (3/7)
RDR-HX520/HX525/HX720/HX722/
HX725/HX727/HX920/HX925
For Schematic Diagram
• Refer to page 4-41 for printed wiring board.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

HMS[0]
HMS[0]
TMS
RD-060 BOARD(4/7) TMS
A FLASH ROM,SUPER AND
TDI

DBI
TDI
DBI
NAND_CS
NO MARK:REC/PB MODE HOE
NAND_CS

HOE
HCS[0]
:Voltage measurement of the CSP IC HCS[0]
INT[2]
and the Transistors with mark,is INT[2]
not possible. HDATA[0]
HDATA[0]
HDATA[1]
HDATA[1]
B HDATA[2]
HDATA[3]
HDATA[2]

HDATA[3]
HDATA[4]
HDATA[4]
HDATA[5]
HDATA[5]
HDATA[6]
TDI
DBI
TMS

HDATA[6]
HDATA[7]

HDATA[0]

HDATA[1]

HDATA[2]

HDATA[3]
HDATA[4]

HDATA[5]

HDATA[6]

HDATA[7]

HDATA[8]

HDATA[9]

HDATA[10]
HDATA[11]

HDATA[12]

HDATA[13]

HDATA[14]
HDATA[15]
HDATA[7]
HDATA[8]
HDATA[8]
1
7
5

HDATA[9]
3

RB501

C HDATA[9]
22k

HDATA[10]
HDATA[10]
8
6
4
2

C504 HDATA[11]
B+ 0.1u HDATA[11]
B HDATA[12]
HDATA[12]
B+ HDATA[13]
HDATA[13]
E10 D7 E9 E7 G10 G8 H10 H8 F9 F8 G7 F10 D9 D10 E8 F7 G9 G6 H9 H7 H11 J11 J10 J9
IC502 HDATA[14]
HDATA[14]
HDATA[15]
256M FLASH MEMORY
HDATA[15]
I/O16
I/O15

I/O14

I/O13

I/O12
I/O11

I/O10

I/O9

DU
DU

DU
VCC

I/O8
I/O7

I/O6

I/O5
I/O4

I/O3

I/O2

I/O1
DU

DU

DU

DU
TCK
R535 5600
D R532 5600
TRST
HADRS[30]
IC502
C9 A12 A11 B12 B11 C10 C11 D11 E11 F11 G11

K9 K10 M11 L11 M12 L12 K11

DU DU C506 S29GL256N90TFIR20
0.1u
DU DU B 3.4

56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29

10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28
VIO NC
DU DU R524
0 NC NC
DU DU 3.2 3.1
R523 A0 A1 HADRS[29]
HCS[0] JL530
DU DU 10k 3.0 3.1
NAND_CS CE A2 HADRS[28]
R516
DU CE 0 R525 1.2 01 TO(1/7)
0 VSS A3 HADRS[27]
E DU RE
R546
0
HOE
HDATA[15] R558
JL531 3.0
OE
1.9
A4 HADRS[26]

J8
DU DU 0 R547 1.0 0.9
IC501 HDATA[7] R553 0 DQ0 A5 HADRS[25]

K8
DU VSS 0 0.5 1.4
R557 DQ8 A6 HADRS[24]
HDATA[14]

J7
DU SUPER AND 128M bit DU 0 1.6 1.6
R552 DQ1 A7 HADRS[23]
HDATA[6]

K7
VSS DU 0 1.4 0.2
JL501 DQ9 A17 HADRS[13]
HDATA[13] R556
D8

H6
MRES IC501 DU 0 1.8 0.2
HN29V128A0ABP-5E R551 DQ2 A18 HADRS[12]
HDATA[5]
C8

J6
DU DU 0 0.6
HDATA[12] R555 DQ10 RY/BY
C7

K6
DU DU 0 1.2 3.4
DQ3 WP/ACC
F HDATA[4]

H5
F6

PRE DU 0.3 0.6 R560

DQ11 A21 0 HADRS[9]
E6

J5
DU DU C505 3.4 3.4
R554 0.1u VCC RESET
HDATA[11]
D6

K5
DU DU 0 B 0.2 3.4 JL532
HDATA[3] DQ4 WE
C6

J4
DU DU 1.2 1.6 R549
R517 DQ12 A20 0 HADRS[10]
HDATA[10]

K4
E5

DU DU 0 1.6 0.4
DQ5 A19 HADRS[11]
HDATA[2]
D5

L2 M1 M2 K3
DU ALE 1.6 1.4
DQ13 A8 HADRS[22]
HDATA[9]
C5

DU DU 1.4 2.1

9
RB502 DQ6 A9 HADRS[21]
HDATA[1]
D4

DU DU 0 0.7 0.6

8
DQ14 A10 HADRS[20]
G HDATA[8] 2 1
C4

DU DU 4 3 0.4 2.8

7
6 5 DQ7 A11 HADRS[19]
DU
L1 HDATA[0]
8 7 0.4 2.5

6
DQ15/A-1 A12 HADRS[18]
2 1 1.4

5
4 3 VSS A13 HADRS[17]
6 5 R522 3.4 2.1
0

4
B+ 8 7 BYTE A14 HADRS[16]
HMS[0]
2.0 0.5
VSS

DSE

CLE
R/B

WP
WE
DU
DU

DU

DU

DU
DU

DU

DU

DU

DU

DU

DU

DU
DU

DU
DU

DU

DU

3
RB503 A16 A15 HADRS[15]
0 0.1

2
NC A22 HADRS[8]
A1 A2 B1 B2 C2 C3 D2 D3 E2 E3 E4 F3 F4 F5 G2 G3 G4 G5 H2 H3 H4 J2 J3 K2 0 0

1
A24 A23 HADRS[7]
R506

R533
10k

H FL501

0
B+ B+ R507
0
SW3.4V HADRS[6]
R505
R548

D503
0
0

10 TO(5/7) RB551V-30TE-17 HADRS[14]

GND
C501 C502 C508
10u 0.1u 10u
B B B
6.3V 6.3V R561
0
XSYSRST 06 TO(1/7,2/7,3/7,5/7,6/7)

I INT[2]
CTS[2]
R504
4700

02 TO(1/7,5/7)
RX[2]
B+ TX[2]
R513 R519
B+ 10k 10k
R518
10k

FLASH ROM, SUPER AND

RD-060 (4/7) 4-31 4-32
 RDR-HX520/HX525/HX720/HX722/
HX725/HX727/HX920/HX925
For Schematic Diagram
• Refer to page 4-41 for printed wiring board.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

RD-060 BOARD(5/7)
AV-CN/POWER
A -REF.NO.:10000 SERIES- EXCEPT HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925

CN604 13P
NO MARK:REC/PB MODE R612 13 CR/R XRMUTE
XRMUTE
680 XLMUTE
12 GND_V XLMUTE

R613 11 Y/G CN603 27P

0 JL627
R603 1.3 10 GND_V AINL- 1 AINL-
JL628
120
9 CB/B AINL+ 2 AINL+
COUT Q601-605 JL629
Q601 BUFFER TO
0.6 MSB709-RT1 8 GND_V AV-103 AGND 3 AUGND
B 7 Y
BOARD(6/8)
CN501 AINR+
JL630
JL631
4 AINR+
12
6 VIDEO5V (PAGE 4-15) AINR- 5 AINR-
R614 TO(7/7)
680 5

4
C
GND_V
IC604
SN74HCT08APWR
IC604 AOUTR-
JL632
6
7
AUGND
AOUTR-
BUFFER JL633
R615
0 3 RECCCR 5.0
VCC
0 AOUTR+ C620 8 AOUTR+

10 11 12 13 14

1
R605 1.3 220p
1A
120 2 GND_V B+ 0
4B
0 B 9 AUGND
JL634

2
1B R643 50V
YOUT 1 RECVY TX[0] 0
4A
0 0 AOUTL+ 10 AOUTL+
JL635

3
0.6
0 1Y 3.0
Q602 RISMSTATUS1 AOUTL- 11 AOUTL-
4Y
C JL636

4
MSB709-RT1 CN602 21P R655 2A
RTS[0] 0 R644 0 3.0 SWA5V 12 SWA5V
3B

5
21 CR/R 0
0 2B 4.5
R645 B+ FB606 13 SPD_GND
TO
ITREQ 3A 0 0mH AV-103
JL637

6
R617 20 GND_V
0 2Y BOARD(2/8)
680 3Y 14 SPDIFO

2
4
6
8
JL638 CN502

7
19 Y/G
GND
R616
RB601 R646 15 IT-XRST5 (PAGE 4-8)
18 GND_V 100kx4 0 JL639
0 16 IT-SCLK5

1
3
5
7
1.3 17 CB/B JL640
R607
120 17 IT-REQ5
16 GND_V JL641
GOUT 18 IT-SIN5
0.6 15 Y JL642
Q603 TO 19 IT-SOUT5
D 08 TO(1/7)
MSB709-RT1 14
13
VIDEO5V
C
AV-103
BOARD(6/8) C614 C616
JL643

JL644
20 RISM_STATUS1
CN501 0.1u 0.001u
3.4 B 50V 21 RISM_STATUS2
B JL645

1
R618 12 GND_V (PAGE 4-15) VSS OUT
680 10V 4.6 22 RISM-RTS[0]
JL646

2
11 RECCCR NC VDD
RECCR_V
23 DGND
R619 10 GND_V
0 24 DGND
1.3 9 RECVY IC606 JL647
R609 RECVY_V R625 C621
S-80828CNNB-B8NT2G 0.01u 25 TX(2)
120 0 JL648
8 GND_V B
RECB
BOUT 16V 26 RX(2)

Q604
0.6 7 RECB/CSYNC C615
0.1u IC606 JL649
27 DIAG
E MSB709-RT1 RECG
6
5
GND_V
RECG
B
10V RESET
B+

4 GND_V CTS[2]
RECR IC605 R642
R621 B+ R661
680 3 RECR SN74LV08APWR 100k 0 RX[2] 02 TO(1/7,4/7)

FSW
2 GND_V IC605 3.4
VCC
TX[2]

10 11 12 13 14
R620

1
0 1 FSW 0.1 1A 3.4
SW/BUFFER 4B

2
R611 1B
120 1.3 R640 0.1 4A 5.1
HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925 06 TO(1/7,2/7,

3
0 R638 XSYSRST
0 1Y 3.4 3/5,4/7,6/7)
ROUT RISMSTATUS2 4Y 0 TX[0]
R656

4
0.6 2A TX[0]
F Q605
0 4.9 3B
0.1 RISMSTATUS1

5
MSB709-RT1 2B R639 RISMSTATUS1
4.9 3A 0.1 0 RTS[0]

2
4
6
8
9

6
SPDIFO 2Y RTS[0]
SCLK[0] 3.2 0 RB602
3Y 10kx4 ITREQ

7
GND ITREQ

1
3
5
7
R648 R641 RISMSTATUS2
R647 L603 RISMSTATUS2
0 0
470 10uH RX[0]
RECCR RX[0]
C623
RX[0] SCLK[0]
R649 10u CN601 9P SCLK[0]
100 JL619 03 TO(1/7)
6.3V XRMUTE
B XRMUTE 1 P-CONT
Q606 JL618
MSB709-RT1 XLMUTE
XLMUTE 2
G BUFFER
SW5V 3
JL624

JL625
B+
FB604 0uH
B+
UNSW4V

TO UNSW4V 4 FB602 UNSW3V

R650 R651 JL622 B+
0 AV-103 0uH
470 VDEC3.3V 5
RECVY BOARD(1/8) JL623
CN102 UNSW3V 6 FB603 SW1V
R652 (PAGE 4-5) JL621 B+ FB605 0uH B+
100 GND 7 0uH SW3.4V
JL620
Q607 GND 8 L602 GND
MSB709-RT1 JL626 4.7uH R628
BUFFER P-CONT 9 0
B+ JL603
C617 C618 C622 C619
H HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925
0.1u
B
0.1u
B
0.1u
B
0.1u
B
C610
47u
10V
IC601
MP2105DJ-LF-Z L601
4.7uH
JL602

SW 4.6 3.4
4

3
VIN
5.0. 1.1 4 5

PQ1MX55M2SPQ
GND

VOUT
VIN
2

VDEC3.3V
4.8
IC602

IC602
0.6 EN
5

CONT
FB

GND

ADJ
3.4V REG GND
RECB
RECB
3 2 1 RECG

I IC601 RECG

± 0.5%

± 0.5%
4.8 1.2 RECR

R623
120k

R626
18k
RECR
1V REG FSW 11 TO(3/7)
FSW
VDEC3.3V
C601

± 0.5%
C602 C603 ± 0.5% VDEC3.3V

R627
R624
160k
0.01u

10k
10u 10u R635 R658 RECCR_V
B B B 4700 1k RECCR_V
16V 6.3V 6.3V RECVY_V
RECVY_V
C605 C606 C607 C611 C609
XX 10u 10u 1u 47u
B B B B 10V
6.3V 6.3V 6.3V 10V

AV-CN/POWER
4-33 4-34 RD-060 (5/7)
RDR-HX520/HX525/HX720/HX722/
HX725/HX727/HX920/HX925
For Schematic Diagram
• Refer to page 4-41 for printed wiring board.

1 2 3 4 5 6 87 9 10 11

RD-060 BOARD(6/7)
A DV-PHY
TO
06 (1/7,2/7,3/7 XSYSRST
4/7,5/7)

PHYLPS
PHYLREQ C705 C710
R733 0.01u 0.01u
33 B B
R709
R705 100 R713
B B+ 10k 10k B+

* CL701
64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49

LKON
DGND
LREQ

TEST
SPD

DVDD
LPS

DGND
DVDD

RESETB
AVDD

AGND
AGND

IC(AL)
DIRECT
AGND
CN701 6P

6 GND
5 TPB-
TO
C R703

33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48
1
DGND TpBIAS1 4 TPB+ FR-240 BOARD
09 TO(1/7) 100 C712 CN3005
2 0.01u LF701
PHYSCLK SCLK AVDD 0uH 3 TPA-
CL702 B CL711 (PAGE 4-23)
1 8
3

IC(DL) TpA1p 2 TPA+

C702 CL703 2 7 CL712
0.01u
4

8 7 DVDD TpA1n 1 GND

B CL704 CL713
6 5 3 6
5

4 3 CTL0 TpB1p
PHYCTL[0] 2 1 IC701 CL705 4 5 CL714
6

PHYCTL[1] CTL1 TpB1n

± 0.5%

± 0.5%

± 0.5%

± 0.5%
R718

R719

*R721
R722
RB703

56

56

56

* 56
7

47 DGND DV INVERFACE AGND

JL706
8

D0 IC701 TpBIAS0
C713
UPD72852AGB-8EU-A
D 0.01u
9

8 7 D1 AVDD
PHYDIO[0] C703 JL707 B
6 5
16 15 14 13 12 11 10

PHYDIO[1] 0.01u DVDD TpA0p

4 3 B C714 R723
PHYDIO[2] 2 1 JL708 0.01u C716 5100
PHYDIO[3] D2 TpA0n B 270p ± 0.5%
RB702 16V CH
47 D3 TpB0p

DGND TpBOn

8 7 D4 AGND
PHYDIO[4] 6 5 R717
PHYDIO[5] 4 3 D5 RI1 9100
PHYDIO[6] 2 1 ± 0.5%
PHYDIO[7] DGND AGND
RB701 C715
1u
E 47 B
10V
SUS/RES

IC(AL)
DGND
DVDD

AGND

AVDD

AVDD
CMC

CPS
PC0

PC1
PC2
XO
D6

D7

XI

17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
R701
0 R714
R710

R711
R712
10k

10k
10k

2W 10k
B+ B+
R706
1k

F C704
0.01u
C708
0.01u
C711
0.01u
B B B
FL702 X701
B+ 24.576MHz
SW3.4V R715
10k
10 TO(5/7)
GND
C706 C707
C701 9p 9p
10u
B
6.3V

DV-PHY
RD-060 (6/7) 4-35 4-36
 RDR-HX520/HX525/HX720/HX722/
For Schematic Diagram
HX725/HX727/HX920/HX925
• Refer to page 4-4 for waveforms.
• Refer to page 4-41 for printed wiring board.

1 2 3 4 5 6 87 9

IC802 IC802
RD-060 BOARD(7/7) ICS650G-42LFT
PLL R823
A C806 3.4 1.8 15

10 11 12 13 14 15 16
PLL/AUDIO-AD-DA

1
0.01u VDD REF27M3 JL802
B

2
C807 GND REF27M2
1.5 3.4
NO MARK:REC/PB MODE 15p C810

3
CH R821 X1_IN VDD 0.01u R825
R816 1 C808 2200 1.5 1.7 B 68

4
15p X2_OUT 768FSCHG
47
CH

5
(NOT USE) REF27M1 X801 REF27M1 GND
FSEL 27MHz 3.4 1.7

6
FSEL 768FS441K R826
A768FS48K 1.6 3.4 C811 33

7
768FS48K VDD 0.01u
R817 1.7 B

9
33 GND 384FS48K
R827
B B+
FL801
B+
100

C803
10u
B

A768FS441K

HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/
HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925

C
VMCLK
R812
10k
RTS[1] XLMUTE
R811
10k
XRMUTE
02 TO(1/5) RX[1]
IC803
WM8590GEDS/RV EXCEPT

R836
IC803 HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/

0
3.4 HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925
CE

28
1
TX[1] DI
D 3.4
AINR-
3.4 AUDIO ADC/DAC

27
2
SCLK[1] CL AINR-
2.5
FSEL 0
AINR+

26
FSEL 3 ZFLANR AINR+
A768FS48K 2.5
A768FS48K 2.8
AINL-

25
4

A768FS441K ZFLANL AINL-

A768FS441K 2.5
1.7
AINL+

24
5

A0LRCKI ADCLR AINL+

2.5
1.7 B+
AVDD

23
6

A0BCKI ADCBC SWA5V

5.0
E 1.7
REFP
12 TO(5/7)

22
7

ADCMC 5.0
04 TO(1/7) 1.3
VMID

21
8

A0DATAI ADCD 2.5

1.7
REFN
20
9

ALRCKO DACLR C817

47u
1.7 10V
AGND
10

19

ABCKO C816
DACBCK 0.22u
1.7 B
AOUTL-
11

18

AOUTL-
DACMC 2.5 R839
1.3 0
AOUTL+
F
12

17

ADATAO AOUTL+
DACD 2.5 R840
B+ 3.4
AOUTR-
0
13

16

SW3.4V AOUTR-
DVDD 2.5 R841
C804 0
AOUTR+
14

15

10 TO(5/7) 10u C805 AOUTR+

B 0.1u DGND 2.5 R842
6.3V B 0

GND AGND
C809 C812 C813
0.01u 0.22u 10u
B B 16V

PLL/AUDIO-AD-DA
4-37 4-38 RD-060 (7/7)
RDR-HX520/HX525/HX720/HX722/
HX725/HX727/HX920/HX925

SWITCHING REGULATOR
(SRV-1858EK)

C112
D101 680P
S1WBA60B 250V
RECT
IC301
T101
SWITCHING TRANSFORMER D301 L301 PROTECT D304 P301
S3L20U 3.7uH 11EQS06 2A

C106 R111 Q301

100k 2SJ438 R303 CN1 4P
1000P 1W R301 12V REG 22k
1kV D104 680
C105 C303 1 SW 12V
R113 P6KE220 47u Q303
120u R309 R302 R304
22 1/2W 35V D303 R307 2SJ599 2 GND
400V C107 C301 10K 270 82k 10k 12V REG VDD
22P C113 C302 SF5LC20U
1000P 3 GND UNIT
500V 100P 470u
1kV Q303
C102 1kV 35V R306
0.1u DTC114EKA 4 SW 5V
22k SWITCH R308
250V D105 2.2k
SARS01 IC301
D302 M5237ML CN2 4P
MTZJT-22B C304
IC101 R305 100u C307
MIP-2E5 12k 10u 1 SW 12V
16V
50V 2 GND
HDD
3 GND UNIT
L102 D501
LFT L501 VR501
FCQ06A06 3.7uH 4 SW 5V
R102
220
IC101 4.7k 1
IN OUT
2

C103 IC502
1/2W 100P OSC 6V ADJ
PQ05RD21
250V C501 R502 3 4
3900u 100
R105 10V R501
L104 1k C504
10 C503 150u CN3 15P
R504 150u 25V
Z102 22k 25V 1 GND
C104 D106 R503
DSP-501N 100P R507 R508
D1NL20U 1k 0 220
L101 250V 2 UNSW 12V
LFT
C502 3 GND
0.1u C510
IC501 C505 2.2u 4 GND
R506 10u
TL431CLP R505 1k 25V
50V 5 GND TO
18k AV-103 BOARD (1/8)
6 UNSW 6V CN101
P502 2A
D201
FCQ06A06
L201 7 UNSW 6V (SEE PAGE 4-5)
R101 10uH
2.2M L502 8 SW 5V
1/2W 0uH
D601 C201 R201 C202 P201
3900u 100u 9 SW 5V
D1NL20U 3.3k 3.15A
10V 16V 10 UNSW 4V
C101
0.1u UNSW 4V
D502 11
250V C601 R601 C602 C603
P602 100u 3.3k 150u 2.2u P601 ISS355
L601 12 UNSW 4V
5A 25V 10uH 25V 25V 2A
13 GND
Z101
S10K300 14 UNSW -8V
F101
T3.15A/250V IC501 IC502 15 PCONT

C108
10u SHUNT 5V REG
L103 50V
N L REGULATOR
CN101 PC101
2P R112 PS2561AL1
47 PHOTO COUPLER
C110
0.1u C109
47u C114
680P
AC IN 35V
250V

D107
MTZJ7.5B Note : The components identified by mark 0 or dotted
line with mark 0 are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number specified.

SWITCHING REGULATOR
SRV-1858EK 4-39 4-40
 E
C
B
A

16
CN202

C605
C606
C607
1 5 15 25 35 39 40 30 20 10 2

R659
2 10 20 30 40 39 35 25 15 5 1
C233 CN101 R105

L601

1
B

4
C227 C1038

L201
C1004

C181

1
8
CN203 R1058

5
3 2 1
+

IC202
C1005
C1028

9
8 C223 R279 R1059
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 9

IC104
C222

C1039
4
5
R1062
9

R280 C1002 + C1001 +

B B 8 5

C180
C184
C187
8

L202
FB201
C206 C226 R179 C1007 9 IC108
R250 C207 C220

C199
C208 RB127 RB133 1 4

C217
C218
C219
FB202 C1023 RB130

C204
C109

C193

34
34

33
33
R1061 8 5
4-3. PRINTED WIRING BOARDS

C209 X201

R249 R248
C205 R247
CN601

IC107 C124 C1037

RB136
30
30

R252
R281
R246

C225
R253
R196
1 4 C1026
2

C609

R275 R274

40
40
R276 R223
L602

R197
FL104

25
20
17

32
R273 R272
1

C224

16
25
25

33
C231 R270
C232 R189 R180 R181 FB111
C230 R268

RB219
45
45
R267 R266
R658

R193
C229

C1015
R264

10
FL102

20
20

R1066
RB139 C1020 R191

C1003 C1027
C1013
FB112

FL105

40
R188
24

C228 R262
23

RB220
C610

IC201
R261 R260 C1032

50
50

C192
C198
C1036

2
20

C215 C214
FB109

45
R258

IC105
IC106

15
15

4-41
C1014

RB221
C1012
R195
R192
C126

48
FB108
R194
C197

C191
R656

15

CL202
1

CL203
49
55
60
64
55
55
RD-060 BOARD (SIDE A)

10
10

CL201
R259

C1011

R190 C1009
R127
CN403
10

C210

C190
1

C196

R224
60
60
RB223
2

1
8
•

R226
5
5
5

C104
R404

R251
R229
C1010

C1008
R126

C189
C195

R237
R236
2
CN602

R225
R227
1

RB222

R228
5

R1040

IC102
66
66

R231
1
1

4
5
C194

C188
R1041

D503 RB120
1

R501 RB122 RB123

CL627

RB152
RB118

RB172
RB174
RB119
2

R128
10

C501 RB117 RB121 RB124

CL401

FL501 R502

C508
RB150
R338

RB180
D502 RB179

RB173
5

C116

RB151
IC302

C502 R504 R505 R125

RB171
7

CL116
CL115
15

123
654
C339

L302

A1
A2
A11
A12
CN604

RB115

B1
B2
B11
B12
RB170
C304

A25 B25 C25 D25 E25 F25 G25 H25 J25 K25 L25 M25 N25 P25 R25 T25 U25 V25 W25 Y25 AA25 AB25 AC25 AD25 AE25 L304

C2
C3
C4
C5
C6
C7
C8
C9
RB149

C10
C11

3
A24 B24 C24 D24 E24 F24 G24 H24 J24 K24 L24 M24 N24 P24 R24 T24 U24 V24 W24 Y24 AA24 AB24 AC24 AD24 AE24

D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
D10
D11
C302

E2
E3
E4
E5
E6
E7
E8
E9
E10
E11
A23 B23 C23 D23 E23 F23 G23 H23 J23 K23 L23 M23 N23 P23 R23 T23 U23 V23 W23 Y23 AA23 AB23 AC23 AD23 AE23 C306

R513 R503
F3
F4
F5
F6
F7
F8
F9
F10
F11
R339

A22 B22 C22 D22 E22 F22 G22 H22 J22 K22 L22 M22 N22 P22 R22 T22 U22 V22 W22 Y22 AA22 AB22 AC22 AD22 AE22

R1069
12
20

R518 R519
RB116

G2
G3
G4
G5
G6
G7
G8
G9
G10
G11
RB182 R198

IC501
A21 B21 C21 D21 E21 F21 G21 H21 J21 K21 L21 M21 N21 P21 R21 T21 U21 V21 W21 Y21 AA21 AB21 AC21 AD21 AE21
21
13

H2
H3
H4
H5
H6
H7
H8
H9
H10
H11
R1070
R506

J2
J3
J4
J5
J6
J7
J8
J9
A20 B20 C20 D20 E20 AA20 AB20 AC20 AD20 AE20

J10
J11
: Uses unleaded solder.

R507

R512
K2
K3
K4
K5
K6
K7
K8
K9
K10
K11
RB113

A19 B19 C19 D19 E19 AA19 AB19 AC19 AD19 AE19

RB175

CN501
L1
L2
L11
L12
RB169

A18 B18 C18 D18 E18 AA18 AB18 AC18 AD18 AE18
R511 R1042

M1
M2
M11
M12
R603
A17 B17 C17 D17 E17 IC103 AA17 AB17 AC17 AD17 AE17

R508
R516
R602

RB154
R509 A16 B16 C16 D16 E16 AA16 AB16 AC16 AD16 AE16

1
R547
R517

R515
R546 C506
Q601

A15 B15 C15 D15 E15 L15 M15 N15 P15 R15 AA15 AB15 AC15 AD15 AE15
Q607

R558
RB168

R510

R553
C505
RB155
R612
R613

R522 A14 B14 C14 D14 E14 L14 M14 N14 P14 R14 AA14 AB14 AC14 AD14 AE14

R605 R651

R523
R524
A13 B13 C13 D13 E13 L13 M13 N13 P13 R13 AA13 AB13 AC13 AD13 AE13 R652 R650

R525
R604

Q606

RB156
A12 B12 C12 D12 E12 L12 M12 N12 P12 R12 AA12 AB12 AC12 AD12 AE12
R169

R538
Q602

A11 B11 C11 D11 E11 L11 M11 N11 P11 R11 AA11 AB11 AC11 AD11 AE11

RB157
1

56 50 45 40 35 29 R167

R540
R614
R615

R648
A10 B10 C10 D10 E10 AA10 AB10 AC10 AD10 AE10
2

R609 R649
C507 A9 B9 C9 D9 E9 AA9 AB9 AC9 AD9 AE9 R166 RV101
R608

C623
RB158
4 1 A8 B8 C8 D8 E8 AA8 AB8 AC8 AD8 AE8
R647

Q604

R168

RB159
A7 B7 C7 D7 E7 AA7 AB7 AC7 AD7 AE7
IC503 R1046 R607
R618
R619
5

L603

R1043 A6 B6 C6 D6 E6 AA6 AB6 AC6 AD6 AE6 R164

R170
R606

5 A5 B5 C5 D5 E5 F5 G5 H5 J5 K5 L5 M5 N5 P5 R5 T5 U5 V5 W5 Y5 AA5 AB5 AC5 AD5 AE5

8
R617
Q603

A4 B4 C4 D4 E4 F4 G4 H4 J4 K4 L4 M4 N4 P4 R4 T4 U4 V4 W4 Y4 AA4 AB4 AC4 AD4 AE4

RV102

RB110
R616
R165

A3 B3 C3 D3 E3 F3 G3 H3 J3 K3 L3 M3 N3 P3 R3 T3 U3 V3 W3 Y3 AA3 AB3 AC3 AD3 AE3 C174 R611

A2 B2 C2 D2 E2 F2 G2 H2 J2 K2 L2 M2 N2 P2 R2 T2 U2 V2 W2 Y2 AA2 AB2 AC2 AD2 AE2

R543
R545
R544
IC502 R136

4
R163
R162
10

R135 A1 B1 C1 D1 E1 F1 G1 H1 J1 K1 L1 M1 N1 P1 R1 T1 U1 V1 W1 Y1 AA1 AB1 AC1 AD1 AE1

C175
Q605

R610

R131

R134 C176
R621
R620

R133
C620

R132
CL101
CL102

CL104

RB109 RB108 RB107 RB106 RB142

C1034
R138
R159

R139
15

C1033
CL114
C813
CN603

R1051 L101
L102

R137 CL103

R1001
R1005
R1002

5 4
5 10 15 20 28 1 2 3
IC109

RB164 RB165 RB166 RB167

1
C177

RB177
C1029

FB110

R1009 C817
20

5
R534

4 1
X701 C1035
R1008

C707 C706 RB146 RB145 C802

R533
R521

RB178
R715
R712
R711
R710
R1003
R1006

RB144 RB143 C809

R716

S501
2
R706
R1007
C803

C711 C708 C704

RB176

FL702
R701
FL701

7
R815

36
FL801

R714
26

R1010
R1011
R817

25
17

32

R702 C125
27

16

33

R717
9

RB701
8

R827
C716
C808

FL101
6

R640 R641
C107

C110 R826
10
5
X801

40
C703
RB702

R830
R722
IC802

FB103

IC701
FL103

FB101
C615

C807

R825
R821

C712

14 8
R625

R823
RB703

R718
1

C702
16

R723 R721 R719

CL714 CL712
CL705 CL703

CN701

C806
C701

48
C616

5
IC605

C818 R622
49
55
60

CL713 CL711
64

R703 C127
CL704 CL702

LF701

1 7
C710
3
2

C715

1
C714
4
1
R642

CL701
R713 C713 C705 R705
C819
IC801 43 2 51

R638 R639
C621

C801 C820

R709
IC606

R838
R837
C709

R559

2 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
CN506
S601
1 5 15 25 35 45 55 65 75 85 95 99
4-42
1-867-082-
R529

R526
R527
34
Q606
Q605
Q604
Q603
Q602
Q601
D503

RD-060
IC802
IC701
IC606
IC605
IC502
IC501
IC109
IC108
IC106
IC105
IC103
CN604
CN603
CN601
CN101

CN701
E-5

A-3
B-4
B-4
B-4
B-4
B-3
B-5
A-5
A-5
B-4
A-1
B-2
C-2
C-3
A-3
A-4
A-1
B-1

D-5
D-4
D-3
D-3
RD-060 BOARD (SIDE A)
HX725/HX727/HX920/HX925

RISM3, VDEC, A/V INTERFACE, AUDIO DAC/ADC

RDR-HX520/HX525/HX720/HX722/
RDR-HX520/HX525/HX720/HX722/
HX725/HX727/HX920/HX925

RD-060 BOARD (SIDE B) • : Uses unleaded solder.

RD-060 BOARD (SIDE B)

C618
JL620
FB606 JL637
RB601 JL636

FL602
FB602
IC101 B-5 JL123 C614 JL619 JL618 JL622
JL640 JL638 JL631 JL630
IC601 B-1 R660 R661
JL644 JL641 JL1001 JL626

14
1
IC602 A-2 JL122 JL642 JL639 JL627 JL628 FB605

R662
R643
FL603

C619
IC604

C824
IC604 A-5 R644 JL624
FL605

C823
R655 JL623

R305

C622
IC803 A-4 RB602 JL635 JL625

R304
JL629

R645

R646
R839 JL634 JL632 JL633 FB603

C301

FL604
C617 FB604
R307

C311

R303
R306 C310

C321
R840 JL621

A
JL643

C305
C319 C309 JL409 JL407

C821 C822
C812 C308

C816

C312
L303

C320
R310

C313
JL645 JL648 JL647 R841
JL408 JL406

C318

R302
R842

L301
R311 JL405 JL404

C303
C314
C325 C324

C315

RB404
JL646 JL649 C326 R312 JL403

R309

RB403
C317
C323

IC602
28 20 15 C307

C322

C328 C316
C327
20 15 10 5 1

R431
IC803 JL416

C330
21 80 JL411 JL402

R314 R313
5

4
3
JL412
C611

R433
X301
25 JL401

C329
1

2
10 14 75 12 1

R627
R316 IC404 JL414 JL413

C331

1
5
R318

C332

R403
C805 JL410 C603
R321 R320 30 IC301

C333
70 R628

JL603
R325 RB402 RB401

R335
R337
R315

JL602
R816 R326 13 20 24 R626 C602
R835 C804

R401
R434
JL801

R809
R810
R836
JL802
35

R811
R812

4
1 2 3
IC601
C811

C810

R807
R808

C601
R402
R308 C340

JL304
65

C335

R334
R336
1 RB405 R435

JL302 JL301
JL167 R411
4 RB406 C408

JL1025
IC804 40 61

JL1054
R328
R327

C334

JL176

JL172
JL170
JL175
8 R831 R624

JL174
5 41 45 50 55 60

R432
JL173
JL168

JL306
JL194 JL192

JL1028
JL305
JL303

JL171
JL169
R317

JL1030 JL1027 JL1029

R635
C624
JL566 JL565

JL803
R833

R329

R623
R323
R322

RB101
JL1026
JL564 C338 C337 C336

R330
JL145

R333
R332
R331
JL563 JL177

JL308
JL307
JL540

JL1041 JL1038JL1031
JL539 JL562 C101

JL1034

JL1033
C103
R113

JL1035
JL561JL559

JL1032
JL537 JL538 JL536 JL560

JL1036
RB302 RB301
B

JL1037
JL534 JL535
R531 JL558 JL557 IC101 51 2 43
R530 JL180 RB102
JL572 JL1019 JL1016 RB103

R171
JL573 JL533 C102

JL1040
JL1022 JL1018
RB501

R528

R172
RB112 RB111

JL1039
R1060
JL570

C182

JL1042
RB131 RB128 R106

R144
JL1023 JL1020 JL1017 R1036

C1031
JL130

R146
FB107

R115
JL529 JL569 RB125

R1063
R733

C185
C163
R1068 JL1021

JL1044
R116
R109
JL568 JL182JL183 JL1002
JL571 JL1005

C1025 C178
C164
JL527 JL526 JL528
R535

R147
RB104

JL1045
RB148

R148
C165
JL1003 JL121 C1006 RB147 C146
JL567

C162
JL187 JL185 JL188

JL1043
JL1011
R532

JL131 JL181

C1017
JL524 JL525 JL523 JL166 JL162 JL161

JL1048
JL184

C161
C168 FB106 C1022

C1030
JL1009 JL1008

R143

R185
JL179

R187
JL1012

R107
C169 JL164 JL160 R161

C143
JL186

C155

C1019

R108
R151

R1067
JL521 JL522

C170 C167

C142
JL1010

C160
JL556 JL1014 JL178
JL1013 R152 JL1004 JL163
JL157 C158 C149 RB135 RB138 RB141

C157
C156
JL547 JL555 JL548

C166
JL508 JL505 JL510 JL511

R1039

JL1046
RB160

R1035 JL159

C154
C153

C152
JL1006 C159 R1012

C148
C171 C135 R173 R183
JL553 JL546 JL554

C150
R140

C151

JL1047
JL518 JL519 JL520 JL509 R149

JL1051
JL1053
C136

R110
JL1007 R150 R145 C172 C137
RB161

JL544 JL552 JL545

JL1050
JL1052
JL1049
RB114
JL158 JL155 C173 R142 JL118 JL165 JL120

R111
JL514 JL515 JL516 JL517 R141 C130
JL550 JL543 JL551 R156 JL1024 C131 R160
RB162

JL506 JL507 JL504 JL513 R158 C147 RB186 R114

JL549 JL542 JL193

R174
C145 JL143 RB105

R112
JL541 JL195 JL115
JL512 JL149 JL154 C144 C129
JL117 C132
RB163

JL156 RB185
R1004

C113 R124
C140 C141
R154 JL197 JL124

C183
RB183 RB181 JL144 RB132 RB129
C
R104
R103

R1064
RB126

C186

C179
JL196 JL147

JL233
JL146
JL129

JL229 JL232
C1016
C122
C120
C128 JL111 JL112
JL148 JL150 C139 C121

R123

JL230
JL116

R1037

R122
C112

JL231
C1024
JL127 JL151

R186
JL153 C114
C133
C123
C119

C117
C118
R1048 JL119 RB134
C138

JL152 RB137

C1018
R1065

JL228
C111
R1045

R1044
C134

R1047 JL1015 RB140 R182

R175
C1021

JL223 JL225 JL227

R184
JL198 JL138 JL128

JL205 JL209 JL213 JL217 JL221 JL224 JL226

JL104 JL134 JL190 JL125
R129

RB184
JL142 R1030 JL132 JL191 JL102
R1055 JL109 JL126 JL107

JL206 JL210 JL214 JL218 JL222

R1052 JL110 JL114 JL135

C115
JL136 JL103 JL105 JL101

JL208 JL212 JL216 JL220

JL141

JL207 JL211 JL215 JL219

R1053
R130

JL140 JL133 JL137 JL189 JL199

R1054 JL139
JL707

R1056

JL108
R1057 R552
R555

C504

C235 R239
C201 C202
R245
JL501 D
JL708
JL706

R537 C237
R536

C236
R241
C203
R243
R242
R240
R238
R233
JL531

R263
R265
R269
R271
JL530
R550
RB503
RB502

R557
R551

JL201
R556 JL202 JL204
R560

C509 JL203

R234 C234
R554
R282
R561
C510

R549 R548
R539

JL532

1-867-082- E 34

5 4 3 2 1 16

RISM3, VDEC, A/V INTERFACE, AUDIO DAC/ADC

RD-060 4-43 4-44E
 RDR-HX520/HX525/HX720/HX722/
SECTION 5 HX725/HX727/HX920/HX925
IC PIN FUNCTION DESCRIPTION
5-1. IT CONTROL IC
(IC603: M306H5MG-A13FP, M306H5MC-C33FP, M306H5FGFP (AV-103 BOARD))
Pin No. Pin Name I/O Function
1 ONDO I Detection of board temperature
2 SIRCSIN I Input of remote control signal
3 AVLINK-IN I Input of AV LINK scart signal
4 FLD_DATA O Output of FLD data signal
5 FLD_IN I Fixed at “L”
6 FLD_CLK O Output of FLD clock signal
7 BYTE I Fixed at “L”
8 CNVSS I Connected to GND when the flash is overwritten is VCC
9 XCIN I Input of sub-clock signal (32.768KHz)
10 XCOUT O Not used
11 _RESET I Input of system reset signal input
12 XOUT O Output of main-clock signal (10MHz)
13 VSS — Digital GND
14 XIN I Input of main-clock signal (10MHz)
15 VCC1 — Power supply input (Digital 5.0V)
16 _NMI I Fixed at “H”
17 INT_RTC I Input of RTC INT signal from Real Time Clock
18 _IT_REQ I Input of communication request signal with system controller
19 SLICE I Input of slicer operation detection from 37 pin
20 IT_XRST O Output communication reset signal with RISM 3
21 DIMMER O Output of LED power supply switch
22 JUST_CLK_2 O Not used
23 RISM_STATUS2 O Output of communication status 2 signal with system controller
24 P75 O Not used
25 P74 O Not used
26 P73 O Not used
27 AVLINK-OUT O Output of AV LINK signal
28 TU_SCL_1 O Output of IIC clock signal
29 TU_SDA_1 O Input/output IIC data signal
30 VSS2 — Analog GND
31 LP2 O Output of filter signal 2 (for Fsc)
32 LP3 O Output of filter signal 3 (forVPS)
33 LP4 O Output of filter signal 4 (for PDC)
34 VDD2 — Power supply input (Analog 5V)
35 TEST1 — Fixed at “L”
36 M1 — Fixed at “L”
37 SLICEON O Output of slicer operation detection
38 IT_SOUT O Output of serial TXD 1 signal with system controller
39 IT_SIN I Input of serial RXD 1 signal with system controller
40 IT_SCLK O Output of serial CLK 1 signal with system controller
41 MONITOR I Input of RTS signal with system controller
42 TXD O
43 RXD O
44 RISM_STATUS3 O Not used
45 RISM_STATUS1 I Input of communication status 1 signal with system controller
46 CLKOUT — Digital GND
47 PCONT O Output of switch system power control signal
48 FAN_DET I Input of fan stopping detect signal
49 FAN_ONOFF O Output of fan on/off signal (“H”:fan on)
50 FAN_SPEED O Output of fan direction speed switching signal (“H”:high speed)

5-1
Pin No. Pin Name I/O Function
51 P_FAIL I Input of UNSW6V power off detection signal
52 HDET_1 I Detection of IN SEL output video signal
53 CE I Fixed at “L” (when the flash is overwritten is VCC)
54 HDET_2 O Not used
55 INSEL_PCONT O Output of IC’s power supply signal (“H”:INSEL)
56 XP_AMUTE O Output of muting signal for audio
57 SLICE_V_SW O Not used
58 SYNCHRO_DET — Detection of selection signal from component video signal
59 AREA0 I Fixed at “L”
60 AREA1 I Fixed at “H”
61 XP_VMUTE O Output of muting signal for video
62 INSEL_3 O Not used
63 INSEL1 O Not used
64 INSEL2 O Not used
65 INSEL6 O Not used
66 EEP_SDA O Output of IIC data signal with EEPROM
67 EEP_SCL O Output of IIC clock signal with EEPROM
68 XEEP_WP O Output of IIC writing protect signal with EEPROM
69 VCC2 — Power supply input (Digital 5V)
70 INSEL4 O Not used
71 VSS — Digital GND
72 INSEL5 O Not used
73 BS_BIT_SW O Output of busy signal for IR control IC
74 BS_BST_CONT O Output of INT signal for IR control IC
75 BS_COR_DET O Not used
76 BS_CONV_CONT O Not used
77 BS_DEC_SW O Output of reset signal for IR control IC
78 BS_PCONT O Not used
79 BS_VOL_DET O Not used
80 SYNC_V_1 I Input of vertical synchronous signal
81 SYNC_V_2 I Fixed at “L”
82 NC I Input of sacrt IC’s interpolate signal
83 TU_PCONT_1 O Output of tuner power supply control signal (“H”:Power on)
84 AUTO_PRESET_1 O Output of RF gain control signal
85 TU_PCONT2 O Not used
86 VA_PCONT O Output of power control signal for audio/video
87 AREA4 I Fixed at “H” or “L”. Input of area detection signal
88 AREA5 I Fixed at “L” or “H”. Input of area detection signal
89 AREA6 I Fixed at “H” or “L”. Input of area detection signal
90 FL_PCONT O Output of FLD grid power on signal
91 FR_PCONT O Not used
92 S2SW I Detection of line 2 S-video signal
93 LED_XRESET O Output of reset signal for LED and FLD driver
94 LED_STB O Output of strove signal for LED driver
95 FLD_CS O Output of FLD driver strove signal
96 KEY0 I Input of switching signal 0
97 KEY1 I Input of switching signal 1
98 KEY2 I Input of switching signal 2
99 KEY3 I Fixed at “H”
100 FSW I Input of blanking signal for EURO scart
101 TU_AFT_2 I Fixed at “L”
102 TU_G_MAX_2 I Fixed at “L”
103 AVSS — Analog GND

5-2
Pin No. Pin Name I/O Function
104 TU_G_MAX_1 I Input of tuner gain signal
105 VREF I Power supply input (Analog 5V)
106 AVCC — Power supply input (Analog 5V)
107 TEST3_CONT O Not used
108 START I Input of oscillation selection signal
109 SYNCIN I Input composite video signal
110 SVREF I When slice the vertical synchronous signal input slice power
111 TEST2 I Fixed at GND
112 VDD3 — Power supply input (Analog 5V)
113 CVIN1 I Input of component video signal
114 VSS3 — Analog GND
115 TEST3 I Fixed at “L”
116 TU_AFT1 I Input of tuner ATF control signal

5-3
5-2. MAIN CONTROL IC (IC103: R8A34012BG (RD-060 BOARD))
Pin No. Pin Name I/O Function
A1 AT1DATA[11] I/O Input/output of data 11 for DVD
A2 AT1DATA[12] I/O Input/output of data 12 for DVD
A3 AT1DATA[14] I/O Input/output of data 14
A4 AT1DIOW O Output of DVD write signal
A5 AT1INTRQ I Input of IRQ signal
A6 HDREQ[0] — Fixed at “L”
A7 HWS[0] O Output of write strove signal 0
A8 HCS[1] — Fixed at “H”
A9 HCS[4] — Fixed at “H”
A10 HADRS[30] O Output of address 30
A11 HADRS[26] O Output of address 26
A12 HADRS[22] O Output of address 22
A13 HADRS[21] O Output of address 21
A14 HADRS[17] O Output of address 17
A15 HADRS[13] O Output of address 13
A16 HADRS[10] O Output of address 10
A17 HADRS[7] O Output of address 7
A18 MSDATA[0] — Fixed at “L”
A19 MSDATA[3] — Fixed at “L”
A20 SCLK[3] — Not usedd
A21 CTS[1] — Fixed at “H”
A22 TX[2] O Output of UART(CSIO)/GPIO
A23 RTS[1] O Output of UART(CSIO)/GPIO
A24 RTS[0] O Output of UART(CSIO)/GPIO
A25 DVDD Power supply input (Digital 1.0V)
AA1 TRDATA[1] O Not used
AA2 TRDATA[3] O Not used
AA3 TRSYNC O Not used
AA4 EVENT[0] O Not used
AA5 VDD33 — Power supply input (Digital 3.4V)
AA6 VRMA — Fixed at “L”
AA7 VRMB — Fixed at “L”
AA8 VSSDAD10 Analog GND
AA9 RREF1(REXT1) — Fixed at “L”
AA10 REF2(REXT2) — Fixed at “L”
AA11 VDD33 — Power supply input (Digital 3.4V)
AA12 VDD — Power supply input (Digital 1.0V)
AA13 VSS Digital GND
AA14 VDD — Power supply input (Digital 1.0V)
AA15 VSS Digital GND
AA16 VDD33 — Power supply input (Digital 3.4V)
AA17 VDD — Power supply input (Digital 1.0V)
AA18 DADRS[3] O Output of address 3 for SDRAM
AA19 DADRS[10] O Output of address 10 for SDRAM
AA20 VDD — Power supply input (Digital 1.0V)
AA21 DDATA[8] I/O Input/output of data 8 for SDRAM
AA22 VDD25 — Power supply input (Digital 2.5V)
AA23 DDATA[10] I/O Input/output of data 10 for SDRAM
AA24 DDATA[3] I/O Input/output of data 3 for SDRAM
AA25 DDATA[4] I/O Input/output of data 4 for SDRAM
AB1 TRDATA[4] O Not used
AB2 TRDATA[7] O Not used
AB3 TRST I Fixed at “L”

5-4
Pin No. Pin Name I/O Function
AB4 VCCAAD10A — Power supply input (Analog 3.3V)(ADC)
AB5 VROA — Fixed at “L”
AB6 VROB — Fixed at “L”
AB7 VCCAAD10B — Power supply input (Analog 3.3V)(ADC)
AB8 VCCADA10 — Power supply input (Analog 3.3V)(DAC)
AB9 VCCADA10 — Power supply input (Analog 3.3V)(DAC)
AB10 VCCADA10 — Power supply input (Analog 3.3V)(DAC)
AB11 VSS Digital GND
AB12 TESTMOD[5] O Fixed at “L”
AB13 REC656V I Input of vertical synchronization signal
AB14 REC656O[1] O Not used
AB15 REC656O[3] O Not used
AB16 PXCLK O Not used
AB17 REC656O[7] O Not used
AB18 DADRS[5] O Output of address 5 for SDRAM
AB19 VDD25 — Power supply input (Digital 2.5V)(I/O)
AB20 DADRS[7] O Output of address 7 for SDRAM
AB21 DADRS[9] O Output of address 9 for SDRAM
AB22 DADRS[12] O Output of address 12 for SDRAM
AB23 VSS Digital GND
AB24 DDATA[1] I/O Input/output of data 1 for SDRAM
AB25 DDATA[2] I/O Input/output of data 2 for SDRAM
AC1 TRDATA[5] O Not used
AC2 TCK I Fixed at “L”
AC3 TDO O Not used
AC4 VRPA — Fixed at “L”
AC5 VRPB — Fixed at “L”
AC6 VSSAAD10B Analog GND
AC7 VCCDAD10 Power supply input (Digital 3.3V)(ADC)
AC8 VSSDDA10A — Digital GND
AC9 VDDDDA10 — Power supply input (Digital 1.0V)
AC10 VSSDDA10B — Digital GND
AC11 TESTMOD[1] O Digital GND
AC12 TESTMOD[6] O Digital GND
AC13 REC656H I Input of horizontal synchronization signal
AC14 REC656I[1] I Input of digital video signal [1]
AC15 REC656O[2] O Not used
AC16 REC656O[4] O Not used
AC17 REC656I[7] I Input of digital video signal [7]
AC18 DADRS[4] O Output of address 4 for SDRAM
AC19 DADRS[6] O Output of address 6 for SDRAM
AC21 DADRS[8] O Output of address 8 for SDRAM
AC20 VSS Digital GND
AC22 DADRS[11] O Output of address 11 for SDRAM
AC23 DWE O Output of write enable signal
AC24 VDD25 — Power supply input (Digital 2.5V)
AC25 DDATA[0] I/O Input/output of data 0 for SDRAM
AD1 EVENT[1] O Not used
AD2 VINA1 I Input of analog video (CVBS)
AD3 VSSAAD10A Analog GND
AD4 NC Not used
AD5 VCCAAD10B — Power supply input (Analog 3.3V)(DAC)
AD6 ROUT(PD0) O Output of analog video signal (red)

5-5
Pin No. Pin Name I/O Function
AD7 VSSADA10 — Analog GND
AD8 BOUT(PD2) O Output of analog video signal (blue)
AD9 VSSADA10 — Analog GND
AD10 COUT(PD3) O Output of analog video signal (chroma)
AD11 TESTMOD[2] O Digital GND
AD12 TESTMOD[7] O Digital GND
AD13 TMS I Input of SDI-ICE/JTAG TMS
AD14 REC656O[0] O Not used
AD15 REC656I[2] I Input of digital video signal [2]
AD16 REC656I[4] I Input of digital video signal [4]
AD17 REC656O[5] O Not used
AD18 REC656O[6] O Not used
AD19 DADRS[1] O Output of address 1 for SDRAM
AD20 DBA[1] Output of bank address 1 for SDRAM
AD21 VDD25 — Power supply input (Analog 2.5V)
AD22 DCS O Output of chip select signal
AD23 DCAS O Output of CAS signal for SDRAM
AD24 DCLKO O Output of clock signal
AD25 VSS Digital GND
AE1 TD1 I Not used
AE2 VSSAAD10A Analog GND
AE3 VINA2 I Input of analog video signal (Y)
AE4 VCCAAD10A — Power supply input (Analog 3.3V)(DAC)
AE5 CIN (VINB1) I Input of analog video signal (C)
AE6 VSSAAD10B Analog GND
AE7 GOUT(PD1) O Output of analog video signal (green)
AE8 VSSADA10 — Analog GND (DAC)
AE9 YOUT(PD4) O Output of analog video signal (Y)
AE10 TESTMOD[0] O Digital GND
AE11 TESTMOD[3] O Digital GND
AE12 TESTMOD[4] O Digital GND
AE13 RESET I Input of hardware reset signal
AE14 REC656I[0] I Input of digital video signal [0]
AE15 R656CLKI I Input of clock signal
AE16 REC656I[3] I Input of digital video signal [3]
AE17 REC656I[5] I Input of digital video signal [5]
AE18 REC656I[6] I Input of digital video signal [6]
AE19 DADRS[2] O Output of address 2 for SDRAM
AE20 DADRS[0] O Output of address 0 for SDRAM
AE21 DBA[0] O Output of bank address 0 for SDRAM
AE22 VSS Digital GND
AE23 DRAS O Output of RAS signal for SDRAM
AE24 DCLKNO O Output of negative clock signal
AE25 DVREF I Input of reference voltage
B1 AT1DATA[4] I/O Input/output of data 4 for DVD
B2 AT1DATA[3] I/O Input/output of data 3 for DVD
B3 AT1DATA[1] I/O Input/output of data 1 for DVD
B4 AT1DMAREQ I Input of request signal from DMA
B5 AT1DMACK O Input of ACK signal from DMA
B6 AT1ADR[2] O Output of devise address 2 for DVD
B7 HDACK[1] — Fixed at “H”
B8 HOE O Output of output enable signal
B9 HCS[2] O Output of chip select signal/GPIO 2

5-6
Pin No. Pin Name I/O Function
B10 HADRS[31] O Output of address 31
B11 HADRS[27] O Output of address 27
B12 HADRS[23] O Output of address 23
B13 HADRS[20] O Output of address 20
B14 HADRS[16] O Output of address 16
B15 HADRS[12] O Output of address 12
B16 HADRS[8] O Output of address 8
B17 MSBS — Fixed at “L”
B18 MSDATA[2] — Fixed at “L”
B19 MSCLK — Fixed at “L”
B20 SCLK[0] O Output of UART(CSIO)/GPIO
B21 TX[1] O Output of UART(CSIO)/GPIO
B22 RTS[2] — Fixed at “H”
B23 DVSS Digital GND
B24 PCO O Not used
B25 AHVDD Power supply input (Analog 3.3V)
C1 AT1DATA[5] I/O Input/output of data 5 for DVD
C2 AT1DATA[10] I/O Input/output of data 10 for DVD
C3 AT1DATA[13] I/O Input/output of data 13 for DVD
C4 AT1DATA[15] I/O Input/output of data 15 for DVD
C5 AT1IORDY I Input of I/O ready signal
C6 AT1ADR[0] O Output of devise address 0 for DVD
C7 AT1CS[0] O Output of chip select signal 0 for DVD
C8 HDACK[0] — Output of transfer acknowledge signal/GPIO 0
C9 HCS[0] O Output of chip select signal 0
C10 HCS[5] — Output of chip select signal/GPIO 5
C11 HADRS[28] O Output of address 28
C12 HADRS[24] O Output of address 24
C13 HADRS[19] O Output of address 19
C14 HADRS[15] O Output of address 15
C15 HADRS[11] O Output of address 11
C16 HADRS[6] O Output of address 6
C17 MSDATA[1] — Fixed at “L”
C18 CTS[3] — Not used
C19 SCLK[1] O Output of UART(CSIO)/GPIO
C20 CTS[0] O Output of UART(CSIO)/GPIO
C21 RTS[3] — Not used
C22 RX[2] O Output of UART(CSIO)/GPIO
C23 AHVSS Digital GND
C24 RX[1] O Output of UART(CSIO)/GPIO
C25 HDATA[15] — Input/output of data 15
D1 AT1DATA[6] I/O Input/output of data 6
D2 AT1DATA[9] I/O Input/output of data 9 for DVD
D3 AT1DATA[2] I/O Input/output of data 2 for DVD
D4 AT1DATA[0] I/O Input/output of data 0
D5 AT1DIOR O Output of I/O read signal
D6 AT1ADR[1] O Output of devise address 1 for DVD
D7 AT1CS[1] O Output of chip select signal 1 for DVD
D8 HDREQ[1] — Fixed at “L”
D9 HWS[1] O Fixed at “H”
D10 HCS[3] — Fixed at “H”
D11 HADRS[29] O Output of address 29
D12 HADRS[25] O Output of address 25

5-7
Pin No. Pin Name I/O Function
D13 HADRS[18] O Output of address 18
D14 HADRS[14] O Output of address 14
D15 HADRS[9] O Output of address 9
D16 MSINS — Fixed at “L”
D17 SCLK[2] — Fixed at “H”
D18 CTS[2] O Output of UART(CSIO)/GPIO
D19 TX[0] O Output of UART(CSIO)/GPIO
D20 TX[3] O Fixed at “H”
D21 RX[3] O Fixed at “H”
D22 VMCLK I Input of 27MHz system clock
D23 RX[0] O Output of UART(CSIO)/GPIO
D24 HDATA[13] — Input/output of data 13
D25 HDATA[10] — Input/output of data 10
E1 AT2CS[1] O Output of chip select signal for HDD driver
E2 AT1RESET O Output of reset signal
E3 AT1DATA[7] I/O Input/output of data 7 for DVD
E4 AT1DATA[8] I/O Input/output of data 8 for DVD
E5 VDD — Power supply input (Digital 1.0V)
E6 VSS Digital GND
E7 VDD — Power supply input (Digital 1.0V)
E8 VDD33 — Power supply input (Digital 3.3V)
E9 VSS Digital GND
E10 VDD — Power supply input (Digital 1.0V)
E11 VSS Digital GND
E12 VDD33 — Power supply input (Digital 3.3V)
E13 VDD — Power supply input (Digital 1.0V)
E14 VSS Digital GND
E15 VDD — Power supply input (Digital 1.0V)
E16 VSS Digital GND
E17 VDD33 — Power supply input (Digital 3.3V)
E18 VDD — Power supply input (Digital 1.0V)
E19 VSS Digital GND
E20 VDD — Power supply input (Digital 1.0V)
E21 VDD33 — Power supply input (Digital 3.3V)
E22 HDATA[4] I/O Input/output of data 4
E22 HDATA[14] I/O Input/output of data 14
E23 HDATA[12] I/O Input/output of data 12
E24 HDATA[9] I/O Input/output of data 9
E25 HDATA[8] I/O Input/output of data 8
F1 AT2ADR[1] O Output of device address 1 for HDD driver
F2 AT2ADR[0] O Output of device address 0 for HDD driver
F3 AT2ADR[2] O Output of device address 2 for HDD driver
F4 AT2CS[0] O Output of chip select signal for HDD driver
F5 VSS Digital GND
F21 VDD — Power supply input (Digital 1.0V)
F22 HDATA[11] I/O Input/output of data 11
F23 TEST — Fixed at GND
F24 HDATA[7] I/O Input/output of data 7
F25 HDATA[5] I/O Input/output of data 5
G1 AT2DIOR O Output of I/O read signal
G2 AT2IORDY I Input of I/O ready signal
G3 AT2DMACK O Output of ACK signal from DMA
G4 AT2INTRQ I Input of IRQ signal

5-8
Pin No. Pin Name I/O Function
G5 VDD33 — Power supply input (Digital 3.3V)
G21 VSS Digital GND
G22 CSYNC — Fixed at “H”
G23 HDATA[6] — Input/output of data 6
G24 HDATA[3] — Input/output of data 3
G25 HDATA[2] — Input/output of data 2
H1 AT2DATA[0] I/O Input/output of data 0 for HDD driver
H2 AT2DATA[15] I/O Input/output of data 15 for HDD driver
H3 AT2DMAREQ I Input of request signal from DMA
H4 AT2DIOW O Output of I/O write signal
H5 VDD — Power supply input (Digital 1.0V)
H21 VDD — Power supply input (Digital 1.0V)
H22 HDATA[4] — Input/output of data 4
H23 HDATA[1] — Input/output of data 1
H24 HDATA[0] — Input/output of data 0
H25 INT[7] O Output of interrupt request/GPIO
J1 AT2DATA[2] I/O Input/output of data 2 for HDD driver
J2 AT2DATA[13] I/O Input/output of data 13 for HDD driver
J3 AT2DATA[1] I/O Input/output of data 1 for HDD driver
J4 AT2DATA[14] I/O Input/output of data 14 for HDD driver
J5 VSS Digital GND
J21 VDD33 — Power supply input (Digital 3.3V)
J22 INT[8] — Not used
J23 DBI I Input of SDI-ICE/JTAG TRST
J24 INT[6] — Fixed at “H”
J25 INT[5] — Fixed at “H”
K1 AT2DATA[4] I/O Input/output of data 4 for HDD driver
K2 AT2DATA[11] I/O Input/output of data 11 for HDD driver
K3 AT2DATA[3] — Input/output of data 3 for HDD driver
K4 AT2DATA[12] I/O Input/output of data 12 for HDD driver
K5 VDD — Power supply input (Digital 1.0V)
K21 VSS Digital GND
K22 INT4 Fixed at “H”
K23 WP(INT3) Fixed at “H”
K24 SDA[1] — Fixed at “H”
K25 SDA[0] — Fixed at “H”
L1 AT2DATA[6] I/O Input/output of data 6 for HDD driver
L2 AT2DATA[9] — Input/output of data 9 for HDD driver
L3 AT2DATA[5] — Input/output of data 5 for HDD driver
L4 AT2DATA[10] I/O Input/output of data 10 for HDD driver
L5 VDD33 — Power supply input (Digital 3.3V)
L11 VSS Digital GND
L12 VSS Digital GND
L13 VSS Digital GND
L14 VSS Digital GND
L15 VSS Digital GND
L21 SDCL[0] — Fixed at “H”
L22 SDCL[1] — Fixed at “H”
L23 INT[2] I Input of interrupt request/GPIO
L24 INT[1] — Fixed at “H”
L25 INT[0] — Fixed at “H”
M1 AT2RESET O Output of reset signal
M2 A1BCKI I Fixed at “H”

5-9
Pin No. Pin Name I/O Function
M3 AT2DATA[7] I/O Input/output of data 7 for HDD driver
M4 AT2DATA[8] I/O Input/output of data 8 for HDD driver
M5 VSS Digital GND
M11 VSS Digital GND
M12 VSS Digital GND
M13 VSS Digital GND
M14 VSS Digital GND
M15 VSS Digital GND
M21 VDD — Power supply input (Digital 1.0V)
M22 DDATA[30] I/O Input/output of data 30 for SDRAM
M23 DDATA[31] I/O Input/output of data 31 for SDRAM
M24 VDD25 — Power supply input (Digital 2.5V)
M25 HWAIT — Fixed at “H”
N VDD — Power supply input (Digital 1.0V)
N1 A1DDATAI I Fixed at “H”
N2 AMCLK1 I Input of audio master clock (36.864MHz)
N3 A1LRCKI I Fixed at “H”
N4 ADATAO O Output of digital audio signal
N5 VDD — Power supply input (Digital 1.0V)
N11 VSS Digital GND
N12 VSS Digital GND
N13 VSS Digital GND
N14 VSS Digital GND
N15 VSS Digital GND
N21 DDATA[21] I/O Input/output of data 21 for SDRAM
N22 DDATA[28] I/O Input/output of data 28 for SDRAM
N23 DDATA[29] I/O Input/output of data 29 for SDRAM
N24 DDATA[22] I/O Input/output of data 22 for SDRAM
N25 DDATA[23] I/O Input/output of data 23 for SDRAM
P1 ADCCLKI O Not used
P2 LRCKO O Output of audio L/R clock signal
P3 A0DATAI I Output of digital audio signal
P4 A0BCKI I Input of audio bit clock signal
P5 VDD — Power supply input (Digital 3.3V)
P11 VSS Digital GND
P12 VSS Digital GND
P13 VSS Digital GND
P14 VSS Digital GND
P15 VSS Digital GND
P21 DDATA[18] I/O Input/output of data 18 for SDRAM
P22 DDATA[26] I/O Input/output of data 26 for SDRAM
P23 DDATA[27] I/O Input/output of data 27 for SDRAM
P24 DDATA[19] I/O Input/output of data 19 for SDRAM
P25 DDATA[20] I/O Input/output of data 20 for SDRAM
R1 SPDIFO O Input of digital audio signal
R2 VCLKI I Input of clock signal (27MHz) (Video decoder)
R3 BCKO O Output of audio bit clock signal
R4 AMCLK2 I Input of audio master clock (33.8688MHz)
R5 VDD — Power supply input (Digital 1.0V)
R11 VSS Digital GND
R12 VSS Digital GND
R13 VSS Digital GND
R14 VSS Digital GND

5-10
Pin No. Pin Name I/O Function
R15 VSS Digital GND
R21 DDATA[25] I/O Input/output of data 25 for SDRAM
R22 VDD25 — Power supply input (Digital 2.5V)
R23 VSS Digital GND
R24 DDATA[16] I/O Input/output of data 16 for SDRAM
R25 DDATA[17] I/O Input/output of data 17 for SDRAM
T1 A0LRCKI I Input of audio L/R clock signal
T2 DACCLKO O Not used
T3 SPDIFI I Fixed at “H”
T4 PHYDIO[7] I/O Input/output of data 7 for PHY
T5 VSS Digital GND
T21 DDM[2] O Output of data mask signal 2 for SDRAM
T22 DDQS[3] I Output of data strobe signal 3 for SDRAM
T23 DDATA[24] I/O Input/output of data 24 for SDRAM
T24 VDD25 — Power supply input (Digital 2.5V)
T25 VSS Digital GND
U1 PHYLREQ O
U2 PHYDIO[6] — Input/output of data 6 for PHY
U3 PHYDIO[4] — Input/output of data 4 for PHY
U4 PHYDIO[1] — Input/output of data 1 for PHY
U5 VDD — Power supply input (Digital 1.0V)
U21 DDM[1] O Output of data mask signal 1 for SDRAM
U22 DDQS[1] O Output of data strobe signal 1 for SDRAM
U23 DDM[3] O Output of data mask signal 3 for SDRAM
U24 DDM[0] O Output of data mask signal 0 for SDRAM
U25 DDQS[2] O Output of data strobe signal 2 for SDRAM
V1 PHYDIO[5] I/O Input/output of data 5 for PHY
V2 PHYDIO[3] I/O Input/output of data 3 for PHY
V3 PHYDIO[0] I/O Input/output of data 0 for PHY
V4 PHYCTL[1] O Not used
V5 VDD33 — Power supply input (Analog 3.3V)(DAC)
V21 VDD — Power supply input (Digital 1.0V)
V22 VDD25 — Power supply input (Digital 2.5V)
V23 DDATA[15] I/O Input/output of data 15 for SDRAM
V24 DDATA[7] I/O Input/output of data 7 for SDRAM
V25 DDQS[0] — Output of data strobe signal 0
W1 PHYDIO[2] I/O Input/output of data 2 for PHY
W2 PHYLPS O
W3 PHYSCLK I Input of clock signal
W4 TRDATA[2] O Not used
W5 VSS Digital GND
W21 DDATA[14] I/O Input/output of data 14 for SDRAM
W22 DDATA[13] I/O Input/output of data 13 for SDRAM
W23 VSS Digital GND
W24 VDD25 — Power supply input (Digital 2.5V)
W25 DDATA[6] — Input/output data 6 for SDRAM
Y1 PHYCTL[0] O
Y2 TRDATA[0] O Not used
Y3 TRCLK O Not used
Y4 TRDATA[6] O Not used
Y5 VDD — Power supply input (Digital 1.0V)
Y21 DDATA[9] I/O Input/output of data 9 for SDRAM
Y22 DDATA[11] I/O Input/output of data 11 for SDRAM

5-11
Pin No. Pin Name I/O Function
Y23 DDATA[12] I/O Input/output of data 12 for SDRAM
Y24 DDATA[5] I/O Input/output of data 5 for SDRAM
Y25 VSS Digital GND

5-12E
 RDR-HX520/HX525/HX720/HX722/
SECTION 6 HX725/HX727/HX920/HX925
SERVICE MODE
This is the diagnostics to locate cause of fault.
The diagnostics can be executed using the remote commander and a monitor.
To enter the service mode, connect the VIDEO OUT connector of the main unit to the monitor. While pressing the “A” (Open/Close) button
and the “G” (PLAY) button at the same time, connect the AC power cord to the power outlet. (Keep pressing the above buttons until a
message, “WELCOME” appears on the display panel of the main unit.)
While the diagnostics is in progress, either “OK” or “NG” appears on the monitor screen to enable the judgment whether the respective
devices or the peripheral are normal or have any abnormality.
When an abnormality is detected, the diagnostics is stopped at that moment and you can select to keep running the diagnostics or to stop it.

6-1. Check Item

Checking item IC name REF When NG is displayed as the result of the DEVICE TEST, the IC or
EEPROM IC M24C32-WMN6T IC102 its peripheral is defective.
VIDEO DEC IC TVP5147M1PFP IC301
DDR IC K4H511638C-UCB3T IC105
DDR IC K4H511638C-UCB3T IC106
All parts are mounted on the RD-060 board.
For IC301, only AEP3 is used.

6-1
6-2. Screen Transition in the Service Mode
MAIN MENU
Verifying version number of the respective software of the main
<< MAIN MENU >> << Version No. >>
1) Version No. MODEL MRX1534EC unit
2) Display Color <1> Region Code [*]
3) Total Tme SYSCON Version [***]
~

ITcon Version [***]

9) HDD MODE <RETURN> Drive Version [***]

MODEL ***
SYSCON Version [***] < RETURN >
HDD Serial ID [***]
HDD Sony ID [***] Setting ON/OFF of the PAL 100% white signal output
<< Display Color >>
<2> 1) White Signal ON
2) White Signal OFF

< RETURN >

<< Total Tme >> Reading the accumulative operating hours of the drive
<3> 1) Total [Power ON] • Total power-on hours
2) Total [DVD Playback]
3) Total [DVD Recording]
• Total DVD playback hours
• Total DVD recording hours
< RETURN >
* Display format: aa hours ff minutes

<< Error History >> Displaying the error history in the past in the error code
<4> 3) ....................................
2) ....................................
* Maximum 20 errors can be displayed.
1) ....................................
< RETURN >

[Up] or [Down]

Displaying history of the buttons pressed in the past.

<< Command History >>
3) .................................... * Pressed buttons for 400 commands at a maximum can be stored.
<5>
2) ....................................
1) ....................................

< RETURN >

[Up] or [Down]

<< History Clear >> Clearing the Error History and the Command History
<6>
Execute History Clear?

< RETURN > Yes No

<< Factory Set up > Returning the Set Ups of various functions to default
<7> 1) NOR Factory Set up
2) S-AND Factory Set up
3) HDD Data Factory Set up

< RETURN >

Diagnostic checks in the Service Mode

<< Device Check >
<8> 1) EEPROM Check
2) Super AND Check
3) Video Dec Device Check
4) ODR Data Check
< RETURN >
5) IT Setting

<< HDD >>

<9> 1) Indcate ID
2) Performance Check
3) Write ID
4) Format
< RETURN >
5) Factory Check
6) Write Registration Code

<< G-code OSD Setting Menu >>

< 10 > 1) G-CODE
2) Show View
3) Video Plus
4) VCR Plus+
< RETURN >

6-2
6-3. Items and Description of Service Mode Menu
1) When the key “1” is pressed down, the monitor display moves
to the Version No. check menu screen. << MAIN MENU >>
2) When the key “2” is pressed down, the monitor display moves 1) Version No.
to the Display Color check menu screen. 2) Display Color
3) When the key “3” is pressed down, the monitor display moves 3) Total Time
to the Total Time check menu screen. 4) Error History
4) When the key “4”is pressed down, the monitor display moves 5) Command History
to the Error History check menu screen. 6) History Clear
5) When the key “5” is pressed down, the monitor display moves 7) Factory Set Up
to the Command History check menu screen. 8) Device Check
6) When the key “6” is pressed down, the monitor display moves 9) HDD MODE
to the History Clear check menu screen. 0) G-code Setting
7) When the key “7” is pressed down, the monitor display moves MODEL
to the Factory Set Up check menu screen.
*** ]
SYSCON Version [
8) When the key “8” is pressed down, the monitor display moves
***
HDD Serial ID [ ]
to the hard disk check menu screen. Sony ID [
*** ]
9) When the key “9” is pressed down, the monitor display moves ***
to the hard disk check menu screen.
0) When the key “0” is pressed down, the monitor display moves
to the G-code Setting menu screen.

6-4. Device Check Menu (Diagnostic Test)

1) When the key “1” is pressed down, the EEPROM device check
will be executed. (The EEPROM device is checked whether it << Device check >>
is mounted or not, and the I2C communication between Rism3 1) EEPROM Check
(IC103) and EEPROM is checked.) 2) Super AND Check t Not used
2) Key “2” is not used. 3) Video Dec Device Check t It is used for the AEP3
3) When the key “3” is pressed down, the Video Dec device check 4) DDR Date Check destination only.
will be executed. (The Video Dec device is checked whether it 5) IT Setting
is mounted or not, and the I2C communication between Rism3
(IC103) and Video Dec is checked.) ( It is used for the AEP3
destination only.
4) When the key “4” is pressed down, the DDR Data device check
will be executed. (The DDR device is checked whether it is
mounted or not, and the electrical signal connection between
Rism3 (IC103) and DDR device is checked.)
5) When the key “5” is pressed down, IC603 of the AV board will
be patched.
(Never press the key “5” unless otherwise specified.)

Check result display: IC105 check result/IC106 check result

Display Message Meaning of Display
DATA OK/OK Both IC105 and IC106 are OK.
DATA OK/NG IC105: OK, IC106: NG
(NG: No Good)
DATA NG/OK IC105: NG, IC106: OK
DATA NG/NG Both IC105 and IC106 are NG.

6-3
6-5. Hard Disk Check Menu

1) When the key “1” is pressed down, the ID check will be << HDD MODE >>
executed as shown below. 1) Indicate ID
Indicate ID : HDD information read-out 2) Peformance Check
MODEL : Model name of the product 3) Write ID
Serial No. : HDD serial No. 4) Format
Model No. : HDD model No. 5) Factory Check
F/W Rev : HDD software version 6) Write Registration Code
2) When the key “2” is pressed down, Performance Check will be
executed as shown below.
Performance Check: Power ON/OFF test and Read/Verify of
all tracks
3) When the key “3” is pressed down, Write ID will be executed
as shown below.
Write ID: NOR Flash HDD information write
4) When the key “4” is pressed down, Format will be executed as
shown below.
Format : Full erase of HDD
5) When the key “5” is pressed down, Factory Check will be
executed as shown below.
Factory Check: Aging test in the same way as in the factory.
6) When the key “6” is pressed down, the Write Registration Code
will be executed as shown below.
Write Registration Code: Writing the DIVX Registration Code
7) When the “RETURN” key is pressed down, the monitor display
will return to the menu screen.

6-4E
 RDR-HX520/HX525/HX720/HX722/
SECTION 7 HX725/HX727/HX920/HX925
ADJUSTMENT
7-1. Video System Adjustment 2. S-Video Output S-Y Check
<Purpose>
Preparing for Adjustment This check confirms that the S-video Y-signal output has the rated
1. Equipments amplitude. If it adjusted incorrectly, the playback video signal will
• Oscilloscope not be displayed corrected even when the S-video cable is connected.
• Reference Disk Mode PLAY
HLX-507 (PAL single layer disc) J-6090-077-A Signal Color bars
HLX-506 (PAL dual layer disc) J-6090-078-A
Test point S-VIDEO OUTPUT (S-Y) connector
1. Video Output Level Check (terminated in 75Ω)
<Purpose> Instrument Oscilloscope
This check is made to satisfy the PAL signal standard, If it is adjusted Specification 1.0 V±0.07 p-p
incorrectly, brightness will be too bright or too dark.
Mode PLAY Check method:
Signal Color bars 1) Insert the PAL reference disc and play back the 100% color
bars.
Test point Output (VIDEO) connector 2) Confirm that the video level is 1.0 V±0.07 Vp-p.
(terminated in 75Ω)
Instrument Oscilloscope
Specification 1.0 V± 0.07 p-p
1.0 ± 0.07Vp-p

Check method:
1) Insert the PAL reference disc and play back the 100% color
bars.
2) Confirm that the video level is 1.0 V±0.07 Vp-p. Fig. 7-2.

1.0 ±0.07 Vp-p

Fig. 7-1

7-1
3. S-Video Output S-C Check 5. Component Video Output B-Y Check
<Purpose> <Purpose>
This check confirms that the S-video output S-C conforms to the This check confirms that the B-Y signal of the component video
PAL standard. If it adjusted incorrectly, the playback color will not conforms to the PAL standard. If this signal level is not correct,
be too dark or too thin. color of the video signal will have different color when the
Mode PLAY COMPONENT connector output signal is connected to a projector
having COMPONENT input.
Signal Color bars
Mode PLAY
Test point S-VIDEO OUTPUT (S-C) connector
(terminated in 75Ω) Signal Color bars
Instrument Oscilloscope Test point D1/D2 VIDEO OUTPUT connector
pin-7 (terminated in 75Ω)
Specification 300 mV±30 mVp-p
Instrument Oscilloscope
Check method: Specification 700 mV±50 mVp-p
1) Insert the PAL reference disc and play back the 100% color
bars. Check method:
2) Confirm that the burst signal level is 300 mV±30 mVp-p. 1) Insert the PAL reference disc and play back the 100% color
bars.
2) Confirm that the burst signal level is 700 mV±50 mVp-p.

300 ± 30 mVp-p

700 ± 50 mVp-p
Fig. 7-3.

4. Component Video Output Y Check

<Purpose> Fig. 7-5.
This check confirms that the component Y signal output has the
rated amplitude. If this signal level is not correct, brightness of the 6. Component Video Output R-Y Check
video signal will not be too dark or too thin when the COMPONENT <Purpose>
connector output signal is connected to a projector having This check confirms that the R-Y signal of the component video
COMPONENT input. conforms to the PAL standard. If this signal level is not correct,
Mode PLAY color of the video signal will have different color when the
COMPONENT connector output signal is connected to a projector
Signal Color bars
having COMPONENT input.
Test point D1/D2 VIDEO OUTPUT connector
Mode PLAY
pin-ql (terminated in 75Ω)
Signal Color bars
Instrument Oscilloscope
Test point D1/D2 VIDEO OUTPUT connector
Specification 1.0 V±0.07Vp-p
pin-qg (terminated in 75Ω)
Check method: Instrument Oscilloscope
1) Insert the PAL reference disc and play back the 100% color Specification 700 mV±50 mVp-p
bars.
2) Confirm that the Y signal level is 1.0 V±0.07 Vp-p. Check method:
1) Insert the PAL reference disc and play back the 100% color
bars.
2) Confirm that the burst signal level is 700 mV±50 mVp-p.

1.0 ± 0.07Vp-p

700 ± 50 mVp-p
Fig. 7-4.

Fig. 7-6

7-2E
 RDR-HX520/HX525/HX720/HX722/
SECTION 8 HX725/HX727/HX920/HX925
REPAIR PARTS LIST

8-1. EXPLODED VIEWS

NOTE:
• -XX, -X mean standardized parts, so they may
have some differences from the original one.
• Items marked “*” are not stocked since they
are seldom required for routine service. Some
delay should be anticipated when ordering these
items.
• The mechanical parts with no reference number
The components identified by mark 0 or
in the exploded views are not supplied. dotted line with mark 0 are critical for safety.
• Color Indication of Appearance Parts Replace only with part number specified.
Example:
KNOB, BALANCE (WHITE) . . . (RED)
↑ ↑
Parts Color Cabinet’s Color

8-1-1. OVERALL SECTION

10 5
9

11
not
supplied

12

8
5

7
4 not
supplied 6 5
Chasiss setion

2
3

1
Ref. No. Part No. Description Remarks Ref. No. Part No. Description Remarks
1 2-658-528-21 WINDOW (R) 4 3-066-225-11 SONY BADGE (5-A) (SILVER)
(HX520/HX525/HX720/HX722/HX725/HX727) 4 3-066-225-01 SONY BADGE (5-A) (BLACK)
1 2-658-528-41 WINDOW (R) (HX920/HX925) 5 3-077-331-01 +BV3 (3-CR)
2 2-658-529-01 WINDOW (L) (HX920/HX925) * 6 1-831-413-11 CABLE, FLEXIBLE FLAT (FLR-007)
2 2-658-529-21 WINDOW (L) 7 X-2108-963-1 COVER ASSY, TRAY
(HX520/HX525/HX720/HX722/HX725/HX727)
3 X-2108-947-1 PANEL ASSY, FRONT (BLACK) (HX725) 8 X-2108-958-1 ASSY, WINDOW (TRAY)
(HX525/HX720/HX722/HX725/HX727)
3 X-2108-948-1 PANEL ASSY, FRONT (SILVER) (HX720:AEP) 8 X-2108-959-1 ASSY, WINDOW (TRAY) (HX920/HX925)
3 X-2108-949-1 PANEL ASSY, FRONT (SILVER) (HX525) 9 3-070-883-31 SCREW, TAPPING (BLACK)
3 X-2108-950-1 PANEL ASSY, FRONT (SILVER) (HX725:UK) 9 3-070-883-41 SCREW, TAPPING (SILVER)
3 X-2108-951-1 PANEL ASSY, FRONT (SILVER) (HX520:AEP) 10 A-1176-233-A CASE BLOCK ASSY (SILVER) (SERVICE USE)
3 X-2108-952-1 PANEL ASSY, FRONT (SILVER) (HX727)
10 A-1176-321-A CASE BLOCK ASSY (BLACK) (SERVICE USE)
3 X-2109-931-1 PANEL ASSY, FRONT (SILVER) (HX520:UK) 11 1-479-557-11 REMOTE COMMANDER (RMT-D231P)
3 X-2109-932-1 PANEL ASSY, FRONT (SILVER) (HX720:UK) (HX525/HX725/HX727/HX925)
3 X-2108-953-1 PANEL ASSY, FRONT (BLACK) (HX720:AEP) 11 1-479-558-11 REMOTE COMMANDER (RMT-D230P)
3 X-2108-954-1 PANEL ASSY, FRONT (SILVER) (HX925) (HX520/HX720/HX722/HX920)
3 X-2108-955-1 PANEL ASSY, FRONT (SILVER) (HX920) 12 2-658-476-01 COVER, BATTERY

3 X-2108-956-1 PANEL ASSY, FRONT (SILVER) (HX722)

3 X-2108-962-1 PANEL ASSY, FRONT (SILVER) (HX725:AEP)

8-1
8-1-2. CHASSIS SECTION

52 not
supplied
59

58 61 61
60
61
57
57 61
56
56 52 63
not
not 53 supplied 62
supplied 54 52
not
supplied 52 64

55 not
65 supplied
TU401
not
supplied

51
not
supplied

not
supplied

not
supplied

Ref. No. Part No. Description Remarks Ref. No. Part No. Description Remarks
51 A-1183-523-A RD-060 BOARD, COMPLETE (HX520:AEP1,2) * 54 1-831-511-11 CABLE, FLEXIBLE FLAT (FRA-004)
51 A-1183-524-A RD-060 BOARD, COMPLETE (HX525) (HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX920/HX925)
51 A-1183-525-A RD-060 BOARD, COMPLETE (HX520:AEP3) 55 3-087-675-01 6-32UNCX5
51 A-1183-526-A RD-060 BOARD, COMPLETE (HX725:AEP1) 56 3-089-380-01 DAMPER
51 A-1183-527-A RD-060 BOARD, COMPLETE (HX725:UK) 57 2-159-920-01 SCREW, HDD DAMPER
0 58 1-797-413-11 DRIVE, DVD DRW-V35A
51 A-1183-528-A RD-060 BOARD, COMPLETE (HX727:AEP1)
51 A-1183-530-A RD-060 BOARD, COMPLETE (HX725:AEP3) 59 A-1192-736-A HDD(SATA-160GB) ASSY (720/722/725/727)
51 A-1183-531-A RD-060 BOARD, COMPLETE (HX925) 59 A-1192-748-A HDD(SATA-80GB) ASSY (520/525)
51 A-1183-532-A RD-060 BOARD, COMPLETE (HX920) 59 A-1192-749-A HDD(SATA-250GB) ASSY (920/925)
51 A-1185-667-A RD-060 BOARD, COMPLETE (HX720:AEP2) 60 1-832-951-12 CABLE, FLEXIBLE FLAT (FRD-010)
61 3-077-331-31 +BV3 (3-CR)
51 A-1185-668-A RD-060 BOARD, COMPLETE (HX722)
51 A-1194-638-A RD-060 BOARD, COMPLETE (HX520:UK) 62 3-088-023-01 +B3 (3-CR)
51 A-1194-639-A RD-060 BOARD, COMPLETE (HX720:UK) 63 1-787-290-21 FAN, D.C
51 A-1194-640-A RD-060 BOARD, COMPLETE (HX727:AEP3) * 64 1-831-414-11 CABLE, FLEXIBLE FLAT (FAR-004)
52 3-077-331-01 +BV3 (3-CR) 0 65 1-468-961-11 POWER SUPPLY BLOCK
0 TU401 8-597-558-00 TUNER, FSS BTF-DC441
* 53 1-831-411-11 CABLE, FLEXIBLE FLAT (FRA-005) (HX520:AEP1,2,UK/HX525/HX720/HX722/
* 54 1-831-410-11 CABLE, FLEXIBLE FLAT (FRA-003) HX725:AEP1,UK/HX727:AEP1)
(HX520:AEP1,2,UK/HX525/HX720/
HX722/HX725:AEP1,UK/HX727) 0 TU401 8-597-559-00 TUNER, FSS BTF-DF441
(HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925)

Note : The components identified by mark 0 or dotted

line with mark 0 are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number specified.
8-2
 AV-103

8-2. ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST

NOTE:
• Due to standardization, replacements in the • RESISTORS When indicating parts by reference number,
parts list may be different from the parts All resistors are in ohms. please include the board name.
specified in the diagrams or the components METAL: metal-film resistor
used on the set. METAL OXIDE: Metal Oxide-film resistor The components identified by mark 0 or
dotted line with mark 0 are critical for safety.
• -XX, -X mean standardized parts, so they may F: nonflammable
Replace only with part number specified.
have some difference from the original one. • COILS
• Items marked “*” are not stocked since they uH: µH
are seldom required for routine service. Some • SEMICONDUCTORS
delay should be anticipated when ordering these In each case, u: µ, for example:
items. uA...: µA... , uPA... , µPA... ,
• CAPACITORS: uPB... , µPB... , uPC... , µPC... ,
uF: µF uPD..., µPD...
Ref. No. Part No. Description Remarks Ref. No. Part No. Description Remarks
Not supplied AV-103 BOARD, COMPLETE C326 1-164-230-11 CERAMIC CHIP 220PF 5% 50V
********************** C327 1-164-230-11 CERAMIC CHIP 220PF 5% 50V
C337 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V
< CAPACITOR > C401 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 35V
C405 1-115-339-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 50V
C105 1-109-982-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1uF 10% 10V
(HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925) C407 1-126-964-11 ELECT 10uF 20% 50V
C106 1-137-710-11 CERAMIC CHIP 10uF 20% 6.3V C408 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V
(HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925) C409 1-115-339-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 50V
C114 1-165-908-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1uF 10% 10V C410 1-126-964-11 ELECT 10uF 20% 50V
C117 1-162-927-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5% 50V C414 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 35V
C118 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V
C415 1-126-933-11 ELECT 100uF 20% 16V
C119 1-100-591-91 CERAMIC CHIP 1uF 10% 25V C416 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V
C120 1-100-591-91 CERAMIC CHIP 1uF 10% 25V C449 1-162-915-11 CERAMIC CHIP 10PF 0.5PF 50V
C123 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 35V C452 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V
C124 1-128-396-11 ELECT CHIP 470uF 20% 10V C453 1-115-416-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001uF 5% 25V
C209 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V
C454 1-115-416-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001uF 5% 25V
C210 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C455 1-162-919-11 CERAMIC CHIP 22PF 5% 50V
C211 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C456 1-115-416-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001uF 5% 25V
C212 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C601 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V
C213 1-100-966-91 CERAMIC CHIP 10uF 20% 10V C604 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V
C214 1-100-966-91 CERAMIC CHIP 10uF 20% 10V
C607 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 35V
C215 1-100-966-91 CERAMIC CHIP 10uF 20% 10V C613 1-162-909-11 CERAMIC CHIP 4PF 0.25PF 50V
C216 1-100-966-91 CERAMIC CHIP 10uF 20% 10V C614 1-162-909-11 CERAMIC CHIP 4PF 0.25PF 50V
C217 1-162-923-11 CERAMIC CHIP 47PF 5% 50V C615 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V
C218 1-162-923-11 CERAMIC CHIP 47PF 5% 50V C616 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V
C301 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 35V
C617 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V
C304 1-126-933-11 ELECT 100uF 20% 16V C618 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 35V
C306 1-104-662-91 ELECT 22uF 20% 25V C619 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V
C307 1-115-467-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22uF 10% 10V C620 1-162-923-11 CERAMIC CHIP 47PF 5% 50V
C308 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C621 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V
C309 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 35V
C622 1-162-923-11 CERAMIC CHIP 47PF 5% 50V
C310 1-164-217-11 CERAMIC CHIP 150PF 5% 50V C623 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V
C311 1-164-217-11 CERAMIC CHIP 150PF 5% 50V C624 1-162-923-11 CERAMIC CHIP 47PF 5% 50V
C312 1-164-739-11 CERAMIC CHIP 560PF 5% 50V C625 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V
C313 1-164-739-11 CERAMIC CHIP 560PF 5% 50V C626 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V
C314 1-164-218-11 CERAMIC CHIP 180PF 5% 50V
C627 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V
C315 1-164-218-11 CERAMIC CHIP 180PF 5% 50V C628 1-125-891-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.47uF 10% 10V
C316 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 35V C629 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V
C317 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 35V C630 1-125-891-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.47uF 10% 10V
C318 1-126-934-11 ELECT 220uF 20% 16V C631 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001uF 10% 50V
C319 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V
C632 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V
C320 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C633 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V
C321 1-165-908-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1uF 10% 10V C634 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V
C322 1-165-908-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1uF 10% 10V C635 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V
(HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925) C639 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V
C324 1-165-908-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1uF 10% 10V
C325 1-162-927-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5% 50V

8-3
 AV-103

Ref. No. Part No. Description Remarks Ref. No. Part No. Description Remarks
C641 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C751 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V
C642 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 35V C752 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V
C646 1-162-963-11 CERAMIC CHIP 680PF 10% 50V C753 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V
C649 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C762 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V
C650 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C772 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V

C651 1-126-926-11 ELECT 1000uF 20% 10V C774 1-165-908-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1uF 10% 10V
C652 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C775 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 35V
C655 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C801 1-107-726-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 16V
C656 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C802 1-126-964-11 ELECT 10uF 20% 50V
C657 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C803 1-126-964-11 ELECT 10uF 20% 50V

C701 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 35V C804 1-165-908-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1uF 10% 10V
C702 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C805 1-165-908-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1uF 10% 10V
C703 1-107-726-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 16V C807 1-165-908-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1uF 10% 10V
C704 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C809 1-165-908-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1uF 10% 10V
C705 1-125-837-91 CERAMIC CHIP 1uF 10% 6.3V C810 1-165-908-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1uF 10% 10V

C706 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C813 1-104-658-91 ELECT 100uF 20% 10V
C707 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C816 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V
C708 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C817 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V
C709 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C818 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V
C710 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C819 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V

C711 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C820 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V
C712 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C821 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V
C713 1-107-696-91 ELECT 47uF 20% 16V C822 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V
C714 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 35V C823 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V
C715 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C824 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V

C716 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 35V C825 1-104-658-91 ELECT 100uF 20% 10V
C717 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 35V C826 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 35V
C718 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C827 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V
C719 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C828 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V
C720 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 35V C829 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V

C721 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 35V C830 1-162-927-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5% 50V
C722 1-126-964-11 ELECT 10uF 20% 50V C832 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V
C723 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C833 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 35V
C724 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C834 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V
C725 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C835 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V

C726 1-125-837-91 CERAMIC CHIP 1uF 10% 6.3V C836 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V
C727 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C837 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V
C728 1-125-837-91 CERAMIC CHIP 1uF 10% 6.3V C838 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V
C729 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C839 1-162-927-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5% 50V
C730 1-104-662-91 ELECT 22uF 20% 25V C840 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V

C731 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C841 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 35V
C732 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C842 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V
C733 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C843 1-165-908-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1uF 10% 10V
C734 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C844 1-165-908-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1uF 10% 10V
C735 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C845 1-164-230-11 CERAMIC CHIP 220PF 5% 50V

C736 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C846 1-164-230-11 CERAMIC CHIP 220PF 5% 50V
C737 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C847 1-164-230-11 CERAMIC CHIP 220PF 5% 50V
C738 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C848 1-164-230-11 CERAMIC CHIP 220PF 5% 50V
C739 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C849 1-164-230-11 CERAMIC CHIP 220PF 5% 50V
C740 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C850 1-164-230-11 CERAMIC CHIP 220PF 5% 50V

C741 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C851 1-164-230-11 CERAMIC CHIP 220PF 5% 50V
C742 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C852 1-164-230-11 CERAMIC CHIP 220PF 5% 50V
C743 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C853 1-162-927-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5% 50V
C744 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 35V C854 1-162-927-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5% 50V
C745 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 35V C855 1-162-927-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5% 50V

C746 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C856 1-162-927-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5% 50V
C747 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C861 1-165-908-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1uF 10% 10V
C748 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C862 1-165-908-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1uF 10% 10V
C749 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C863 1-165-908-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1uF 10% 10V
C750 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C864 1-165-908-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1uF 10% 10V

8-4
 AV-103

Ref. No. Part No. Description Remarks Ref. No. Part No. Description Remarks
C865 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP0.1uF 10% 16V D732 8-719-067-40 DIODE STZ6.8N-T146
C866 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 35V D801 8-719-069-55 DIODE UDZSTE-175.6B
C867 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP0.1uF 10% 16V D802 8-719-067-40 DIODE STZ6.8N-T146
C1103 1-125-837-91 CERAMIC CHIP1uF 10% 6.3V D803 8-719-067-40 DIODE STZ6.8N-T146
(HX525/HX725/HX727/HX925) D804 6-501-486-01 DIODE NNCD3.9F-T1B
C1104 1-162-962-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470PF 10% 50V
(HX525/HX725/HX727/HX925) D805 6-501-486-01 DIODE NNCD3.9F-T1B
D806 8-719-067-40 DIODE STZ6.8N-T146
C1109 1-162-917-11 CERAMIC CHIP 15PF 5% 50V D807 8-719-067-40 DIODE STZ6.8N-T146
(HX525/HX725/HX727/HX925) D808 8-719-067-40 DIODE STZ6.8N-T146
C1110 1-162-917-11 CERAMIC CHIP 15PF 5% 50V D809 8-719-067-40 DIODE STZ6.8N-T146
(HX525/HX725/HX727/HX925)
C1111 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V D810 8-719-067-40 DIODE STZ6.8N-T146
(HX525/HX725/HX727/HX925) D811 8-719-067-40 DIODE STZ6.8N-T146
C1401 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 35V D812 8-719-067-40 DIODE STZ6.8N-T146
C1402 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V D813 8-719-067-40 DIODE STZ6.8N-T146
D814 8-719-069-56 DIODE UDZSTE-176.2B
C1403 1-162-924-11 CERAMIC CHIP 56PF 5% 50V
C1404 1-162-907-11 CERAMIC CHIP 2PF 0.25PF 50V D815 8-719-083-63 DIODE UDZSTE-1713B
C1405 1-162-907-11 CERAMIC CHIP 2PF 0.25PF 50V D816 8-719-069-56 DIODE UDZSTE-176.2B
C1406 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V D817 8-719-083-63 DIODE UDZSTE-1713B
C1407 1-162-924-11 CERAMIC CHIP 56PF 5% 50V D818 6-501-486-01 DIODE NNCD3.9F-T1B
D819 8-719-067-40 DIODE STZ6.8N-T146
C1408 1-165-908-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1uF 10% 10V
C1409 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V D820 8-719-067-40 DIODE STZ6.8N-T146
C1410 1-126-964-11 ELECT 10uF 20% 50V D821 6-501-486-01 DIODE NNCD3.9F-T1B
C1411 1-126-962-11 ELECT 3.3uF 20% 50V D822 8-719-067-40 DIODE STZ6.8N-T146
C1412 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V D823 8-719-067-40 DIODE STZ6.8N-T146
D824 8-719-067-40 DIODE STZ6.8N-T146
C1413 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V
C1414 1-126-964-11 ELECT 10uF 20% 50V D825 8-719-069-56 DIODE
UDZSTE-176.2B
C1415 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22uF 10% 16V D827 8-719-067-40 DIODE
STZ6.8N-T146
C1416 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 35V D828 8-719-069-56 DIODE
UDZSTE-176.2B
C1417 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V D1103 8-719-067-40 DIODE
STZ6.8N-T146
(HX525/HX725/HX727/HX925)
C1418 1-165-908-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1uF 10% 10V D1400 6-501-115-01 DIODE BAS16-03W
C1419 1-165-908-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1uF 10% 10V
C1452 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V D1401 6-501-115-01 DIODE BAS16-03W
C1453 1-165-908-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1uF 10% 10V
< FERRITE BEAD >
< CONNECTOR >
FB301 1-414-228-11 INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD
CN101 1-815-458-21 CONNECTOR, BOARD TO BOARD 15P FB302 1-414-228-11 INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD
CN103 1-794-509-11 PIN, CONNECTOR (PC BOARD) 3P FB801 1-500-283-11 INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD
* CN601 1-764-643-21 PIN, CONNECTOR (SMD) 11P FB802 1-469-876-11 INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD
CN602 1-774-767-51 CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC 15P FB803 1-469-796-21 FERRITE, CHIP
* CN701 1-770-468-21 PIN, CONNECTOR (PC BOARD) 10P
FB804 1-469-796-21 FERRITE, CHIP
* CN1102 1-691-591-11 PIN, CONNECTOR (1.5MM) (SMD) 8P FB805 1-469-796-21 FERRITE, CHIP
(HX525/HX725/HX727/HX925) FB806 1-469-796-21 FERRITE, CHIP
FB807 1-469-796-21 FERRITE, CHIP
< DIODE > FB808 1-500-283-11 INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD

D101 8-719-073-34 DIODE EC21QS03L-TE12L FB809 1-469-876-11 INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD

D301 6-501-115-01 DIODE BAS16-03W FB810 1-469-796-21 FERRITE, CHIP
D303 6-501-115-01 DIODE BAS16-03W FB811 1-469-796-21 FERRITE, CHIP
D304 6-501-115-01 DIODE BAS16-03W FB812 1-469-796-21 FERRITE, CHIP
(HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925) FB813 1-469-796-21 FERRITE, CHIP
D608 6-501-115-01 DIODE BAS16-03W
FB814 1-469-796-21 FERRITE, CHIP
D701 6-501-115-01 DIODE BAS16-03W FB815 1-414-228-11 INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD
D702 8-719-067-40 DIODE STZ6.8N-T146 FB816 1-414-228-11 INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD
D703 8-719-053-18 DIODE 1SR154-400TE-25 FB817 1-414-228-11 INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD
D704 8-719-053-18 DIODE 1SR154-400TE-25 FB818 1-414-228-11 INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD
D714 8-719-067-40 DIODE STZ6.8N-T146
FB819 1-414-228-11 INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD
D715 8-719-067-40 DIODE STZ6.8N-T146 FB820 1-414-228-11 INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD
D721 8-719-067-40 DIODE STZ6.8N-T146 FB821 1-414-228-11 INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD
D724 8-719-067-40 DIODE STZ6.8N-T146 FB822 1-414-228-11 INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD
D728 8-719-067-40 DIODE STZ6.8N-T146 FB824 1-469-796-21 FERRITE, CHIP
D731 8-719-067-40 DIODE STZ6.8N-T146

8-5
 AV-103

Ref. No. Part No. Description Remarks Ref. No. Part No. Description Remarks
< IC > < TRANSISTOR >

IC102 6-702-889-01 IC SI-3033KS-TL Q101 8-729-421-19 TRANSISTOR UN2213

(HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925) Q301 8-729-424-08 TRANSISTOR UN2111
IC104 6-708-913-01 IC TK73400AU3G0L-C Q302 8-729-921-80 TRANSISTOR 2SD1781K-T146-QR
IC107 6-707-208-01 IC TK11100CSCB-G Q303 6-550-286-01 TRANSISTOR BC847CE6327
IC202 8-759-100-96 IC uPC4558G2 Q304 8-729-045-17 TRANSISTOR 2SB1561T100Q
IC203 8-759-100-96 IC uPC4558G2
Q305 6-551-199-01 TRANSISTOR BCR148-E6327
IC302 8-759-100-96 IC uPC4558G2 Q306 6-551-199-01 TRANSISTOR BCR148-E6327
IC303 6-705-313-01 IC S-T111B50MC-OHJTFG (HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925)
IC401 8-749-925-00 IC TK11819MTL Q307 8-729-027-53 TRANSISTOR DTC124TKA-T146
IC402 6-706-237-01 IC PQ1MX55M2SPQ Q308 8-729-027-53 TRANSISTOR DTC124TKA-T146
IC601 6-706-673-01 IC S-80852CNMC-B9DT2G (HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925)
Q309 6-551-287-01 TRANSISTOR 2SD2704K-T146
IC603 6-806-620-01 IC M306H5MG-A13FP
(HX525/HX725/HX727/HX925) Q310 6-551-287-01 TRANSISTOR 2SD2704K-T146
IC603 6-806-673-01 IC M306H5MC-C33FP Q311 6-550-280-01 TRANSISTOR BC857CE6327
(HX520/HX720/HX722/HX920) Q312 6-550-280-01 TRANSISTOR BC857CE6327
* IC604 6-708-842-01 IC S-24CS04AFJ-TB-G (HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925)
* IC605 6-708-948-01 IC R2051S03-E2-F Q313 6-550-286-01 TRANSISTOR BC847CE6327
IC701 6-708-957-01 IC TK72233CMCL-G Q401 6-550-286-01 TRANSISTOR BC847CE6327

* IC702 6-708-890-01 IC LA73036M-TBA-E Q403 8-729-010-25 TRANSISTOR MSD601-RT1

IC801 6-705-338-01 IC TK11250CMCL-G Q405 6-550-286-01 TRANSISTOR BC847CE6327
IC802 6-708-892-01 IC BD3826FS Q407 6-551-199-01 TRANSISTOR BCR148-E6327
IC803 6-708-887-01 IC BH7626KS2 Q601 6-551-199-01 TRANSISTOR BCR148-E6327
IC1102 6-806-080-01 IC M30263M6A-703FP Q611 8-729-421-22 TRANSISTOR UN2211
(HX525/HX725/HX727/HX925)
Q612 6-550-280-01 TRANSISTOR BC857CE6327
IC1103 8-759-649-43 IC SN74AHC1G00DCKR Q613 6-550-286-01 TRANSISTOR BC847CE6327
(HX525/HX725/HX727/HX925) Q614 6-550-286-01 TRANSISTOR BC847CE6327
IC1401 6-702-714-01 IC MSP3417G-QG-B8V3 Q615 6-550-286-01 TRANSISTOR BC847CE6327
Q616 8-729-904-87 TRANSISTOR 2SB1197K-R
< JACK >
Q702 6-550-286-01 TRANSISTOR BC847CE6327
J702 1-818-363-11 JACK BLOCK, PIN (LINE2 OUT) Q705 6-550-280-01 TRANSISTOR BC857CE6327
J703 1-818-063-11 JACK, PIN (3P) (COMPONENT VIDEO OUT) Q707 6-550-286-01 TRANSISTOR BC847CE6327
J1101 1-764-188-31 JACK (SMALL TYPE) (DIA. 3.5) (G-LINK) Q708 6-550-286-01 TRANSISTOR BC847CE6327
(HX525/HX725/HX727/HX925) Q709 6-550-286-01 TRANSISTOR BC847CE6327

< COIL > Q710 6-550-286-01 TRANSISTOR BC847CE6327

Q711 6-550-286-01 TRANSISTOR BC847CE6327
L401 1-414-856-11 INDUCTOR 10uH Q715 8-729-904-87 TRANSISTOR 2SB1197K-R
L402 1-469-967-21 INDUCTOR 10uH Q716 6-551-199-01 TRANSISTOR BCR148-E6327
L403 1-414-858-31 INDUCTOR 1mH Q801 6-550-280-01 TRANSISTOR BC857CE6327
L404 1-414-856-11 INDUCTOR 10uH
L405 1-414-856-11 INDUCTOR 10uH Q807 6-550-683-01 TRANSISTOR RJK005N03-T146
Q808 8-729-027-24 TRANSISTOR DTA114TKA-T146
L406 1-414-856-11 INDUCTOR 10uH Q1104 8-729-045-17 TRANSISTOR 2SB1561T100Q
L601 1-412-533-21 INDUCTOR 47uH (HX525/HX725/HX727/HX925)
L602 1-412-533-21 INDUCTOR 47uH Q1401 6-550-280-01 TRANSISTOR BC857CE6327
L701 1-412-060-11 INDUCTOR 22uH Q1402 6-550-286-01 TRANSISTOR BC847CE6327
L702 1-469-967-21 INDUCTOR 10uH
< RESISTOR >
L703 1-469-967-21 INDUCTOR 10uH
L704 1-469-967-21 INDUCTOR 10uH R101 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0
L803 1-414-743-21 INDUCTOR 47uH R111 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
L1401 1-414-856-11 INDUCTOR 10uH R113 1-218-897-11 METAL CHIP 120K 0.5% 1/10W
R114 1-218-875-11 METAL CHIP 15K 0.5% 1/10W
< IC LINK > R115 1-218-869-11 METAL CHIP 8.2K 0.5% 1/10W

0 PS102 1-576-570-21 FUSE, MICRO (1608 TYPE) R120 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
0 PS103 1-576-570-21 FUSE, MICRO (1608 TYPE) R121 1-218-885-11 METAL CHIP 39K 0.5% 1/10W
0 PS602 1-576-570-21 FUSE, MICRO (1608 TYPE) R122 1-218-873-11 METAL CHIP 12K 0.5% 1/10W
R135 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0
R137 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0

Note : The components identified by mark 0 or dotted

line with mark 0 are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number specified.
8-6
 AV-103

Ref. No. Part No. Description Remarks Ref. No. Part No. Description Remarks
R140 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R353 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W
R142 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R355 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W
R144 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R362 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W
R145 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 (EXCEPT HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925)
R146 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R364 1-216-839-11 METAL CHIP 33K 5% 1/10W
R365 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W
R148 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0
R154 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R366 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W
R160 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R405 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W
(HX525/HX725/HX727/HX925) R407 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W
R218 1-218-879-11 METAL CHIP 22K 0.5% 1/10W R409 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W
R219 1-218-879-11 METAL CHIP 22K 0.5% 1/10W R410 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W

R222 1-218-871-11 METAL CHIP 10K 0.5% 1/10W R411 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R223 1-218-871-11 METAL CHIP 10K 0.5% 1/10W R412 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R224 1-218-863-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 0.5% 1/10W R414 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W
R225 1-218-863-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 0.5% 1/10W R415 1-216-838-11 METAL CHIP 27K 5% 1/10W
R226 1-218-863-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 0.5% 1/10W R418 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W

R227 1-218-863-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 0.5% 1/10W R420 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R304 1-216-849-11 METAL CHIP 220K 5% 1/10W R422 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R305 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R423 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
R306 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R428 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W
R307 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R429 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W

R308 1-216-841-11 METAL CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W R475 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
R309 1-216-830-11 METAL CHIP 5.6K 5% 1/10W R604 1-216-841-11 METAL CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W
R310 1-218-864-11 METAL CHIP 5.1K 0.5% 1/10W R606 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
R311 1-218-864-11 METAL CHIP 5.1K 0.5% 1/10W R608 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
R312 1-218-864-11 METAL CHIP 5.1K 0.5% 1/10W R609 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W

R313 1-218-864-11 METAL CHIP 5.1K 0.5% 1/10W R610 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R314 1-218-865-11 METAL CHIP 5.6K 0.5% 1/10W R611 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
R315 1-218-865-11 METAL CHIP 5.6K 0.5% 1/10W R613 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
R316 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W R614 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
R317 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W R615 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W

R318 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W R616 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W
R320 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W R617 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
R321 1-218-865-11 METAL CHIP 5.6K 0.5% 1/10W R618 1-218-875-11 METAL CHIP 15K 0.5% 1/10W
R323 1-218-865-11 METAL CHIP 5.6K 0.5% 1/10W R619 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
R326 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W R620 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W

R327 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W R621 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
R330 1-216-841-11 METAL CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W R622 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
R331 1-216-841-11 METAL CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W R623 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
R332 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R624 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R333 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R626 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
(HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925)
R627 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
R334 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R628 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W
R335 1-216-841-11 METAL CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W R629 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
R336 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R630 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
(HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925) R631 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R337 1-216-841-11 METAL CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W
(HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925) R632 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R338 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R633 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R635 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R339 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R636 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
(HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925) R637 1-218-289-11 METAL CHIP 510 5% 1/10W
R340 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W
R342 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R638 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
(HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925) R639 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W
R343 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W R642 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W
R344 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W R643 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
(HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925) R644 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W

R345 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W

R346 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W
R347 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W
R348 1-216-813-11 METAL CHIP 220 5% 1/10W
R350 1-216-807-11 METAL CHIP 68 5% 1/10W

8-7
 AV-103

Ref. No. Part No. Description Remarks Ref. No. Part No. Description Remarks
R645 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R719 1-218-852-11 METAL CHIP 1.6K 0.5% 1/10W
R646 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R726 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W
R647 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W R728 1-216-840-11 METAL CHIP 39K 5% 1/10W
R648 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R729 1-216-837-11 METAL CHIP 22K 5% 1/10W
(HX525/HX725/HX727/HX925) R733 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
R649 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R736 1-216-801-11 METAL CHIP 22 5% 1/10W
R650 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R738 1-216-801-11 METAL CHIP 22 5% 1/10W
(HX525/HX725/HX727/HX925) R740 1-216-801-11 METAL CHIP 22 5% 1/10W
R651 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R742 1-216-801-11 METAL CHIP 22 5% 1/10W
R652 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R744 1-216-801-11 METAL CHIP 22 5% 1/10W
(HX525/HX725/HX727/HX925)
R654 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R747 1-218-285-11 METAL CHIP 75 5% 1/10W
(HX525/HX725/HX727/HX925) R749 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W
R655 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R750 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W
R751 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W
R656 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R752 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W
R658 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R659 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R753 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W
R660 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R755 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W
R661 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R760 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
R761 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W
R662 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R772 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
R663 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R664 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R776 1-218-285-11 METAL CHIP 75 5% 1/10W
R665 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R779 1-218-285-11 METAL CHIP 75 5% 1/10W
R666 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R780 1-218-285-11 METAL CHIP 75 5% 1/10W
R785 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
R667 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R791 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
R668 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
R669 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R802 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W
R670 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R803 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W
R671 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W R804 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W
R805 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W
R672 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R806 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W
(HX520/HX720/HX722/HX920)
R674 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R807 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W
R675 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R808 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W
R676 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R819 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R677 1-218-871-11 METAL CHIP 10K 0.5% 1/10W R820 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R821 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R678 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W
R679 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R822 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
(HX525/HX725/HX727/HX925) R823 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R681 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R825 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R682 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R827 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
(EXCEPT HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925) R828 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R683 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
(HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925) R835 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W
R836 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W
R685 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R837 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
R686 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R838 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
R692 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W R839 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
R693 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W
R697 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R840 1-216-813-11 METAL CHIP 220 5% 1/10W
R841 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R698 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R842 1-216-857-11 METAL CHIP 1M 5% 1/10W
R699 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R843 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
R702 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R844 1-218-285-11 METAL CHIP 75 5% 1/10W
R705 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
R712 1-218-883-11 METAL CHIP 33K 0.5% 1/10W R845 1-218-285-11 METAL CHIP 75 5% 1/10W
R852 1-218-285-11 METAL CHIP 75 5% 1/10W
R713 1-218-871-11 METAL CHIP 10K 0.5% 1/10W R854 1-218-285-11 METAL CHIP 75 5% 1/10W
R714 1-216-855-11 METAL CHIP 680K 5% 1/10W R858 1-218-285-11 METAL CHIP 75 5% 1/10W
R715 1-216-841-11 METAL CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W R859 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W
R716 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W
R718 1-218-867-11 METAL CHIP 6.8K 0.5% 1/10W R860 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R861 1-218-285-11 METAL CHIP 75 5% 1/10W
R862 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W
R863 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R864 1-216-807-11 METAL CHIP 68 5% 1/10W

8-8
 AV-103

Ref. No. Part No. Description Remarks Ref. No. Part No. Description Remarks
R865 1-218-285-11 METAL CHIP 75 5% 1/10W R1142 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
R866 1-218-285-11 METAL CHIP 75 5% 1/10W (HX525/HX725/HX727/HX925)
R867 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W R1143 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
R868 1-218-285-11 METAL CHIP 75 5% 1/10W (HX525/HX725/HX727/HX925)
R869 1-218-285-11 METAL CHIP 75 5% 1/10W R1144 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W
(HX525/HX725/HX727/HX925)
R870 1-218-285-11 METAL CHIP 75 5% 1/10W R1146 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
R871 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R1147 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W
R872 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 (HX525/HX725/HX727/HX925)
R873 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
R874 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W R1148 1-216-029-00 RES-CHIP 150 5% 1/10W
(HX525/HX725/HX727/HX925)
R875 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W R1401 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W
R876 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W R1402 1-216-823-11 METAL CHIP 1.5K 5% 1/10W
R877 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W R1403 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W
R878 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R1406 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R879 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0
R1407 1-216-819-11 METAL CHIP 680 5% 1/10W
R886 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R1408 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R887 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R1409 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R888 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W R1410 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W
R889 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W R1411 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W
R896 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W
R1412 1-216-846-11 METAL CHIP 120K 5% 1/10W
R897 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W R1416 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W
R898 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W R1417 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
R899 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W R1418 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
R1101 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R1419 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
(HX525/HX725/HX727/HX925)
R1103 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R1451 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W
(HX525/HX725/HX727/HX925) R1452 1-218-895-11 METAL CHIP 100K 0.5% 1/10W
R1453 1-218-905-11 METAL CHIP 270K 0.5% 1/10W
R1105 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R1454 1-218-885-11 METAL CHIP 39K 0.5% 1/10W
(HX525/HX725/HX727/HX925) R1601 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
R1106 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W
(HX525/HX725/HX727/HX925) R1602 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
R1107 1-216-029-00 RES-CHIP 150 5% 1/10W R1603 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
(HX525/HX725/HX727/HX925) R1604 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
R1108 1-216-819-11 METAL CHIP 680 5% 1/10W R1609 1-216-847-11 METAL CHIP 150K 5% 1/10W
(HX525/HX725/HX727/HX925) R1610 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R1110 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W
(HX525/HX725/HX727/HX925) R1613 1-216-837-11 METAL CHIP 22K 5% 1/10W
R1614 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
R1111 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R1621 1-216-839-11 METAL CHIP 33K 5% 1/10W
(HX525/HX725/HX727/HX925) R1624 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
R1115 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R1625 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
(HX525/HX725/HX727/HX925)
R1116 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W R1626 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W
(HX525/HX725/HX727/HX925) R1627 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
R1120 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R1628 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W
(HX525/HX725/HX727/HX925) R1629 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W
R1132 1-216-029-00 RES-CHIP 150 5% 1/10W R1630 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W
(HX525/HX725/HX727/HX925)
R1632 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
R1133 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R1633 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W
(HX525/HX725/HX727/HX925) R1636 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R1134 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R1637 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
(HX525/HX725/HX727/HX925) R1638 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W
R1139 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
(HX525/HX725/HX727/HX925) R1707 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0
R1140 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R1709 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0
(HX525/HX725/HX727/HX925) R1710 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
R1141 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R1714 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W
(HX525/HX725/HX727/HX925) R1715 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0

R1716 1-218-285-11 METAL CHIP 75 5% 1/10W

R1717 1-218-285-11 METAL CHIP 75 5% 1/10W
R1719 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
R1720 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W
R1735 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W

8-9
 AV-103 FL-159 FR-240

Ref. No. Part No. Description Remarks Ref. No. Part No. Description Remarks
R1736 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W < IC >
R1738 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
R1801 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 IC3101 8-759-643-83 IC uPD16315GB-3BS

< THERMISTOR > < JACK >

TH601 1-803-384-11 THERMISTOR (1608) J3101 1-780-049-11 TERMINAL BOARD (S TERMINAL+3P)

< TUNER UNIT > < COIL >

0 TU401 8-597-558-00 TUNER, FSS BTF-DC441 L3101 1-412-537-31 INDUCTOR 100uH

(EXCEPT HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925)
0 TU401 8-597-559-00 TUNER, FSS BTF-DF441 < FLUORESCENT INDICATOR TUBE >
(HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925)
* ND3101 1-519-849-21 INDICATOR TUBE, FLUORESCENT
< VIBRATOR >
< TRANSISTOR >
* X602 1-813-700-21 VIBRATOR, CRYSTAL (10MHz)
* X603 1-813-698-11 VIBRATOR, CRYSTAL (32.76KHz) Q3101 8-729-901-88 TRANSISTOR 2SC2411K-CR
X1101 1-781-589-21 VIBRATOR, CRYSTAL (16MHz) Q3102 8-729-901-88 TRANSISTOR 2SC2411K-CR
(HX525/HX725/HX727/HX925)
* X1401 1-813-713-31 VIBRATOR, CRYSTAL (18.432MHZ) < RESISTOR >
************************************************************
R3101 1-218-285-11 METAL CHIP 75 5% 1/10W
Not supplied FL-159 BOARD, COMPLETE R3102 1-218-285-11 METAL CHIP 75 5% 1/10W
********************** R3103 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
R3104 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
< CAPACITOR > R3105 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0

C3103 1-164-230-11 CERAMIC CHIP 220PF 5% 50V R3108 1-218-285-11 METAL CHIP 75 5% 1/10W
C3104 1-164-230-11 CERAMIC CHIP 220PF 5% 50V R3109 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
C3106 1-125-972-91 ELECT 100uF 20% 16V R3111 1-216-827-11 METAL CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/10W
C3110 1-106-363-00 MYLAR 0.0068uF 5% 200V R3113 1-216-849-11 METAL CHIP 220K 5% 1/10W
C3113 1-115-339-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 50V R3114 1-216-849-11 METAL CHIP 220K 5% 1/10W

C3114 1-128-131-11 ELECT 22uF 20% 50V R3115 1-216-838-11 METAL CHIP 27K 5% 1/10W
C3115 1-115-339-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 50V R3116 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W
C3116 1-107-726-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 16V R3123 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0
C3117 1-107-726-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 16V R3124 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0
C3118 1-115-339-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 50V
< SWITCH >
C3120 1-164-217-11 CERAMIC CHIP 150PF 5% 50V
C3121 1-164-217-11 CERAMIC CHIP 150PF 5% 50V S3101 1-771-410-21 SWITCH, TACTILE (POWER)

< CONNECTOR > < TRANSFORMER >

CN3101 1-774-729-21 PIN, CONNECTOR (PC BOARD) 10P * T3101 1-445-017-11 TRANSFORMER, DC-DC CONVERTER
************************************************************
< DIODE >
Not supplied FR-240 BOARD, COMPLETE
D3102 8-719-067-40 DIODE STZ6.8N-T146 **********************
D3103 8-719-067-40 DIODE STZ6.8N-T146
D3104 8-719-067-40 DIODE STZ6.8N-T146 < CAPACITOR >
D3105 8-719-067-40 DIODE STZ6.8N-T146
D3106 8-719-067-40 DIODE STZ6.8N-T146 C3001 1-107-726-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 16V
C3002 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V
D3107 8-719-067-40 DIODE STZ6.8N-T146 C3004 1-107-726-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 16V
D3108 8-719-988-61 DIODE 1SS355TE-17
D3109 8-719-988-61 DIODE 1SS355TE-17 < CONNECTOR >
D3110 8-719-988-61 DIODE 1SS355TE-17
D3111 8-719-988-61 DIODE 1SS355TE-17 CN3003 1-815-383-11 CONNECTOR, FPC/FFC 15P
CN3004 1-785-828-21 CONNECTOR, SQUARE TYPE 4P (DV IN)
D3112 8-719-056-82 DIODE UDZ-TE-17-6.2B CN3005 1-573-806-21 PIN, CONNECTOR (1.5MM) (SMD) 6P

< FERRITE BEAD > < DIODE >

FB3101 1-414-228-11 INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD D3002 8-719-077-79 DIODE SLR-332VRT32 (SYNCHRO REC)
FB3102 1-414-228-11 INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD D3003 8-719-077-79 DIODE SLR-332VRT32 (TIMER REC)
D3004 6-500-176-01 DIODE EB3804X-TP-J555K (HDD)
D3005 8-719-084-27 DIODE SLI-343YCT32WST (DVD)

Note : The components identified by mark 0 or dotted

line with mark 0 are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number specified.
8-10
 FR-240 RD-060

Ref. No. Part No. Description Remarks Ref. No. Part No. Description Remarks
< IC > A-1183-523-A RD-060 BOARD, COMPLETE (HX520:AEP1,2)
A-1183-524-A RD-060 BOARD, COMPLETE (HX525)
IC3001 6-706-783-01 IC BU2050F-E2 A-1183-525-A RD-060 BOARD, COMPLETE (HX520:AEP3)
* IC3002 6-600-500-01 IC GP1UM28XK0SF A-1183-526-A RD-060 BOARD, COMPLETE (HX725:AEP1)
A-1183-527-A RD-060 BOARD, COMPLETE (HX725:UK)
< TRANSISTOR > A-1183-528-A RD-060 BOARD, COMPLETE (HX727:AEP1)
A-1183-530-A RD-060 BOARD, COMPLETE (HX725:AEP3)
Q3001 8-729-421-22 TRANSISTOR UN2211 A-1183-531-A RD-060 BOARD, COMPLETE (HX925)
Q3002 6-550-280-01 TRANSISTOR BC857CE6327 A-1183-532-A RD-060 BOARD, COMPLETE (HX920)
A-1185-667-A RD-060 BOARD, COMPLETE (HX720:AEP2)
< RESISTOR > A-1185-668-A RD-060 BOARD, COMPLETE (HX722)
A-1194-638-A RD-060 BOARD, COMPLETE (HX520:UK)
R3001 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 A-1194-639-A RD-060 BOARD, COMPLETE (HX720:UK)
R3003 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 A-1194-640-A RD-060 BOARD, COMPLETE (HX727:AEP3)
R3004 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W ***********************
R3005 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W
R3006 1-216-813-11 METAL CHIP 220 5% 1/10W < CAPACITOR >

R3007 1-216-813-11 METAL CHIP 220 5% 1/10W C101 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22uF 10% 16V
R3008 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 C102 1-164-943-81 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 16V
R3009 1-216-806-11 METAL CHIP 56 5% 1/10W C103 1-165-887-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22uF 10% 6.3V
R3010 1-216-811-11 METAL CHIP 150 5% 1/10W C104 1-164-943-81 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 16V
R3012 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 C107 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V

R3013 1-218-855-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 0.5% 1/10W C109 1-126-246-11 ELECT CHIP 220uF 20% 4V
R3014 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W C110 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V
R3015 1-216-827-11 METAL CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/10W C111 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V
R3016 1-216-830-11 METAL CHIP 5.6K 5% 1/10W C112 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V
R3017 1-216-832-11 METAL CHIP 8.2K 5% 1/10W C113 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V

R3018 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W C114 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V
R3019 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W C115 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V
R3020 1-216-827-11 METAL CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/10W C116 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V
R3023 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W C117 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V
R3024 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W C118 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V

< SWITCH > C119 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V
C120 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V
S3001 1-771-410-21 SWITCH, TACTILE (PLAY) C121 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V
S3002 1-771-410-21 SWITCH, TACTILE (REC STOP) C122 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V
S3003 1-771-410-21 SWITCH, TACTILE (REC) C123 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V
S3004 1-771-410-21 SWITCH, TACTILE (STOP)
S3005 1-771-410-21 SWITCH, TACTILE (DUB) C124 1-165-908-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1uF 10% 10V
C125 1-128-994-21 ELECT CHIP 47uF 20% 10V
S3006 1-771-410-21 SWITCH, TACTILE (OPEN/CLOSE) C126 1-126-209-11 ELECT CHIP 100uF 20% 4V
S3007 1-771-410-21 SWITCH, TACTILE (CH +) C127 1-128-994-21 ELECT CHIP 47uF 20% 10V
S3008 1-771-410-21 SWITCH, TACTILE (CH -) C128 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V
S3009 1-771-410-21 SWITCH, TACTILE (REC MODE)
S3012 1-771-410-21 SWITCH, TACTILE (DVD) C129 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V
C130 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V
S3013 1-771-410-21 SWITCH, TACTILE (HDD) C131 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V
S3014 1-771-410-21 SWITCH, TACTILE (INPUT SELECT) C132 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V
************************************************************ C133 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V

C134 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V

C135 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V
C136 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V
C137 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V
C138 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V

C139 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V

C140 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V
C141 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V
C142 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V
C143 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V

C144 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V

C145 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V
C146 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V
C147 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V
C148 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V

8-11
 RD-060

Ref. No. Part No. Description Remarks Ref. No. Part No. Description Remarks
C149 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V C230 1-164-943-81 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 16V
C150 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V C231 1-164-943-81 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 16V
C151 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V C232 1-164-943-81 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 16V
C152 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V C233 1-165-887-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22uF 10% 6.3V
C153 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V C234 1-164-943-81 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 16V

C154 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V C235 1-164-943-81 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 16V
C155 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V C236 1-164-943-81 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 16V
C156 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V C237 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V
C157 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V C301 1-137-710-11 CERAMIC CHIP 10uF 20% 6.3V
C158 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V (HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925)
C302 1-137-710-11 CERAMIC CHIP 10uF 20% 6.3V
C159 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V (HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925)
C160 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V
C161 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V C303 1-137-710-11 CERAMIC CHIP 10uF 20% 6.3V
C162 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V (HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925)
C163 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V C304 1-137-710-11 CERAMIC CHIP 10uF 20% 6.3V
(HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925)
C164 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V C305 1-137-710-11 CERAMIC CHIP 10uF 20% 6.3V
C165 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V (HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925)
C166 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V C308 1-164-874-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5% 50V
C167 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V (HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925)
C168 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V C309 1-164-874-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5% 50V
(HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925)
C169 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V
C170 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V C310 1-164-874-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5% 50V
C171 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V (HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925)
C172 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V C311 1-164-874-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5% 50V
C173 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V (HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925)
C312 1-164-874-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5% 50V
C174 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V (HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925)
C175 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V C313 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V
C176 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V (HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925)
C177 1-137-710-11 CERAMIC CHIP 10uF 20% 6.3V C314 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V
C188 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V (HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925)

C189 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V C315 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V
C190 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V (HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925)
C191 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V C316 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V
C192 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V (HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925)
C193 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V C317 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V
(HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925)
C194 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V C318 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V
C195 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V (HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925)
C196 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V C319 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V
C197 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V (HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925)
C198 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V
C320 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V
C199 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V (HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925)
C201 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V C321 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V
C202 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V (HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925)
C203 1-164-943-81 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 16V C322 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V
C204 1-164-852-11 CERAMIC CHIP 12PF 5% 50V (HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925)
C323 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V
C205 1-164-852-11 CERAMIC CHIP 12PF 5% 50V (HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925)
C206 1-164-943-81 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 16V C324 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V
C207 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V (HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925)
C208 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V
C209 1-125-837-91 CERAMIC CHIP 1uF 10% 6.3V C325 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V
(HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925)
C210 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V C326 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V
C214 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V (HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925)
C215 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V C327 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V
C217 1-164-943-81 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 16V (HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925)
C218 1-164-943-81 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 16V C328 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V
(HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925)
C219 1-164-943-81 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 16V C329 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V
C220 1-164-943-81 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 16V (HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925)
C222 1-137-710-11 CERAMIC CHIP 10uF 20% 6.3V
C223 1-137-710-11 CERAMIC CHIP 10uF 20% 6.3V
C224 1-164-943-81 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 16V

8-12
 RD-060

Ref. No. Part No. Description Remarks Ref. No. Part No. Description Remarks
C330 1-164-849-11 CERAMIC CHIP 9PF 0.5PF 50V C805 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V
(HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925) C806 1-164-943-81 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 16V
C331 1-164-849-11 CERAMIC CHIP 9PF 0.5PF 50V C807 1-164-854-11 CERAMIC CHIP 15PF 5% 50V
(HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925) C808 1-164-854-11 CERAMIC CHIP 15PF 5% 50V
C332 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V C809 1-164-943-81 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 16V
(HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925)
C333 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V C810 1-164-943-81 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 16V
(HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925) C811 1-164-943-81 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 16V
C334 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V C812 1-165-887-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22uF 10% 6.3V
(HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925) C813 1-124-779-00 ELECT CHIP 10uF 20% 16V
C816 1-165-887-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22uF 10% 6.3V
C335 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V
(HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925) C817 1-128-994-21 ELECT CHIP 47uF 20% 10V
C336 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V C1006 1-164-943-81 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 16V
(HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925) C1008 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V
C337 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V C1009 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V
(HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925) C1010 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V
C338 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V
(HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925) C1011 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V
C339 1-164-943-81 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 16V C1012 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V
(HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925) C1013 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V
C1014 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V
C340 1-164-943-81 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 16V C1015 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V
(HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920)
C501 1-137-710-11 CERAMIC CHIP 10uF 20% 6.3V C1028 1-165-908-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1uF 10% 10V
C502 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V C1029 1-137-710-11 CERAMIC CHIP 10uF 20% 6.3V
C505 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V C1030 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V
C506 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V C1031 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V
C1032 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V
C601 1-164-943-81 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 16V
C602 1-137-710-11 CERAMIC CHIP 10uF 20% 6.3V C1033 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22uF 10% 16V
C603 1-137-710-11 CERAMIC CHIP 10uF 20% 6.3V C1034 1-165-887-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22uF 10% 6.3V
C606 1-137-710-11 CERAMIC CHIP 10uF 20% 6.3V C1035 1-164-943-81 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 16V
C607 1-137-710-11 CERAMIC CHIP 10uF 20% 6.3V C1036 1-165-908-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1uF 10% 10V
C1037 1-164-943-81 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 16V
C609 1-128-994-21 ELECT CHIP 47uF 20% 10V
C610 1-128-994-21 ELECT CHIP 47uF 20% 10V * C1038 1-112-833-11 ELECT CHIP 68uF 20% 16V
C611 1-165-908-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1uF 10% 10V
C614 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V < CONNECTOR >
C615 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V
CN101 1-818-857-51 CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC 40P
C616 1-164-937-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001uF 10% 50V CN601 1-816-339-21 CONNECTOR, BOARD TO BOARD 9P
C617 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V CN701 1-573-806-21 PIN, CONNECTOR (1.5MM) (SMD) 6P
C618 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V
C619 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V < FERRITE BEAD >
C620 1-162-960-11 CERAMIC CHIP 220PF 10% 50V
FB101 1-400-794-21 EMI FERRITE (SMD) (1608)
C621 1-164-943-81 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 16V FB103 1-400-794-21 EMI FERRITE (SMD) (1608)
C622 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V FB106 1-469-670-21 FERRITE, EMI (SMD) (2012)
C623 1-137-710-11 CERAMIC CHIP 10uF 20% 6.3V FB107 1-469-670-21 FERRITE, EMI (SMD) (2012)
(HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925) FB110 1-469-670-21 FERRITE, EMI (SMD) (2012)
C701 1-137-710-11 CERAMIC CHIP 10uF 20% 6.3V
C702 1-164-943-81 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 16V FB111 1-400-794-21 EMI FERRITE (SMD) (1608)
FB112 1-400-794-21 EMI FERRITE (SMD) (1608)
C703 1-164-943-81 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 16V FB602 1-400-794-21 EMI FERRITE (SMD) (1608)
C704 1-164-943-81 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 16V FB603 1-400-794-21 EMI FERRITE (SMD) (1608)
C705 1-164-943-81 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 16V FB604 1-400-794-21 EMI FERRITE (SMD) (1608)
C706 1-164-849-11 CERAMIC CHIP 9PF 0.5PF 50V
C707 1-164-849-11 CERAMIC CHIP 9PF 0.5PF 50V FB605 1-400-794-21 EMI FERRITE (SMD) (1608)
FB606 1-469-084-21 FERRITE 0mH
C708 1-164-943-81 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 16V
C710 1-164-943-81 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 16V < FLUORESCENT INDICATOR >
C711 1-164-943-81 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 16V
C712 1-164-943-81 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 16V FL501 1-234-867-11 FILTER, EMI REMOVAL (SMD)
C713 1-164-943-81 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 16V FL702 1-234-867-11 FILTER, EMI REMOVAL (SMD)
FL801 1-234-867-11 FILTER, EMI REMOVAL (SMD)
C714 1-164-943-81 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 16V
C715 1-125-837-91 CERAMIC CHIP 1uF 10% 6.3V
C716 1-112-001-81 CERAMIC CHIP 270PF 5% 50V
C803 1-137-710-11 CERAMIC CHIP 10uF 20% 6.3V
C804 1-137-710-11 CERAMIC CHIP 10uF 20% 6.3V

8-13
 RD-060

Ref. No. Part No. Description Remarks Ref. No. Part No. Description Remarks
< IC > R108 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP 0
R109 1-218-941-81 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/16W
IC101 6-702-302-01 IC TK11133CSCL-G R110 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP 0
IC102 6-704-573-01 IC M24C32-WMN6T (B) R111 1-218-941-81 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/16W
IC103 6-708-896-01 IC R8A34012BG R112 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP 0
IC105 6-708-305-01 IC K4H511638C-UCB3T
IC106 6-708-305-01 IC K4H511638C-UCB3T R113 1-218-953-11 RES-CHIP 1K 5% 1/16W
R114 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/16W
IC108 6-708-935-01 IC MM1762FHBE R115 1-218-962-11 RES-CHIP 5.6K 5% 1/16W
IC109 6-702-302-01 IC TK11133CSCL-G R116 1-218-961-11 RES-CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/16W
IC201 6-806-103-01 IC 88SA8040-TBC1C000 R123 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/16W
IC202 6-705-311-01 IC S-T111B18MC-OGDTFG
* IC301 6-708-848-01 IC TVP5146M2PFP R124 1-218-957-11 RES-CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/16W
(HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX920/HX925) R125 1-218-957-11 RES-CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/16W
R126 1-218-957-11 RES-CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/16W
IC302 6-708-882-01 IC BH18MA3WHFV-TR R127 1-218-957-11 RES-CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/16W
(HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX920/HX925) R128 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP 0
* IC502 6-708-924-01 IC S29GL256N90TFIR20
IC601 6-708-889-01 IC MP2105DJ-LF-Z R129 1-218-935-11 RES-CHIP 33 5% 1/16W
IC602 6-706-237-01 IC PQ1MX55M2SPQ R130 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP 0
IC604 8-759-660-23 IC SN74HCT08APWR R131 1-218-933-11 RES-CHIP 22 5% 1/16W
R132 1-218-933-11 RES-CHIP 22 5% 1/16W
IC605 8-759-548-99 IC SN74LV08APWR R133 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP 0
IC606 6-703-224-01 IC S-80828CNNB-B8NT2G
IC701 6-706-365-01 IC uPD72852AGB-8EU-A R134 1-218-933-11 RES-CHIP 22 5% 1/16W
* IC802 6-708-929-01 IC ICS650G-42LFT R135 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP 0
IC803 6-708-888-01 IC WM8590GEDS/RV R136 1-218-935-11 RES-CHIP 33 5% 1/16W
R137 1-218-973-11 RES-CHIP 47K 5% 1/16W
< COIL > R138 1-218-973-11 RES-CHIP 47K 5% 1/16W

L101 1-469-555-21 INDUCTOR 10uH R139 1-218-973-11 RES-CHIP 47K 5% 1/16W

L102 1-469-555-21 INDUCTOR 10uH R140 1-218-973-11 RES-CHIP 47K 5% 1/16W
L201 1-469-555-21 INDUCTOR 10uH R141 1-218-973-11 RES-CHIP 47K 5% 1/16W
L202 1-469-555-21 INDUCTOR 10uH R142 1-218-973-11 RES-CHIP 47K 5% 1/16W
L301 1-469-555-21 INDUCTOR 10uH R143 1-208-699-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 0.5% 1/16W
(HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925)
R145 1-218-973-11 RES-CHIP 47K 5% 1/16W
L302 1-469-555-21 INDUCTOR 10uH R146 1-208-699-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 0.5% 1/16W
(HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925) R147 1-218-933-11 RES-CHIP 22 5% 1/16W
L303 1-469-555-21 INDUCTOR 10uH R148 1-218-933-11 RES-CHIP 22 5% 1/16W
(HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925) R149 1-218-939-11 RES-CHIP 68 5% 1/16W
L601 1-419-630-21 INDUCTOR 4.7uH
L602 1-400-073-21 INDUCTOR 4.7uH R160 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP 0
L603 1-469-555-21 INDUCTOR 10uH R161 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP 0
(HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925) R162 1-218-851-11 METAL CHIP 1.5K 0.5% 1/10W
R163 1-218-851-11 METAL CHIP 1.5K 0.5% 1/10W
< LINE FILTER > R164 1-211-977-11 METAL CHIP 22 0.5% 1/10W

LF701 1-400-476-11 COMMON MODE CHOKE COIL R165 1-211-977-11 METAL CHIP 22 0.5% 1/10W
R166 1-218-827-11 METAL CHIP 150 0.5% 1/10W
< TRANSISTOR > R167 1-218-827-11 METAL CHIP 150 0.5% 1/10W
R168 1-218-827-11 METAL CHIP 150 0.5% 1/10W
Q601 6-550-280-01 TRANSISTOR BC857CE6327 R169 1-218-827-11 METAL CHIP 150 0.5% 1/10W
Q602 6-550-280-01 TRANSISTOR BC857CE6327
Q603 6-550-280-01 TRANSISTOR BC857CE6327 R170 1-218-827-11 METAL CHIP 150 0.5% 1/10W
Q604 6-550-280-01 TRANSISTOR BC857CE6327 R171 1-218-935-11 RES-CHIP 33 5% 1/16W
Q605 6-550-280-01 TRANSISTOR BC857CE6327 R172 1-218-933-11 RES-CHIP 22 5% 1/16W
R173 1-218-933-11 RES-CHIP 22 5% 1/16W
Q606 6-550-280-01 TRANSISTOR BC857CE6327 R174 1-218-933-11 RES-CHIP 22 5% 1/16W
(HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925)
Q607 6-550-280-01 TRANSISTOR BC857CE6327 R175 1-218-933-11 RES-CHIP 22 5% 1/16W
(HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925) R180 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/16W
R181 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/16W
< RESISTOR > R182 1-218-945-11 RES-CHIP 220 5% 1/16W
R183 1-218-945-11 RES-CHIP 220 5% 1/16W
R103 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP 0
R104 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP 0 R190 1-208-699-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 0.5% 1/16W
R105 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP 0 R191 1-208-699-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 0.5% 1/16W
R106 1-218-941-81 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/16W R192 1-208-699-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 0.5% 1/16W
R107 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP 0 R193 1-208-699-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 0.5% 1/16W
R196 1-218-953-11 RES-CHIP 1K 5% 1/16W

8-14
 RD-060

Ref. No. Part No. Description Remarks Ref. No. Part No. Description Remarks
R197 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R318 1-218-941-81 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/16W
R198 1-218-933-11 RES-CHIP 22 5% 1/16W (HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925)
R223 1-218-940-11 RES-CHIP 82 5% 1/16W R322 1-218-957-11 RES-CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/16W
R224 1-218-933-11 RES-CHIP 22 5% 1/16W (HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925)
R225 1-218-940-11 RES-CHIP 82 5% 1/16W R323 1-218-957-11 RES-CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/16W
(HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925)
R226 1-218-940-11 RES-CHIP 82 5% 1/16W R325 1-218-941-81 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/16W
R227 1-218-933-11 RES-CHIP 22 5% 1/16W (HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920)
R228 1-218-940-11 RES-CHIP 82 5% 1/16W R325 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP 0 (HX925)
R229 1-218-933-11 RES-CHIP 22 5% 1/16W
R231 1-218-940-11 RES-CHIP 82 5% 1/16W R328 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/16W
(HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925)
R233 1-218-953-11 RES-CHIP 1K 5% 1/16W R329 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP 0
R237 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 (HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925)
R238 1-218-953-11 RES-CHIP 1K 5% 1/16W R336 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/16W
R240 1-218-953-11 RES-CHIP 1K 5% 1/16W (HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925)
R243 1-218-953-11 RES-CHIP 1K 5% 1/16W R337 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/16W
(HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925)
R245 1-218-949-11 RES-CHIP 470 5% 1/16W R338 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP 0
R246 1-218-989-11 RES-CHIP 1M 5% 1/16W (HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925)
R247 1-218-953-11 RES-CHIP 1K 5% 1/16W
R248 1-208-709-11 METAL CHIP 12K 0.5% 1/16W R504 1-218-961-11 RES-CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/16W
R249 1-218-941-11 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/16W R513 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/16W
R518 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/16W
R250 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R519 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/16W
R252 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R522 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
R258 1-218-953-11 RES-CHIP 1K 5% 1/16W
R261 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/16W R523 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/16W
R265 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/16W R524 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP 0
R525 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP 0
R267 1-218-953-11 RES-CHIP 1K 5% 1/16W R532 1-218-962-11 RES-CHIP 5.6K 5% 1/16W
R269 1-218-953-11 RES-CHIP 1K 5% 1/16W R533 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP 0
R270 1-218-953-11 RES-CHIP 1K 5% 1/16W
R272 1-218-953-11 RES-CHIP 1K 5% 1/16W R535 1-218-962-11 RES-CHIP 5.6K 5% 1/16W
R274 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/16W R547 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP 0
R549 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP 0
R276 1-218-953-11 RES-CHIP 1K 5% 1/16W R551 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP 0
R279 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP 0 R552 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP 0
R282 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP 0
R303 1-218-933-11 RES-CHIP 22 5% 1/16W R553 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP 0
(HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925) R554 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP 0
R304 1-218-933-11 RES-CHIP 22 5% 1/16W R555 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP 0
(HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925) R556 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP 0
R557 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP 0
R305 1-218-933-11 RES-CHIP 22 5% 1/16W
(HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925) R558 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP 0
R306 1-218-933-11 RES-CHIP 22 5% 1/16W R560 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP 0
(HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925) R603 1-218-942-11 RES-CHIP 120 5% 1/16W
R307 1-218-933-11 RES-CHIP 22 5% 1/16W R605 1-218-942-11 RES-CHIP 120 5% 1/16W
(HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925) R607 1-218-942-11 RES-CHIP 120 5% 1/16W
R308 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP 0
(HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925) R609 1-218-942-11 RES-CHIP 120 5% 1/16W
R312 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP 0 R611 1-218-942-11 RES-CHIP 120 5% 1/16W
(HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925) R612 1-218-951-11 RES-CHIP 680 5% 1/16W
R613 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP 0
R313 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP 0 R614 1-218-951-11 RES-CHIP 680 5% 1/16W
(HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925)
R314 1-218-977-11 RES-CHIP 100K 5% 1/16W R615 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP 0
(HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925) R616 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP 0
R315 1-218-933-11 RES-CHIP 22 5% 1/16W R617 1-218-951-11 RES-CHIP 680 5% 1/16W
(HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925) R618 1-218-951-11 RES-CHIP 680 5% 1/16W
R316 1-218-941-81 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/16W R619 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP 0
(HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925)
R317 1-218-933-11 RES-CHIP 22 5% 1/16W R620 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP 0
(HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925) R621 1-218-951-11 RES-CHIP 680 5% 1/16W
R623 1-218-978-11 RES-CHIP 120K 5% 1/16W
* R624 1-208-940-81 METAL CHIP 160K 0.5% 1/16W
R625 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP 0

8-15
 RD-060

Ref. No. Part No. Description Remarks Ref. No. Part No. Description Remarks
R626 1-208-713-11 METAL CHIP 18K 0.5% 1/16W R836 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP 0
R627 1-208-911-11 METAL CHIP 10K 0.5% 1/16W (EXCEPT HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925)
R628 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R839 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP 0
R635 1-218-961-11 RES-CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/16W R840 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP 0
R638 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP 0 R841 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP 0
R842 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP 0
R639 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP 0
R640 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP 0 R1001 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP 0
R641 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP 0 R1002 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP 0
R642 1-218-977-11 RES-CHIP 100K 5% 1/16W R1003 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP 0
R643 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP 0 R1004 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP 0
R1005 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP 0
R644 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP 0
R645 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP 0 R1006 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP 0
R646 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP 0 R1007 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP 0
R647 1-218-949-11 RES-CHIP 470 5% 1/16W R1008 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP 0
(HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925) R1009 1-218-953-11 RES-CHIP 1K 5% 1/16W
R648 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP 0 R1010 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/16W
(EXCEPT HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925)
R1011 1-218-962-11 RES-CHIP 5.6K 5% 1/16W
R649 1-218-941-81 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/16W R1012 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP 0
(HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925) R1030 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/16W
R650 1-218-949-11 RES-CHIP 470 5% 1/16W R1035 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP 0
(HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925) R1037 1-218-961-11 RES-CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/16W
R651 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP 0
(EXCEPT HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925) R1039 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/16W
R652 1-218-941-81 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/16W R1040 1-218-937-11 RES-CHIP 47 5% 1/16W
(HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925) R1041 1-218-937-11 RES-CHIP 47 5% 1/16W
R655 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP 0 R1042 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP 0
R1043 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP 0
R656 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0
R658 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R1044 1-218-933-11 RES-CHIP 22 5% 1/16W
R661 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP 0 R1045 1-218-933-11 RES-CHIP 22 5% 1/16W
R701 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 R1046 1-218-933-11 RES-CHIP 22 5% 1/16W
R703 1-218-941-81 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/16W R1047 1-218-933-11 RES-CHIP 22 5% 1/16W
R1051 1-218-953-11 RES-CHIP 1K 5% 1/16W
R705 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/16W
R706 1-218-953-11 RES-CHIP 1K 5% 1/16W R1053 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/16W
R709 1-218-941-81 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/16W (HX520:UK/HX525/HX720:UK/HX725/HX727/HX925)
R710 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/16W R1054 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/16W
R711 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/16W R1055 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/16W
R1056 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/16W
R712 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/16W (HX520:AEP1,2,3/HX720:AEP2/HX722/HX920)
R713 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/16W R1060 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP 0
R714 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/16W
R715 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/16W R1061 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP 0
R717 1-208-910-11 METAL CHIP 9.1K 0.5% 1/16W R1062 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP 0
R1063 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP 0
R718 1-218-938-11 RES-CHIP 56 5% 1/16W R1064 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP 0
R719 1-218-938-11 RES-CHIP 56 5% 1/16W R1065 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP 0
R721 1-218-938-11 RES-CHIP 56 5% 1/16W
R722 1-218-938-11 RES-CHIP 56 5% 1/16W R1066 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP 0
R723 1-218-864-11 METAL CHIP 5.1K 0.5% 1/10W R1067 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP 0
R1068 1-218-941-81 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/16W
R733 1-218-935-11 RES-CHIP 33 5% 1/16W
R811 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/16W < COMPOSITION CIRCUIT BLOCK >
(HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925)
R812 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/16W RB101 1-234-372-11 RES, NETWORK 100 (1005X4)
R816 1-218-937-11 RES-CHIP 47 5% 1/16W RB102 1-234-372-11 RES, NETWORK 100 (1005X4)
R817 1-218-935-11 RES-CHIP 33 5% 1/16W RB103 1-234-372-11 RES, NETWORK 100 (1005X4)
RB104 1-234-372-11 RES, NETWORK 100 (1005X4)
R821 1-218-957-11 RES-CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/16W RB105 1-234-400-21 CONDUCTOR, NETWORK (2010X4)
R823 1-218-931-11 RES-CHIP 15 5% 1/16W
R825 1-218-939-11 RES-CHIP 68 5% 1/16W RB106 1-234-702-11 RES, NETWORK 68 (1005X4)
R826 1-218-935-11 RES-CHIP 33 5% 1/16W RB107 1-234-702-11 RES, NETWORK 68 (1005X4)
R827 1-218-941-81 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/16W RB108 1-234-702-11 RES, NETWORK 68 (1005X4)
RB109 1-234-702-11 RES, NETWORK 68 (1005X4)
RB110 1-242-963-21 RES, NETWORK 33 (1005X4)

8-16
 RD-060 POWER BLOCK

Ref. No. Part No. Description Remarks Ref. No. Part No. Description Remarks
RB111 1-242-963-21 RES, NETWORK 33 (1005X4) RB601 1-234-381-21 RES, NETWORK 100K (1005X4)
RB112 1-242-963-21 RES, NETWORK 33 (1005X4) RB602 1-234-378-21 RES, NETWORK 10K (1005X4)
RB113 1-242-963-21 RES, NETWORK 33 (1005X4) RB701 1-234-371-21 RES, NETWORK 47 (1005X4)
RB114 1-242-963-21 RES, NETWORK 33 (1005X4) RB702 1-234-371-21 RES, NETWORK 47 (1005X4)
RB115 1-242-963-21 RES, NETWORK 33 (1005X4) RB703 1-234-371-21 RES, NETWORK 47 (1005X4)

RB116 1-242-963-21 RES, NETWORK 33 (1005X4) < VIBRATOR >

RB117 1-242-963-21 RES, NETWORK 33 (1005X4)
RB118 1-242-963-21 RES, NETWORK 33 (1005X4) X201 1-813-210-11 VIBRATOR, CRYSTAL (NX5032GA)
RB119 1-242-963-21 RES, NETWORK 33 (1005X4) X301 1-781-940-41 VIBRATOR, CRYSTAL (14.318MHz)
RB120 1-242-963-21 RES, NETWORK 33 (1005X4) (HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX920/HX925)
* X701 1-813-695-11 VIBRATOR, CRYSTAL (24.576MHz)
RB121 1-242-963-21 RES, NETWORK 33 (1005X4) X801 1-781-867-21 VIBRATOR, CRYSTAL (27MHz)
RB122 1-242-963-21 RES, NETWORK 33 (1005X4) ************************************************************
RB123 1-242-963-21 RES, NETWORK 33 (1005X4)
RB124 1-242-963-21 RES, NETWORK 33 (1005X4) 0 1-468-961-11 POWER SUPPLY BLOCK
RB142 1-234-400-21 CONDUCTOR, NETWORK (2010X4) *******************

RB143 1-234-702-11 RES, NETWORK 68 (1005X4) <CAPACITOR>

RB144 1-234-702-11 RES, NETWORK 68 (1005X4)
RB145 1-234-702-11 RES, NETWORK 68 (1005X4) 0 C101 METALLIZED 0.1uF 250V
RB146 1-234-702-11 RES, NETWORK 68 (1005X4) 0 C102 METALLIZED 0.1uF 250V
RB149 1-234-400-21 CONDUCTOR, NETWORK (2010X4) 0 C103 CERAMIC 100pF 250V
0 C104 CERAMIC 100pF 250V
RB150 1-234-400-21 CONDUCTOR, NETWORK (2010X4) 0 C112 CERAMIC 680pF 250V
RB151 1-234-400-21 CONDUCTOR, NETWORK (2010X4)
RB152 1-234-400-21 CONDUCTOR, NETWORK (2010X4) 0 C114 CERAMIC 680pF 250V
RB154 1-234-400-21 CONDUCTOR, NETWORK (2010X4)
RB155 1-234-400-21 CONDUCTOR, NETWORK (2010X4) <FUSE>

RB156 1-234-400-21 CONDUCTOR, NETWORK (2010X4) 0 F101 FUSE T3.15A/250V

RB157 1-234-400-21 CONDUCTOR, NETWORK (2010X4) 0 P201 CHIP,FUSE 3.15A
RB158 1-234-400-21 CONDUCTOR, NETWORK (2010X4) 0 P301 CHIP,FUSE 2A
RB159 1-234-400-21 CONDUCTOR, NETWORK (2010X4) 0 P502 CHIP,FUSE 2A
RB160 1-234-380-21 RES, NETWORK 47K (1005X4) 0 P601 CHIP,FUSE 2A

RB161 1-234-380-21 RES, NETWORK 47K (1005X4) 0 P602 CHIP,FUSE 5A

RB162 1-234-380-21 RES, NETWORK 47K (1005X4)
RB163 1-234-380-21 RES, NETWORK 47K (1005X4) <CONNECTOR>
RB168 1-234-380-21 RES, NETWORK 47K (1005X4)
(EXCEPT HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925) 0 CN101 AC-INLET
RB169 1-234-380-21 RES, NETWORK 47K (1005X4)
(EXCEPT HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925) <COIL>

RB170 1-234-380-21 RES, NETWORK 47K (1005X4) 0 L101 LINE FILTER 0.4A
(EXCEPT HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925) 0 L102 LINE FILTER 0.4A
RB175 1-234-378-21 RES, NETWORK 10K (1005X4)
RB179 1-234-378-21 RES, NETWORK 10K (1005X4) <RESISTOR>
RB180 1-234-378-21 RES, NETWORK 10K (1005X4)
RB181 1-234-378-21 RES, NETWORK 10K (1005X4) 0 R101 CARBON 220 1/2W

RB182 1-234-378-21 RES, NETWORK 10K (1005X4) <VARISTOR>

RB183 1-234-378-21 RES, NETWORK 10K (1005X4)
RB184 1-234-378-21 RES, NETWORK 10K (1005X4) 0 Z101 VARISTOR S10K300
RB185 1-234-378-21 RES, NETWORK 10K (1005X4)
RB186 1-234-378-21 RES, NETWORK 10K (1005X4) <PHOTO COUPLER>

RB219 1-234-702-11 RES, NETWORK 68 (1005X4) 0 PC101 PHOTO COUPLER PS2561AL

RB220 1-234-702-11 RES, NETWORK 68 (1005X4)
RB221 1-234-702-11 RES, NETWORK 68 (1005X4) <TRANSFORMER>
RB222 1-234-702-11 RES, NETWORK 68 (1005X4)
RB223 1-242-962-21 RES, NETWORK 82X4 (1005) 0 T101 SWITCHING TRANSFORMER

RB301 1-234-370-21 RES, NETWORK 22 (1005X4) ***********************************************************

(HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925)
RB302 1-234-370-21 RES, NETWORK 22 (1005X4)
(HX520:AEP3/HX725:AEP3/HX727:AEP3/HX920/HX925)
RB501 1-234-379-21 RES, NETWORK 22K (1005X4)
RB502 1-234-400-21 CONDUCTOR, NETWORK (2010X4)
RB503 1-234-400-21 CONDUCTOR, NETWORK (2010X4)

Note : The components identified by mark 0 or dotted

line with mark 0 are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number specified.
8-17
Ref. No. Part No. Description Remarks
ACCESSORY & PACKING MATERIALS
******************************

1-479-557-11 REMOTE COMMANDER (RMT-D231P)

(HX525/HX725/HX727/HX925)
1-479-558-11 REMOTE COMMANDER (RMT-D230P)
(HX520/HX720/HX722/HX920)
0 1-575-131-82 CORD, POWER (AEP)
1-759-586-22 CONTROLLER, VIDEO (AV MOUSE)
(HX525/HX725/HX727/HX925)
1-696-593-11 CORD, CONNECTION (PAL)

0 1-827-946-21 CORD, POWER (UK)

2-672-836-11 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (FRENCH)
(HX520:AEP)
2-672-836-21 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (GERMAN)
(HX520:AEP)
2-672-836-31 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (ITALIAN)
(HX520:AEP)
2-672-836-41 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (DUTCH)(HX520:AEP)

2-672-836-51 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (SPANISH)

(HX520:AEP)
2-672-836-61 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (PORTUGUESE)
(HX720:AEP/HX722/HX920)
2-672-836-71 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (DANISH)
(HX720:AEP/HX722/HX920)
2-672-836-81 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (SWEDISH)
(HX720:AEP/HX722/HX920)
2-672-836-91 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (FINNISH)
(HX720:AEP/HX722/HX920)

2-672-837-11 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (FRENCH)

(HX725:AEP/HX727/HX925)
2-672-837-21 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (GERMAN)
(HX725:AEP/HX727/HX925)
2-672-837-31 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (ITALIAN)
(HX725:AEP/HX727/HX925)
2-672-837-41 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (DUTCH)
(HX725:AEP/HX727/HX925)
2-672-837-51 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (SPANISH)
(HX725:AEP/HX727/HX925)

2-672-838-11 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (ENGLISH)

(HX525/HX725:UK)
2-686-263-11 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (ENGLISH)
(HX520:UK/HX720:UK)
************************************************************

Note : The components identified by mark 0 or dotted

line with mark 0 are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number specified.

8-18E
RDR-HX520/HX525/HX720/HX722/
HX725/HX727/HX920/HX925

Sony Corporation
2006C1600-1
9-883-909-11 Home Electronics Network Company ©2006.03
— 132 — Published by Quality Assurance Dept.